« back to all changes in this revision
Viewing changes to ubuntu-help/he/he.po
- browse files at revision 109
- compare with another revision
- download diff
- download tarball
- view history from revision 109
- Committer: Package Import Robot
- Author(s): Jeremy Bicha, James Plate, Jeremy Bicha, Gunnar Hjalmarsson
- Date: 2012-10-09 00:17:51 UTC
- Revision ID: package-import@ubuntu.com-20121009001751-tehz2xs44b94uvzi
Tags: 12.10.3
[ James Plate ]
* Use "Super" key instead of "Windows" key on shell-window-switching.page
(LP: #993770)
[ Jeremy Bicha ]
* Re-merge with gnome-user-docs
* Add "What's new in Ubuntu 12.10?"
* Rewrite the Unity docs, including adding pages for each of the
default lenses
* "Tap" instead of "type" Alt to close HUD (LP: #992683)
* Fix instructions for changing Compose key setting (LP: #884639)
* Provide keyboard-only instructions for turning on Mouse Keys
(LP: #1030767)
* Fix typos in lens pages (LP: #1058565)
* Fix spelling of 'hierarchies' (LP: #1058658)
* Change "Super+P" shortcut to "Super+C" (LP: #1049090)
[ Gunnar Hjalmarsson ]
* shell-guest-session.page:
- Mentioning of the possibility to launch a guest session from the
login screen
- Link to the tutorial "Customize Guest Session" reinserted (It was
silently removed in revision 104 of lp:ubuntu/precise/ubuntu-docs.)
(LP: #987788)
* Use "Super" key instead of "Windows" key on shell-window-switching.page
(LP: #993770)
[ Jeremy Bicha ]
* Re-merge with gnome-user-docs
* Add "What's new in Ubuntu 12.10?"
* Rewrite the Unity docs, including adding pages for each of the
default lenses
* "Tap" instead of "type" Alt to close HUD (LP: #992683)
* Fix instructions for changing Compose key setting (LP: #884639)
* Provide keyboard-only instructions for turning on Mouse Keys
(LP: #1030767)
* Fix typos in lens pages (LP: #1058565)
* Fix spelling of 'hierarchies' (LP: #1058658)
* Change "Super+P" shortcut to "Super+C" (LP: #1049090)
[ Gunnar Hjalmarsson ]
* shell-guest-session.page:
- Mentioning of the possibility to launch a guest session from the
login screen
- Link to the tutorial "Customize Guest Session" reinserted (It was
silently removed in revision 104 of lp:ubuntu/precise/ubuntu-docs.)
(LP: #987788)
- files added:
- collect-screenshots.sh
- ubuntu-help/bo
- ubuntu-help/he
- ubuntu-help/ro
- ubuntu-help/si
- ubuntu-help/tl
- files removed:
- collect-screenshots-with-mouse.sh
- files modified:
- Makefile.am *
added
removed
ubuntu-help/he/he.po
1
# Hebrew translation for ubuntu-docs
2
# Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012
3
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ubuntu-docs package.
4
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2012.
5
#
6
msgid ""
7
msgstr ""
8
"Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n"
9
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
10
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-10-01 13:11-0400\n"
11
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-25 11:21+0000\n"
12
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
13
"Language-Team: Hebrew <he@li.org>\n"
14
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
15
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
16
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
17
"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2012-10-09 03:52+0000\n"
18
"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16112)\n"
19
20
#: C/legal.xml:3(p/link)
21
msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
22
msgstr ""
23
24
#: C/legal.xml:3(license/p)
25
msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
26
msgstr ""
27
28
#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
29
msgctxt "_"
30
msgid "translator-credits"
31
msgstr ""
32
"Launchpad Contributions:\n"
33
" Yaron https://launchpad.net/~sh-yaron"
34
35
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:12(credit/name)
36
#: C/a11y-braille.page:10(credit/name)
37
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:11(credit/name)
38
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:12(credit/name)
39
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10(credit/name)
40
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:12(credit/name)
41
#: C/a11y.page:10(credit/name)
42
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:12(credit/name)
43
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9(credit/name)
44
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:12(credit/name)
45
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:12(credit/name)
46
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11(credit/name)
47
#: C/bluetooth.page:10(credit/name)
48
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:22(credit/name)
49
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18(credit/name)
50
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13(credit/name)
51
#: C/clock.page:18(credit/name)
52
#: C/disk.page:9(credit/name)
53
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:25(credit/name)
54
#: C/display-lock.page:15(credit/name)
55
#: C/files-browse.page:18(credit/name)
56
#: C/files-delete.page:17(credit/name)
57
#: C/files-lost.page:18(credit/name)
58
#: C/files-open.page:17(credit/name)
59
#: C/files.page:10(credit/name)
60
#: C/files-removedrive.page:8(credit/name)
61
#: C/files-rename.page:16(credit/name)
62
#: C/files-search.page:17(credit/name)
63
#: C/files-select.page:8(credit/name)
64
#: C/files-share.page:17(credit/name)
65
#: C/hardware.page:9(credit/name)
66
#: C/keyboard.page:19(credit/name)
67
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14(credit/name)
68
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:11(credit/name)
69
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20(credit/name)
70
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12(credit/name)
71
#: C/look-background.page:26(credit/name)
72
#: C/media.page:9(credit/name)
73
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14(credit/name)
74
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19(credit/name)
75
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:11(credit/name)
76
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16(credit/name)
77
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19(credit/name)
78
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18(credit/name)
79
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17(credit/name)
80
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22(credit/name)
81
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12(credit/name)
82
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:16(credit/name)
83
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:17(credit/name)
84
#: C/nautilus-display.page:12(credit/name)
85
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18(credit/name)
86
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18(credit/name)
87
#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9(credit/name)
88
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13(credit/name)
89
#: C/nautilus-views.page:16(credit/name)
90
#: C/net-findip.page:11(credit/name)
91
#: C/net-macaddress.page:10(credit/name)
92
#: C/net-nonm.page:9(credit/name)
93
#: C/net.page:10(credit/name)
94
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14(credit/name)
95
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10(credit/name)
96
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:10(credit/name)
97
#: C/prefs.page:10(credit/name)
98
#: C/prefs-language.page:9(credit/name)
99
#: C/prefs-display.page:9(credit/name)
100
#: C/printing-setup.page:25(credit/name)
101
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:19(credit/name)
102
#: C/session-formats.page:13(credit/name)
103
#: C/session-language.page:17(credit/name)
104
#: C/shell-exit.page:18(credit/name)
105
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:14(credit/name)
106
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:15(credit/name)
107
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15(credit/name)
108
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15(credit/name)
109
#: C/sound-alert.page:10(credit/name)
110
#: C/sound-usemic.page:10(credit/name)
111
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9(credit/name)
112
#: C/sound-volume.page:13(credit/name)
113
#: C/tips.page:8(credit/name)
114
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11(credit/name)
115
#: C/unity-introduction.page:13(credit/name)
116
#: C/user-add.page:16(credit/name)
117
#: C/user-changepicture.page:15(credit/name)
118
#: C/user-delete.page:19(credit/name)
119
msgid "Shaun McCance"
120
msgstr "שון מקיין"
121
122
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:17(credit/name)
123
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:17(credit/name)
124
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:18(credit/name)
125
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:17(credit/name)
126
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:17(credit/name)
127
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:12(credit/name)
128
#: C/accounts.page:13(credit/name)
129
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15(credit/name)
130
#: C/files-browse.page:22(credit/name)
131
#: C/files-hidden.page:12(credit/name)
132
#: C/files-sort.page:12(credit/name)
133
#: C/files-tilde.page:13(credit/name)
134
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9(credit/name)
135
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:19(credit/name)
136
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15(credit/name)
137
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:12(credit/name)
138
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14(credit/name)
139
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13(credit/name)
140
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14(credit/name)
141
#: C/nautilus-list.page:10(credit/name)
142
#: C/net-default-browser.page:10(credit/name)
143
#: C/net-default-email.page:10(credit/name)
144
#: C/net-email-virus.page:12(credit/name)
145
#: C/net-install-flash.page:10(credit/name)
146
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10(credit/name)
147
#: C/net-manual.page:11(credit/name)
148
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11(credit/name)
149
#: C/net-othersedit.page:11(credit/name)
150
#: C/net-proxy.page:10(credit/name)
151
#: C/net-slow.page:10(credit/name)
152
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10(credit/name)
153
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16(credit/name)
154
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15(credit/name)
155
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10(credit/name)
156
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13(credit/name)
157
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:15(credit/name)
158
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17(credit/name)
159
#: C/power-batterylife.page:17(credit/name)
160
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17(credit/name)
161
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17(credit/name)
162
#: C/power-othercountry.page:16(credit/name)
163
#: C/printing.page:9(credit/name)
164
#: C/printing-2sided.page:13(credit/name)
165
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:13(credit/name)
166
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12(credit/name)
167
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14(credit/name)
168
#: C/printing-order.page:13(credit/name)
169
#: C/printing-select.page:12(credit/name)
170
#: C/printing-setup.page:13(credit/name)
171
#: C/sound-volume.page:8(credit/name)
172
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16(credit/name)
173
msgid "Phil Bull"
174
msgstr "פיל ביל"
175
176
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:21(info/desc)
177
msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
178
msgstr "התעלמות מלחיצות מקשים שחוזרות במהירות על אותו המקש."
179
180
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:25(page/title)
181
msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
182
msgstr "הפעלת החזרת מקשים"
183
184
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27(page/p)
185
msgid ""
186
"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly "
187
"repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a "
188
"key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
189
"bounce keys."
190
msgstr ""
191
192
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:33(when/p)
193
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:27(when/p)
194
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41(when/p)
195
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:27(when/p)
196
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:32(when/p)
197
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36(when/p)
198
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(when/p)
199
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42(when/p)
200
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:35(when/p)
201
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44(item/p)
202
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:28(item/p)
203
#: C/display-lock.page:32(item/p)
204
#: C/files-autorun.page:35(item/p)
205
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:28(item/p)
206
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:33(item/p)
207
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:30(item/p)
208
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28(item/p)
209
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35(item/p)
210
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24(item/p)
211
#: C/net-default-browser.page:24(item/p)
212
#: C/net-default-email.page:24(item/p)
213
#: C/power-closelid.page:49(item/p)
214
#: C/power-whydim.page:30(item/p)
215
#: C/session-formats.page:29(item/p)
216
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:31(item/p)
217
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57(item/p)
218
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24(item/p)
219
msgid ""
220
"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
221
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
222
msgstr ""
223
224
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:35(choose/p)
225
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:29(choose/p)
226
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:43(choose/p)
227
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29(choose/p)
228
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:34(choose/p)
229
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:38(choose/p)
230
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:41(choose/p)
231
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:44(choose/p)
232
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37(choose/p)
233
msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
234
msgstr ""
235
236
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:38(item/p)
237
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44(item/p)
238
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:47(item/p)
239
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:33(item/p)
240
msgid ""
241
"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
242
msgstr ""
243
244
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39(item/p)
245
msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
246
msgstr ""
247
248
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:45(note/title)
249
msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
250
msgstr ""
251
252
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46(note/p)
253
msgid ""
254
"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
255
"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
256
"Keys</gui>."
257
msgstr ""
258
259
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52(page/p)
260
msgid ""
261
"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
262
"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
263
"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
264
"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
265
"happened too soon after the previous key press."
266
msgstr ""
267
268
#: C/a11y-braille.page:14(info/desc)
269
msgid ""
270
"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
271
msgstr ""
272
273
#: C/a11y-braille.page:18(page/title)
274
msgid "Read screen in Braille"
275
msgstr ""
276
277
#: C/a11y-braille.page:20(page/p)
278
msgid ""
279
"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
280
"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Refer to the <link "
281
"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
282
msgstr ""
283
284
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:15(info/desc)
285
msgid ""
286
"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
287
"easier to see."
288
msgstr ""
289
290
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:19(page/title)
291
msgid "Adjust the contrast"
292
msgstr ""
293
294
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:21(page/p)
295
msgid ""
296
"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
297
"see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">changing the "
298
"brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user "
299
"interface</em> will change."
300
msgstr ""
301
302
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:32(item/p)
303
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32(item/p)
304
msgid ""
305
"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
306
msgstr ""
307
308
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33(item/p)
309
msgid ""
310
"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Contrast</gui> that best suits your "
311
"needs. <gui>Low</gui> will make things less vivid, for example."
312
msgstr ""
313
314
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:39(note/p)
315
msgid ""
316
"You can quickly change the contrast by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
317
"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High "
318
"Contrast</gui>."
319
msgstr ""
320
321
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:21(info/desc)
322
msgid ""
323
"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
324
"mouse still."
325
msgstr ""
326
327
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:26(page/title)
328
msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
329
msgstr ""
330
331
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28(page/p)
332
msgid ""
333
"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
334
"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
335
"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or "
336
"Dwell Click."
337
msgstr ""
338
339
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:33(page/p)
340
msgid ""
341
"When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
342
"let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
343
"clicked for you."
344
msgstr ""
345
346
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:46(item/p)
347
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41(item/p)
348
msgid ""
349
"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and "
350
"Clicking</gui> tab."
351
msgstr ""
352
353
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48(item/p)
354
msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
355
msgstr ""
356
357
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51(page/p)
358
msgid ""
359
"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
360
"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
361
"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
362
"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
363
"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
364
msgstr ""
365
366
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:57(page/p)
367
msgid ""
368
"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
369
"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
370
"clicked."
371
msgstr ""
372
373
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:61(page/p)
374
msgid ""
375
"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
376
"mouse pointer still before clicking."
377
msgstr ""
378
379
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:64(page/p)
380
msgid ""
381
"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
382
"pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
383
"If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
384
msgstr ""
385
386
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68(page/p)
387
msgid ""
388
"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
389
"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
390
msgstr ""
391
392
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14(info/desc)
393
msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
394
msgstr ""
395
396
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18(page/title)
397
msgid "Change text size on the screen"
398
msgstr ""
399
400
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:20(page/p)
401
msgid ""
402
"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
403
"size of the font."
404
msgstr ""
405
406
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:33(item/p)
407
msgid ""
408
"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Text size</gui> that is big enough "
409
"for you. It will adjust immediately."
410
msgstr ""
411
412
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40(note/p)
413
msgid ""
414
"You can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
415
"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Large "
416
"Text</gui>."
417
msgstr ""
418
419
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46(note/p)
420
msgid ""
421
"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
422
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
423
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
424
msgstr ""
425
426
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:16(info/desc)
427
msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find the mouse pointer."
428
msgstr ""
429
430
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:20(page/title)
431
msgid "Quickly locate the pointer"
432
msgstr ""
433
434
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:23(page/p)
435
msgid ""
436
"If you have trouble seeing where the mouse pointer is on your screen, you "
437
"can make it so that simply pressing the <key>Ctrl</key> key will locate your "
438
"pointer. Once this is set up, pressing <key>Ctrl</key> will cause an "
439
"animation to appear briefly at the location of your pointer."
440
msgstr ""
441
442
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:37(item/p)
443
msgid ""
444
"Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab."
445
msgstr ""
446
447
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:39(item/p)
448
msgid ""
449
"Select <gui>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</gui>."
450
msgstr ""
451
452
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:43(page/p)
453
msgid "Your <key>Ctrl</key> keys will now locate the pointer when pressed."
454
msgstr ""
455
456
#: C/a11y.page:14(info/desc)
457
msgid ""
458
"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link "
459
"xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link "
460
"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
461
"braille\">braille</link>…"
462
msgstr ""
463
464
#: C/a11y.page:24(page/title)
465
#: C/keyboard.page:36(links/title)
466
msgid "Universal access"
467
msgstr ""
468
469
#: C/a11y.page:28(when/p)
470
msgid ""
471
"The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
472
"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
473
"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the <gui>Universal "
474
"Access</gui> section of <gui>System Settings</gui>."
475
msgstr ""
476
477
#: C/a11y.page:33(choose/p)
478
msgid ""
479
"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
480
"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
481
"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility "
482
"menu in the top bar."
483
msgstr ""
484
485
#: C/a11y.page:40(section/title)
486
msgid "Visual impairments"
487
msgstr ""
488
489
#: C/a11y.page:43(links/title)
490
msgid "Blindness"
491
msgstr ""
492
493
#: C/a11y.page:46(links/title)
494
msgid "Low vision"
495
msgstr ""
496
497
#: C/a11y.page:49(links/title)
498
msgid "Color-blindness"
499
msgstr ""
500
501
#: C/a11y.page:52(links/title)
502
#: C/a11y.page:74(links/title)
503
#: C/keyboard.page:40(links/title)
504
msgid "Other topics"
505
msgstr ""
506
507
#: C/a11y.page:57(section/title)
508
msgid "Hearing impairments"
509
msgstr ""
510
511
#: C/a11y.page:62(section/title)
512
msgid "Mobility impairments"
513
msgstr ""
514
515
#: C/a11y.page:65(links/title)
516
msgid "Mouse movement"
517
msgstr ""
518
519
#: C/a11y.page:68(links/title)
520
msgid "Clicking and dragging"
521
msgstr ""
522
523
#: C/a11y.page:71(links/title)
524
msgid "Keyboard use"
525
msgstr ""
526
527
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:14(credit/years)
528
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12(credit/years)
529
#: C/contacts-connect.page:12(credit/years)
530
#: C/contacts.page:15(credit/years)
531
#: C/contacts-setup.page:12(credit/years)
532
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13(credit/years)
533
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22(credit/years)
534
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:21(credit/years)
535
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:16(credit/years)
536
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17(credit/years)
537
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12(credit/years)
538
#: C/wacom-mode.page:12(credit/years)
539
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:12(credit/years)
540
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12(credit/years)
541
msgid "2012"
542
msgstr ""
543
544
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:22(info/desc)
545
msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
546
msgstr ""
547
548
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:26(page/title)
549
msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
550
msgstr ""
551
552
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28(page/p)
553
msgid ""
554
"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
555
"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
556
"your pointing device only has a single button."
557
msgstr ""
558
559
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43(item/p)
560
msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
561
msgstr ""
562
563
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46(page/p)
564
msgid ""
565
"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
566
"is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
567
"change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary "
568
"Click</gui>."
569
msgstr ""
570
571
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:51(page/p)
572
msgid ""
573
"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
574
"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
575
"with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, "
576
"release the mouse button to right-click."
577
msgstr ""
578
579
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:56(page/p)
580
msgid ""
581
"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
582
"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
583
"visual feedback from the pointer."
584
msgstr ""
585
586
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60(page/p)
587
msgid ""
588
"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
589
"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
590
"keypad."
591
msgstr ""
592
593
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66(note/p)
594
msgid ""
595
"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
596
"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
597
"differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-"
598
"click."
599
msgstr ""
600
601
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13(info/desc)
602
msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
603
msgstr ""
604
605
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:17(page/title)
606
msgid "Read screen aloud"
607
msgstr ""
608
609
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19(page/p)
610
msgid ""
611
"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
612
"interface. Refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more "
613
"information."
614
msgstr ""
615
616
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:21(info/desc)
617
msgid ""
618
"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
619
"screen."
620
msgstr ""
621
622
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:26(page/title)
623
msgid "Turn on slow keys"
624
msgstr ""
625
626
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28(page/p)
627
msgid ""
628
"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
629
"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
630
"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
631
"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
632
"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
633
"the keyboard first time."
634
msgstr ""
635
636
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46(item/p)
637
msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
638
msgstr ""
639
640
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50(note/title)
641
msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
642
msgstr ""
643
644
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51(note/p)
645
msgid ""
646
"Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> to turn "
647
"slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you "
648
"can press and hold <key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to enable or disable "
649
"slow keys."
650
msgstr ""
651
652
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:56(choose/p)
653
msgid ""
654
"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
655
"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
656
"Keys</gui>."
657
msgstr ""
658
659
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62(page/p)
660
msgid ""
661
"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
662
"hold a key down for it to register."
663
msgstr ""
664
665
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65(page/p)
666
msgid ""
667
"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
668
"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
669
"the key down long enough."
670
msgstr ""
671
672
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:21(info/desc)
673
msgid ""
674
"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
675
"all of the keys at once."
676
msgstr ""
677
678
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:26(page/title)
679
msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
680
msgstr ""
681
682
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28(page/p)
683
msgid ""
684
"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
685
"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
686
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between "
687
"windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both "
688
"keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press "
689
"<key>Alt</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
690
msgstr ""
691
692
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:35(page/p)
693
msgid ""
694
"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
695
"several keys at once."
696
msgstr ""
697
698
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49(item/p)
699
msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
700
msgstr ""
701
702
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:53(note/title)
703
msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
704
msgstr ""
705
706
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54(note/p)
707
msgid ""
708
"Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> (above "
709
"<gui>Sticky Keys</gui>) to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. "
710
"When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five times in a "
711
"row to enable or disable sticky keys."
712
msgstr ""
713
714
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60(choose/p)
715
msgid ""
716
"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
717
"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
718
"Keys</gui>."
719
msgstr ""
720
721
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66(page/p)
722
msgid ""
723
"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
724
"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
725
msgstr ""
726
727
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:68(page/p)
728
msgid ""
729
"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and "
730
"<key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press "
731
"another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait if you "
732
"only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some "
733
"keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close "
734
"together), but not others."
735
msgstr ""
736
737
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69(page/p)
738
msgid ""
739
"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
740
msgstr ""
741
742
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:71(page/p)
743
msgid ""
744
"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
745
"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
746
"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
747
"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
748
"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
749
msgstr ""
750
751
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15(info/desc)
752
msgid ""
753
"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
754
"played."
755
msgstr ""
756
757
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:20(page/title)
758
msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
759
msgstr ""
760
761
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:22(page/p)
762
msgid ""
763
"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
764
"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
765
"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
766
"alert sound is played."
767
msgstr ""
768
769
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:27(page/p)
770
msgid ""
771
"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
772
"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-"
773
"alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
774
msgstr ""
775
776
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40(item/p)
777
msgid ""
778
"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
779
msgstr ""
780
781
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:41(item/p)
782
msgid ""
783
"Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
784
"screen or just your current window to flash."
785
msgstr ""
786
787
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49(note/p)
788
msgid ""
789
"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link "
790
"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
791
"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
792
msgstr ""
793
794
#: C/about-this-guide.page:10(info/desc)
795
msgid "A few tips about using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide."
796
msgstr ""
797
798
#: C/about-this-guide.page:14(credit/name)
799
#: C/backup-check.page:11(credit/name)
800
#: C/backup-frequency.page:16(credit/name)
801
#: C/backup-how.page:16(credit/name)
802
#: C/backup-restore.page:15(credit/name)
803
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17(credit/name)
804
#: C/backup-what.page:11(credit/name)
805
#: C/backup-where.page:13(credit/name)
806
#: C/backup-why.page:13(credit/name)
807
#: C/clock-calendar.page:14(credit/name)
808
#: C/clock-set.page:12(credit/name)
809
#: C/clock-timezone.page:11(credit/name)
810
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:10(credit/name)
811
#: C/disk-capacity.page:8(credit/name)
812
#: C/disk-check.page:9(credit/name)
813
#: C/disk-format.page:9(credit/name)
814
#: C/disk-partitions.page:9(credit/name)
815
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:17(credit/name)
816
#: C/files-autorun.page:17(credit/name)
817
#: C/files-lost.page:14(credit/name)
818
#: C/files-recover.page:14(credit/name)
819
#: C/files-rename.page:12(credit/name)
820
#: C/files-search.page:13(credit/name)
821
#: C/hardware-driver.page:11(credit/name)
822
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13(credit/name)
823
#: C/look-background.page:14(credit/name)
824
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:11(credit/name)
825
#: C/look-resolution.page:13(credit/name)
826
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:11(credit/name)
827
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9(credit/name)
828
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9(credit/name)
829
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9(credit/name)
830
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10(credit/name)
831
#: C/net-antivirus.page:13(credit/name)
832
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11(credit/name)
833
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10(credit/name)
834
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:11(credit/name)
835
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13(credit/name)
836
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12(credit/name)
837
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(credit/name)
838
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15(credit/name)
839
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14(credit/name)
840
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14(credit/name)
841
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14(credit/name)
842
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10(credit/name)
843
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:14(credit/name)
844
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13(credit/name)
845
#: C/power-batterylife.page:13(credit/name)
846
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13(credit/name)
847
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12(credit/name)
848
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13(credit/name)
849
#: C/power-closelid.page:13(credit/name)
850
#: C/power-constantfan.page:12(credit/name)
851
#: C/power-hibernate.page:15(credit/name)
852
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13(credit/name)
853
#: C/power-lowpower.page:11(credit/name)
854
#: C/power-nowireless.page:15(credit/name)
855
#: C/power-othercountry.page:12(credit/name)
856
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13(credit/name)
857
#: C/power-suspend.page:12(credit/name)
858
#: C/power-whydim.page:12(credit/name)
859
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12(credit/name)
860
#: C/printing-streaks.page:14(credit/name)
861
#: C/session-language.page:13(credit/name)
862
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13(credit/name)
863
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16(credit/name)
864
#: C/shell-overview.page:21(credit/name)
865
#: C/shell-windows.page:14(credit/name)
866
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:15(credit/name)
867
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17(credit/name)
868
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15(credit/name)
869
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:16(credit/name)
870
#: C/sound-broken.page:13(credit/name)
871
#: C/sound-crackle.page:13(credit/name)
872
#: C/sound-nosound.page:14(credit/name)
873
#: C/user-accounts.page:16(credit/name)
874
#: C/user-add.page:12(credit/name)
875
#: C/user-admin-change.page:16(credit/name)
876
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13(credit/name)
877
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13(credit/name)
878
#: C/user-changepassword.page:15(credit/name)
879
#: C/user-changepicture.page:11(credit/name)
880
#: C/user-delete.page:15(credit/name)
881
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:10(credit/name)
882
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12(credit/name)
883
#: C/video-dvd.page:14(credit/name)
884
#: C/video-sending.page:11(credit/name)
885
#: C/windows-key.page:11(credit/name)
886
msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
887
msgstr ""
888
889
#: C/about-this-guide.page:19(credit/name)
890
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:10(credit/name)
891
#: C/addremove-install.page:12(credit/name)
892
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:11(credit/name)
893
#: C/addremove-remove.page:10(credit/name)
894
#: C/addremove-sources.page:10(credit/name)
895
#: C/app-cheese.page:10(credit/name)
896
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:12(credit/name)
897
#: C/net-antivirus.page:18(credit/name)
898
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:11(credit/name)
899
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:11(credit/name)
900
#: C/net-chat-social.page:10(credit/name)
901
#: C/net-chat-video.page:10(credit/name)
902
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10(credit/name)
903
#: C/net-mobile.page:10(credit/name)
904
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:16(credit/name)
905
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:16(credit/name)
906
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:11(credit/name)
907
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:10(credit/name)
908
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:13(credit/name)
909
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:14(credit/name)
910
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Team"
911
msgstr ""
912
913
#: C/about-this-guide.page:25(page/title)
914
msgid "About this guide"
915
msgstr ""
916
917
#: C/about-this-guide.page:26(page/p)
918
msgid ""
919
"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
920
"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
921
"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
922
"possible:"
923
msgstr ""
924
925
#: C/about-this-guide.page:29(item/p)
926
msgid ""
927
"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
928
"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
929
"answer to your questions."
930
msgstr ""
931
932
#: C/about-this-guide.page:30(item/p)
933
msgid ""
934
"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
935
"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
936
"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
937
msgstr ""
938
939
#: C/about-this-guide.page:31(item/p)
940
msgid ""
941
"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
942
"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
943
"you start typing."
944
msgstr ""
945
946
#: C/about-this-guide.page:32(item/p)
947
msgid ""
948
"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
949
"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
950
"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
951
"more helpful, though."
952
msgstr ""
953
954
#: C/about-this-guide.page:35(page/p)
955
msgid ""
956
"Thank you for taking the time to read the <em>Ubuntu Desktop Guide</em>."
957
msgstr ""
958
959
#: C/about-this-guide.page:37(page/p)
960
msgid "-- The Ubuntu documentation team"
961
msgstr ""
962
963
#: C/accounts-add.page:6(info/desc)
964
msgid "Connect an online account."
965
msgstr ""
966
967
#: C/accounts-add.page:11(credit/name)
968
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:14(credit/name)
969
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14(credit/name)
970
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:15(credit/name)
971
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14(credit/name)
972
#: C/files-delete.page:22(credit/name)
973
#: C/files-removedrive.page:12(credit/name)
974
#: C/files-rename.page:20(credit/name)
975
#: C/files-sort.page:16(credit/name)
976
#: C/more-help.page:14(credit/name)
977
#: C/net-findip.page:15(credit/name)
978
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11(credit/name)
979
#: C/net-macaddress.page:14(credit/name)
980
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10(credit/name)
981
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11(credit/name)
982
#: C/printing-2sided.page:17(credit/name)
983
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:17(credit/name)
984
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16(credit/name)
985
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18(credit/name)
986
#: C/printing-order.page:17(credit/name)
987
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14(credit/name)
988
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:13(credit/name)
989
#: C/printing-setup.page:17(credit/name)
990
#: C/unity-introduction.page:18(credit/name)
991
msgid "Jim Campbell"
992
msgstr ""
993
994
#: C/accounts-add.page:15(credit/name)
995
#: C/accounts-create.page:19(credit/name)
996
#: C/accounts-remove.page:12(credit/name)
997
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15(credit/name)
998
#: C/backup-how.page:20(credit/name)
999
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21(credit/name)
1000
#: C/backup-what.page:19(credit/name)
1001
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16(credit/name)
1002
#: C/contacts-connect.page:10(credit/name)
1003
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:18(credit/name)
1004
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:18(credit/name)
1005
#: C/contacts.page:13(credit/name)
1006
#: C/contacts-search.page:18(credit/name)
1007
#: C/contacts-setup.page:10(credit/name)
1008
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:18(credit/name)
1009
#: C/disk-capacity.page:16(credit/name)
1010
#: C/disk-check.page:17(credit/name)
1011
#: C/files-disc-write.page:8(credit/name)
1012
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12(credit/name)
1013
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12(credit/name)
1014
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24(credit/name)
1015
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10(credit/name)
1016
#: C/wacom-mode.page:10(credit/name)
1017
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:10(credit/name)
1018
#: C/wacom.page:13(credit/name)
1019
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10(credit/name)
1020
msgid "Michael Hill"
1021
msgstr ""
1022
1023
#: C/accounts-add.page:20(page/title)
1024
msgid "Add an account"
1025
msgstr ""
1026
1027
#: C/accounts-add.page:22(page/p)
1028
msgid ""
1029
"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu "
1030
"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
1031
"applications will be set up for you."
1032
msgstr ""
1033
1034
#: C/accounts-add.page:27(item/p)
1035
msgid ""
1036
"Click the <gui>Add account</gui> button on the left side of the window."
1037
msgstr ""
1038
1039
#: C/accounts-add.page:29(item/p)
1040
msgid "Click the account name you want to add."
1041
msgstr ""
1042
1043
#: C/accounts-add.page:30(item/p)
1044
msgid ""
1045
"If you have more than one account, you can add the other accounts at a later "
1046
"time."
1047
msgstr ""
1048
1049
#: C/accounts-add.page:32(item/p)
1050
msgid ""
1051
"A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
1052
"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
1053
"Google username and password."
1054
msgstr ""
1055
1056
#: C/accounts-add.page:36(item/p)
1057
msgid ""
1058
"If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
1059
"Ubuntu access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
1060
"continue."
1061
msgstr ""
1062
1063
#: C/accounts-add.page:47(page/p)
1064
msgid ""
1065
"After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
1066
"will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
1067
msgstr ""
1068
1069
#: C/accounts-add.page:51(note/p)
1070
msgid ""
1071
"For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. "
1072
"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
1073
"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
1074
"<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
1075
msgstr ""
1076
1077
#: C/accounts-create.page:11(credit/name)
1078
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:29(credit/name)
1079
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21(credit/name)
1080
#: C/power-batterylife.page:21(credit/name)
1081
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21(credit/name)
1082
#: C/power-closelid.page:17(credit/name)
1083
#: C/power-hibernate.page:19(credit/name)
1084
#: C/power-lowpower.page:15(credit/name)
1085
#: C/power-nowireless.page:19(credit/name)
1086
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17(credit/name)
1087
#: C/power-suspend.page:16(credit/name)
1088
#: C/sharing.page:14(credit/name)
1089
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:10(credit/name)
1090
msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
1091
msgstr ""
1092
1093
#: C/accounts-create.page:15(credit/name)
1094
#: C/keyboard.page:23(credit/name)
1095
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22(credit/name)
1096
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16(credit/name)
1097
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16(credit/name)
1098
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:16(credit/name)
1099
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20(credit/name)
1100
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16(credit/name)
1101
msgid "Julita Inca"
1102
msgstr ""
1103
1104
#: C/accounts-create.page:23(info/desc)
1105
msgid "Create a new account using Online Accounts."
1106
msgstr ""
1107
1108
#: C/accounts-create.page:27(page/title)
1109
msgid "Create an online account"
1110
msgstr ""
1111
1112
#: C/accounts-create.page:29(page/p)
1113
msgid ""
1114
"Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
1115
"adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
1116
"online accounts from one application."
1117
msgstr ""
1118
1119
#: C/accounts-create.page:35(item/p)
1120
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32(item/p)
1121
#: C/accounts-remove.page:20(item/p)
1122
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:32(item/p)
1123
#: C/printing-setup.page:62(item/p)
1124
#: C/unity-shopping.page:38(item/p)
1125
#: C/user-add.page:44(item/p)
1126
#: C/user-admin-change.page:32(item/p)
1127
#: C/user-changepassword.page:52(item/p)
1128
#: C/user-changepicture.page:30(item/p)
1129
#: C/user-delete.page:32(item/p)
1130
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25(item/p)
1131
#: C/wacom-mode.page:23(item/p)
1132
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:27(item/p)
1133
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27(item/p)
1134
msgid ""
1135
"Click the icon at the far right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
1136
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
1137
msgstr ""
1138
1139
#: C/accounts-create.page:38(item/p)
1140
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:33(item/p)
1141
#: C/accounts-remove.page:21(item/p)
1142
msgid "Open <gui>Online Accounts</gui>."
1143
msgstr ""
1144
1145
#: C/accounts-create.page:41(item/p)
1146
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Add account</gui>."
1147
msgstr ""
1148
1149
#: C/accounts-create.page:44(item/p)
1150
msgid "Select an account provider."
1151
msgstr ""
1152
1153
#: C/accounts-create.page:47(item/p)
1154
msgid ""
1155
"Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
1156
"appears."
1157
msgstr ""
1158
1159
#: C/accounts-create.page:50(note/p)
1160
msgid ""
1161
"Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
1162
"this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
1163
"need to use an alternative method to create an account."
1164
msgstr ""
1165
1166
#: C/accounts-create.page:56(item/p)
1167
msgid ""
1168
"Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
1169
"details such as username and password."
1170
msgstr ""
1171
1172
#: C/accounts-create.page:60(item/p)
1173
msgid ""
1174
"You need to grant Ubuntu access to your new account in order to use it with "
1175
"<app>Online Accounts</app>."
1176
msgstr ""
1177
1178
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5(info/desc)
1179
msgid "You can deactivate an online account without completely removing it."
1180
msgstr ""
1181
1182
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:18(page/title)
1183
msgid "Disable an online account"
1184
msgstr ""
1185
1186
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:29(page/p)
1187
msgid ""
1188
"You can disable an online account if you don't want to use it for a while "
1189
"but don't want to completely <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove the "
1190
"account</link>."
1191
msgstr ""
1192
1193
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34(item/p)
1194
msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
1195
msgstr ""
1196
1197
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36(item/p)
1198
msgid ""
1199
"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown."
1200
msgstr ""
1201
1202
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38(item/p)
1203
msgid "Switch off any account that you don't want to use."
1204
msgstr ""
1205
1206
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42(page/p)
1207
msgid ""
1208
"Once an account has been disabled, applications on your computer won't be "
1209
"able to use the account to connect to that service any more."
1210
msgstr ""
1211
1212
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46(page/p)
1213
msgid ""
1214
"To turn on an account that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
1215
"Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
1216
msgstr ""
1217
1218
#: C/accounts.page:6(info/desc)
1219
msgid "Access online services like Facebook and Google."
1220
msgstr ""
1221
1222
#: C/accounts.page:18(page/title)
1223
msgid "Online accounts"
1224
msgstr ""
1225
1226
#: C/accounts.page:20(page/p)
1227
msgid ""
1228
"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
1229
"Facebook) into the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> window. This will let you "
1230
"easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
1231
"applications without having to enter your account details again."
1232
msgstr ""
1233
1234
#: C/accounts-remove.page:6(info/desc)
1235
msgid "Completely remove an online account."
1236
msgstr ""
1237
1238
#: C/accounts-remove.page:17(page/title)
1239
msgid "Remove an account"
1240
msgstr ""
1241
1242
#: C/accounts-remove.page:22(item/p)
1243
msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
1244
msgstr ""
1245
1246
#: C/accounts-remove.page:23(item/p)
1247
msgid ""
1248
"Click the <gui>Remove Account</gui> button in the lower-right portion of the "
1249
"window."
1250
msgstr ""
1251
1252
#: C/accounts-remove.page:25(item/p)
1253
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:42(item/p)
1254
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:52(item/p)
1255
msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
1256
msgstr ""
1257
1258
#: C/accounts-remove.page:29(note/p)
1259
msgid ""
1260
"Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link "
1261
"xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">disable the account</link> temporarily."
1262
msgstr ""
1263
1264
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10(credit/name)
1265
msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
1266
msgstr ""
1267
1268
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19(info/desc)
1269
msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
1270
msgstr ""
1271
1272
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22(page/title)
1273
msgid "Why should I add an account?"
1274
msgstr ""
1275
1276
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23(page/p)
1277
msgid ""
1278
"Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
1279
"e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
1280
"seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily "
1281
"keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same "
1282
"time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all "
1283
"the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
1284
msgstr ""
1285
1286
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:13(info/desc)
1287
msgid ""
1288
"Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to "
1289
"Ubuntu Software Center."
1290
msgstr ""
1291
1292
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:17(page/title)
1293
msgid "Use Synaptic for more advanced software management"
1294
msgstr ""
1295
1296
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:19(page/p)
1297
msgid ""
1298
"<app>Synaptic Package Manager</app> is more powerful and can do some "
1299
"software management tasks which <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> can't. "
1300
"Synaptic's interface is more complicated and doesn't support newer Software "
1301
"Center features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't recommended for "
1302
"use by those new to Ubuntu."
1303
msgstr ""
1304
1305
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:26(page/p)
1306
msgid ""
1307
"Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can <link "
1308
"href=\"apt:synaptic\">install</link> it with Software Center."
1309
msgstr ""
1310
1311
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:31(section/title)
1312
msgid "Install software with Synaptic"
1313
msgstr ""
1314
1315
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:34(item/p)
1316
msgid ""
1317
"Open Synaptic from the <gui>dash</gui> or the <gui>launcher</gui>. You will "
1318
"need to enter your password in the <gui>Authenticate</gui> window."
1319
msgstr ""
1320
1321
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:38(item/p)
1322
msgid ""
1323
"Click <gui>Search</gui> to search for an application, or click "
1324
"<gui>Sections</gui> and look through the categories to find one."
1325
msgstr ""
1326
1327
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:43(item/p)
1328
msgid ""
1329
"Right-click the application that you want to install and select <gui>Mark "
1330
"for Installation</gui>."
1331
msgstr ""
1332
1333
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:47(item/p)
1334
msgid ""
1335
"If you are asked if you would like to mark additional changes, click "
1336
"<gui>Mark</gui>."
1337
msgstr ""
1338
1339
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:51(item/p)
1340
msgid "Select any other applications that you would like to install."
1341
msgstr ""
1342
1343
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:55(item/p)
1344
msgid ""
1345
"Click <gui>Apply</gui>, and then click <gui>Apply</gui> in the window that "
1346
"appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed."
1347
msgstr ""
1348
1349
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:61(section/p)
1350
msgid ""
1351
"For more information about using <app>Synaptic</app>, consult the <link "
1352
"href=\"ghelp:synaptic\">Synaptic Manual</link>."
1353
msgstr ""
1354
1355
#: C/addremove-install.page:15(info/desc)
1356
msgid ""
1357
"Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful."
1358
msgstr ""
1359
1360
#: C/addremove-install.page:19(page/title)
1361
msgid "Install additional software"
1362
msgstr ""
1363
1364
#: C/addremove-install.page:20(page/p)
1365
msgid ""
1366
"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we "
1367
"think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will "
1368
"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you."
1369
msgstr ""
1370
1371
#: C/addremove-install.page:23(page/p)
1372
msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:"
1373
msgstr ""
1374
1375
#: C/addremove-install.page:25(item/p)
1376
msgid ""
1377
"Connect to the Internet using a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
1378
"connect\">wireless</link> or <link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">wired "
1379
"connection</link>."
1380
msgstr ""
1381
1382
#: C/addremove-install.page:27(item/p)
1383
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30(item/p)
1384
#: C/addremove-remove.page:23(item/p)
1385
msgid ""
1386
"Click the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> icon in the <gui>launcher</gui>, "
1387
"or search for <input>Software Center</input> in the <gui>dash</gui>."
1388
msgstr ""
1389
1390
#: C/addremove-install.page:29(item/p)
1391
msgid ""
1392
"When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a "
1393
"category and find an application from the list."
1394
msgstr ""
1395
1396
#: C/addremove-install.page:31(item/p)
1397
msgid ""
1398
"Select the application that you are interested in and click "
1399
"<gui>Install</gui>."
1400
msgstr ""
1401
1402
#: C/addremove-install.page:32(item/p)
1403
msgid ""
1404
"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the "
1405
"installation will begin."
1406
msgstr ""
1407
1408
#: C/addremove-install.page:33(item/p)
1409
msgid ""
1410
"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you "
1411
"have a slow Internet connection."
1412
msgstr ""
1413
1414
#: C/addremove-install.page:35(item/p)
1415
msgid ""
1416
"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the launcher. To disable this "
1417
"feature, uncheck <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>New Applications in "
1418
"Launcher</gui></guiseq>."
1419
msgstr ""
1420
1421
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:14(info/desc)
1422
msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software."
1423
msgstr ""
1424
1425
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18(page/title)
1426
msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)"
1427
msgstr ""
1428
1429
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19(page/p)
1430
msgid ""
1431
"<em>Personal Package Archives (PPAs)</em> are software repositories designed "
1432
"for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party "
1433
"repositories."
1434
msgstr ""
1435
1436
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22(note/p)
1437
#: C/addremove-sources.page:20(note/p)
1438
msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!"
1439
msgstr ""
1440
1441
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23(note/p)
1442
#: C/addremove-sources.page:21(note/p)
1443
msgid ""
1444
"Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or "
1445
"reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to "
1446
"your computer."
1447
msgstr ""
1448
1449
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:27(steps/title)
1450
msgid "Install a PPA"
1451
msgstr ""
1452
1453
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:28(item/p)
1454
msgid ""
1455
"On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading <gui>Adding this PPA to "
1456
"your system</gui>. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look "
1457
"similar to: <code>ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next</code>."
1458
msgstr ""
1459
1460
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32(item/p)
1461
#: C/addremove-sources.page:28(item/p)
1462
msgid ""
1463
"When the Software Center launches, click "
1464
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Software Sources</gui></guiseq>"
1465
msgstr ""
1466
1467
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33(item/p)
1468
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Other Software</gui> tab."
1469
msgstr ""
1470
1471
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:34(item/p)
1472
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and enter the <code>ppa:</code> location."
1473
msgstr ""
1474
1475
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:35(item/p)
1476
msgid ""
1477
"Click <gui>Add Source</gui>. Enter your password in the Authenticate window."
1478
msgstr ""
1479
1480
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:36(item/p)
1481
msgid ""
1482
"Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check "
1483
"your software sources for new software."
1484
msgstr ""
1485
1486
#: C/addremove-remove.page:13(info/desc)
1487
msgid "Remove software that you no longer use."
1488
msgstr ""
1489
1490
#: C/addremove-remove.page:17(page/title)
1491
msgid "Remove an application"
1492
msgstr ""
1493
1494
#: C/addremove-remove.page:19(page/p)
1495
msgid ""
1496
"The <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> makes it easy to remove software that "
1497
"you no longer use."
1498
msgstr ""
1499
1500
#: C/addremove-remove.page:27(item/p)
1501
msgid ""
1502
"When the Software Center opens, click the <gui>Installed</gui> button at the "
1503
"top."
1504
msgstr ""
1505
1506
#: C/addremove-remove.page:30(item/p)
1507
msgid ""
1508
"Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box, or by "
1509
"looking through the list of installed applications."
1510
msgstr ""
1511
1512
#: C/addremove-remove.page:34(item/p)
1513
msgid "Select the application and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
1514
msgstr ""
1515
1516
#: C/addremove-remove.page:37(item/p)
1517
msgid ""
1518
"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the "
1519
"application will be removed."
1520
msgstr ""
1521
1522
#: C/addremove-remove.page:40(note/p)
1523
msgid ""
1524
"Some applications depend on others being installed in order to work "
1525
"properly. If you try to remove an application which is needed by another "
1526
"application, both of them will be removed. You will be asked to confirm that "
1527
"this is what you want to happen before the applications are removed."
1528
msgstr ""
1529
1530
#: C/addremove-sources.page:13(info/desc)
1531
msgid ""
1532
"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for "
1533
"installation and upgrades."
1534
msgstr ""
1535
1536
#: C/addremove-sources.page:17(page/title)
1537
msgid "Add additional software repositories"
1538
msgstr ""
1539
1540
#: C/addremove-sources.page:18(page/p)
1541
msgid ""
1542
"Software is available from third-party sources, as well as from the default "
1543
"Ubuntu software repositories. If you want to install software from a third-"
1544
"party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available "
1545
"repositories."
1546
msgstr ""
1547
1548
#: C/addremove-sources.page:25(steps/title)
1549
msgid "Install other repositories"
1550
msgstr ""
1551
1552
#: C/addremove-sources.page:26(item/p)
1553
msgid ""
1554
"Click on the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> icon in the Launcher, or "
1555
"search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the <app>Dash</app>."
1556
msgstr ""
1557
1558
#: C/addremove-sources.page:29(item/p)
1559
msgid ""
1560
"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to "
1561
"the <gui>Other Software</gui> tab."
1562
msgstr ""
1563
1564
#: C/addremove-sources.page:30(item/p)
1565
msgid ""
1566
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and enter the APT line for the repository. This should "
1567
"be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:"
1568
msgstr ""
1569
1570
#: C/addremove-sources.page:31(item/p)
1571
msgid "<code>deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ precise main</code>"
1572
msgstr ""
1573
1574
#: C/addremove-sources.page:32(item/p)
1575
msgid ""
1576
"Click <gui>Add Source</gui> then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu "
1577
"Software Center will then check your software sources for new updates."
1578
msgstr ""
1579
1580
#: C/addremove-sources.page:36(section/title)
1581
msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository"
1582
msgstr ""
1583
1584
#: C/addremove-sources.page:37(section/p)
1585
msgid ""
1586
"The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that "
1587
"don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software "
1588
"like <app>Skype</app>, <app>Adobe Reader</app> and <app>Adobe Flash "
1589
"Plugin</app>. Software in this repository will appear in Ubuntu Software "
1590
"Center search results but won't be installable until this repository is "
1591
"enabled."
1592
msgstr ""
1593
1594
#: C/addremove-sources.page:38(section/p)
1595
msgid ""
1596
"To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the <gui>Other "
1597
"Software</gui> tab in <app>Software Sources</app>. If you see the "
1598
"<gui>Canonical Partners</gui> repository in the list, make sure it is "
1599
"checked then close the Software Sources window. If you don't see it, click "
1600
"<gui>Add</gui> and enter:"
1601
msgstr ""
1602
1603
#: C/addremove-sources.page:42(section/p)
1604
msgid "<code>deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu precise partner</code>"
1605
msgstr ""
1606
1607
#: C/addremove-sources.page:43(section/p)
1608
msgid ""
1609
"Click <gui>Add Source</gui> then close the Software Sources window. Wait a "
1610
"moment for Ubuntu Software Center to download the repository information."
1611
msgstr ""
1612
1613
#: C/app-cheese.page:14(info/desc)
1614
msgid "It is like your own personal photo booth."
1615
msgstr ""
1616
1617
#: C/app-cheese.page:18(page/title)
1618
msgid "Create fun photos and videos with your webcam"
1619
msgstr ""
1620
1621
#: C/app-cheese.page:20(page/p)
1622
msgid ""
1623
"With the <app>Cheese</app> application and your webcam, you can take photos "
1624
"and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others. Using "
1625
"Cheese it is easy to take photos of you, your friends, your pets or whatever "
1626
"you want."
1627
msgstr ""
1628
1629
#: C/app-cheese.page:24(page/p)
1630
msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:"
1631
msgstr ""
1632
1633
#: C/app-cheese.page:26(item/p)
1634
msgid ""
1635
"Click <link href=\"apt:cheese\">this link</link> to launch the <app>Software "
1636
"Center</app>."
1637
msgstr ""
1638
1639
#: C/app-cheese.page:27(item/p)
1640
msgid ""
1641
"Read the information and reviews about Cheese to make sure you want to "
1642
"install it."
1643
msgstr ""
1644
1645
#: C/app-cheese.page:28(item/p)
1646
msgid ""
1647
"If you choose to install it, click <gui>Install</gui> from the Software "
1648
"Center window."
1649
msgstr ""
1650
1651
#: C/app-cheese.page:31(page/p)
1652
msgid ""
1653
"You may need to provide the administrative password to complete the "
1654
"installation."
1655
msgstr ""
1656
1657
#: C/app-cheese.page:33(page/p)
1658
msgid ""
1659
"For help with using Cheese, read the <link href=\"help:cheese\">Cheese user "
1660
"guide</link>."
1661
msgstr ""
1662
1663
#: C/app-cheese.page:35(note/p)
1664
msgid "You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide."
1665
msgstr ""
1666
1667
#: C/backup-check.page:7(info/desc)
1668
msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
1669
msgstr ""
1670
1671
#: C/backup-check.page:17(page/title)
1672
msgid "Check your backup"
1673
msgstr ""
1674
1675
#: C/backup-check.page:19(page/p)
1676
msgid ""
1677
"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
1678
"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
1679
"since some files could be missing from the backup."
1680
msgstr ""
1681
1682
#: C/backup-check.page:23(page/p)
1683
msgid ""
1684
"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
1685
"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
1686
"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
1687
"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
1688
msgstr ""
1689
1690
#: C/backup-check.page:29(page/p)
1691
msgid ""
1692
"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
1693
"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
1694
"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
1695
"confidence that the process was successful."
1696
msgstr ""
1697
1698
#: C/backup-check.page:34(note/p)
1699
msgid ""
1700
"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
1701
"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà "
1702
"Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just "
1703
"copying and pasting files."
1704
msgstr ""
1705
1706
#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(info/desc)
1707
msgid ""
1708
"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
1709
"they're safe."
1710
msgstr ""
1711
1712
#: C/backup-frequency.page:12(credit/name)
1713
#: C/backup-how.page:12(credit/name)
1714
#: C/backup-restore.page:11(credit/name)
1715
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13(credit/name)
1716
#: C/backup-what.page:15(credit/name)
1717
#: C/backup-where.page:17(credit/name)
1718
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13(credit/name)
1719
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:13(credit/name)
1720
#: C/contacts-search.page:13(credit/name)
1721
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:10(credit/name)
1722
#: C/files-browse.page:14(credit/name)
1723
#: C/files-copy.page:17(credit/name)
1724
#: C/get-involved.page:13(credit/name)
1725
#: C/more-help.page:9(credit/name)
1726
#: C/mouse.page:15(credit/name)
1727
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15(credit/name)
1728
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18(credit/name)
1729
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:12(credit/name)
1730
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10(credit/name)
1731
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14(credit/name)
1732
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14(credit/name)
1733
#: C/nautilus-views.page:12(credit/name)
1734
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:14(credit/name)
1735
#: C/user-delete.page:11(credit/name)
1736
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20(credit/name)
1737
msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
1738
msgstr ""
1739
1740
#: C/backup-frequency.page:22(page/title)
1741
msgid "Frequency of backups"
1742
msgstr ""
1743
1744
#: C/backup-frequency.page:24(page/p)
1745
msgid ""
1746
"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
1747
"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
1748
"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
1749
msgstr ""
1750
1751
#: C/backup-frequency.page:28(page/p)
1752
msgid ""
1753
"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
1754
"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
1755
"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
1756
msgstr ""
1757
1758
#: C/backup-frequency.page:33(item/p)
1759
msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
1760
msgstr ""
1761
1762
#: C/backup-frequency.page:34(item/p)
1763
msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
1764
msgstr ""
1765
1766
#: C/backup-frequency.page:37(page/p)
1767
msgid ""
1768
"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
1769
"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
1770
"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
1771
"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
1772
msgstr ""
1773
1774
#: C/backup-frequency.page:42(page/p)
1775
msgid ""
1776
"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
1777
"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
1778
"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
1779
"you should back up at least once per week."
1780
msgstr ""
1781
1782
#: C/backup-how.page:7(info/desc)
1783
msgid ""
1784
"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
1785
"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
1786
msgstr ""
1787
1788
#: C/backup-how.page:26(page/title)
1789
msgid "How to back up"
1790
msgstr ""
1791
1792
#: C/backup-how.page:28(page/p)
1793
msgid ""
1794
"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
1795
"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
1796
"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
1797
msgstr ""
1798
1799
#: C/backup-how.page:32(page/p)
1800
msgid ""
1801
"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
1802
"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
1803
msgstr ""
1804
1805
#: C/backup-how.page:35(page/p)
1806
msgid ""
1807
"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
1808
"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
1809
"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
1810
"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
1811
"them from there."
1812
msgstr ""
1813
1814
#: C/backup-how.page:40(page/p)
1815
msgid ""
1816
"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
1817
"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
1818
"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
1819
msgstr ""
1820
1821
#: C/backup-how.page:45(item/p)
1822
msgid ""
1823
"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
1824
"other removable media."
1825
msgstr ""
1826
1827
#: C/backup-how.page:47(item/p)
1828
msgid ""
1829
"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
1830
"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
1831
"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
1832
msgstr ""
1833
1834
#: C/backup-how.page:51(item/p)
1835
msgid ""
1836
"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in "
1837
"<file>~/.local/share/Trash</file>."
1838
msgstr ""
1839
1840
#: C/backup-restore.page:7(info/desc)
1841
msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
1842
msgstr ""
1843
1844
#: C/backup-restore.page:22(page/title)
1845
msgid "Restore a backup"
1846
msgstr ""
1847
1848
#: C/backup-restore.page:24(page/p)
1849
msgid ""
1850
"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
1851
"you can restore them from the backup:"
1852
msgstr ""
1853
1854
#: C/backup-restore.page:28(item/p)
1855
msgid ""
1856
"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
1857
"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link "
1858
"xref=\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
1859
msgstr ""
1860
1861
#: C/backup-restore.page:32(item/p)
1862
msgid ""
1863
"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà "
1864
"Dup</app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore "
1865
"your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will "
1866
"provide specific instructions on how to restore your files."
1867
msgstr ""
1868
1869
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7(info/desc)
1870
msgid ""
1871
"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
1872
"may want to back up."
1873
msgstr ""
1874
1875
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28(page/title)
1876
msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
1877
msgstr ""
1878
1879
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30(page/p)
1880
msgid ""
1881
"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
1882
"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
1883
"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
1884
msgstr ""
1885
1886
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36(item/p)
1887
msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
1888
msgstr ""
1889
1890
#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
1891
#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
1892
#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
1893
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37(item/p)
1894
msgid ""
1895
"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
1896
"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
1897
"Videos."
1898
msgstr ""
1899
1900
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40(item/p)
1901
msgid ""
1902
"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
1903
"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
1904
"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
1905
"Analyzer</app>."
1906
msgstr ""
1907
1908
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47(item/p)
1909
msgid "Hidden files"
1910
msgstr ""
1911
1912
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(item/p)
1913
msgid ""
1914
"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
1915
"To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
1916
"Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. "
1917
"You can copy these to a backup location like any other file."
1918
msgstr ""
1919
1920
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55(item/p)
1921
msgid ""
1922
"Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
1923
msgstr ""
1924
1925
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(item/p)
1926
msgid ""
1927
"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
1928
"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
1929
msgstr ""
1930
1931
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58(item/p)
1932
msgid ""
1933
"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
1934
"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and "
1935
"<file>.local</file> in your Home folder."
1936
msgstr ""
1937
1938
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64(item/p)
1939
msgid "System-wide settings"
1940
msgstr ""
1941
1942
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65(item/p)
1943
msgid ""
1944
"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home "
1945
"folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most "
1946
"are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to "
1947
"back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, "
1948
"however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
1949
msgstr ""
1950
1951
#: C/backup-what.page:7(info/desc)
1952
msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
1953
msgstr ""
1954
1955
#: C/backup-what.page:26(page/title)
1956
msgid "What to back up"
1957
msgstr ""
1958
1959
#: C/backup-what.page:28(page/p)
1960
msgid ""
1961
"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
1962
"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
1963
"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
1964
msgstr ""
1965
1966
#: C/backup-what.page:35(item/title)
1967
msgid "Your personal files"
1968
msgstr ""
1969
1970
#: C/backup-what.page:36(item/p)
1971
msgid ""
1972
"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
1973
"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
1974
"consider irreplaceable."
1975
msgstr ""
1976
1977
#: C/backup-what.page:42(item/title)
1978
msgid "Your personal settings"
1979
msgstr ""
1980
1981
#: C/backup-what.page:43(item/p)
1982
msgid ""
1983
"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
1984
"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
1985
"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
1986
"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
1987
"while to recreate."
1988
msgstr ""
1989
1990
#: C/backup-what.page:51(item/title)
1991
msgid "System settings"
1992
msgstr ""
1993
1994
#: C/backup-what.page:52(item/p)
1995
msgid ""
1996
"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
1997
"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
1998
"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
1999
"settings."
2000
msgstr ""
2001
2002
#: C/backup-what.page:59(item/title)
2003
msgid "Installed software"
2004
msgstr ""
2005
2006
#: C/backup-what.page:60(item/p)
2007
msgid ""
2008
"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
2009
"computer problem by reinstalling it."
2010
msgstr ""
2011
2012
#: C/backup-what.page:65(page/p)
2013
msgid ""
2014
"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
2015
"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
2016
"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
2017
"space by having backups of them."
2018
msgstr ""
2019
2020
#: C/backup-where.page:7(info/desc)
2021
msgid ""
2022
"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
2023
msgstr ""
2024
2025
#: C/backup-where.page:9(info/title)
2026
msgctxt "sort"
2027
msgid "c"
2028
msgstr ""
2029
2030
#: C/backup-where.page:23(page/title)
2031
msgid "Where to store your backup"
2032
msgstr ""
2033
2034
#: C/backup-where.page:25(page/p)
2035
msgid ""
2036
"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
2037
"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
2038
"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
2039
"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
2040
"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
2041
msgstr ""
2042
2043
#: C/backup-where.page:31(page/p)
2044
msgid ""
2045
"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
2046
"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
2047
"all of the backed-up files."
2048
msgstr ""
2049
2050
#: C/backup-where.page:36(list/title)
2051
msgid "Local and remote storage options"
2052
msgstr ""
2053
2054
#: C/backup-where.page:38(item/p)
2055
msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
2056
msgstr ""
2057
2058
#: C/backup-where.page:41(item/p)
2059
msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
2060
msgstr ""
2061
2062
#: C/backup-where.page:44(item/p)
2063
msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
2064
msgstr ""
2065
2066
#: C/backup-where.page:47(item/p)
2067
msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
2068
msgstr ""
2069
2070
#: C/backup-where.page:50(item/p)
2071
msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
2072
msgstr ""
2073
2074
#: C/backup-where.page:53(item/p)
2075
msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
2076
msgstr ""
2077
2078
#: C/backup-where.page:56(item/p)
2079
msgid ""
2080
"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon "
2081
"S3</link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
2082
"example; capacity depends on price)"
2083
msgstr ""
2084
2085
#: C/backup-where.page:62(page/p)
2086
msgid ""
2087
"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
2088
"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
2089
msgstr ""
2090
2091
#: C/backup-why.page:7(info/desc)
2092
msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
2093
msgstr ""
2094
2095
#: C/backup-why.page:8(info/title)
2096
msgctxt "link:trail"
2097
msgid "Backups"
2098
msgstr ""
2099
2100
#: C/backup-why.page:19(page/title)
2101
msgid "Back up your important files"
2102
msgstr ""
2103
2104
#: C/backup-why.page:21(page/p)
2105
msgid ""
2106
"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
2107
"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
2108
"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
2109
"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
2110
"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
2111
"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
2112
msgstr ""
2113
2114
#: C/backup-why.page:28(page/p)
2115
msgid ""
2116
"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
2117
"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
2118
msgstr ""
2119
2120
#: C/bluetooth.page:14(info/desc)
2121
msgid ""
2122
"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link "
2123
"xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-"
2124
"on-off\">turn on and off</link>…"
2125
msgstr ""
2126
2127
#: C/bluetooth.page:23(page/title)
2128
msgid "Bluetooth"
2129
msgstr ""
2130
2131
#: C/bluetooth.page:25(page/p)
2132
msgid ""
2133
"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
2134
"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
2135
"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
2136
"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
2137
"as from your computer to your cell phone."
2138
msgstr ""
2139
2140
#: C/bluetooth.page:47(info/title)
2141
msgctxt "link"
2142
msgid "Bluetooth problems"
2143
msgstr ""
2144
2145
#: C/bluetooth.page:50(section/title)
2146
#: C/color.page:33(section/title)
2147
#: C/power.page:41(section/title)
2148
msgid "Problems"
2149
msgstr ""
2150
2151
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:11(info/desc)
2152
msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
2153
msgstr ""
2154
2155
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:18(credit/name)
2156
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18(credit/name)
2157
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19(credit/name)
2158
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10(credit/name)
2159
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12(credit/name)
2160
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:17(credit/name)
2161
#: C/printing-setup.page:21(credit/name)
2162
msgid "Paul W. Frields"
2163
msgstr ""
2164
2165
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:28(page/title)
2166
msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
2167
msgstr ""
2168
2169
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:30(page/p)
2170
msgid ""
2171
"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
2172
"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
2173
"Bluetooth devices."
2174
msgstr ""
2175
2176
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35(note/p)
2177
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:45(note/p)
2178
msgid ""
2179
"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
2180
"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
2181
msgstr ""
2182
2183
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:43(when/p)
2184
msgid ""
2185
"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New "
2186
"Device</gui>."
2187
msgstr ""
2188
2189
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:45(choose/p)
2190
msgid ""
2191
"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New "
2192
"Device</gui>."
2193
msgstr ""
2194
2195
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:49(item/p)
2196
msgid ""
2197
"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
2198
"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
2199
"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
2200
"will begin searching for devices."
2201
msgstr ""
2202
2203
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54(item/p)
2204
msgid ""
2205
"If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
2206
"down to display only a single type of device in the list."
2207
msgstr ""
2208
2209
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:57(item/p)
2210
msgid ""
2211
"Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
2212
"device."
2213
msgstr ""
2214
2215
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59(note/p)
2216
msgid ""
2217
"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
2218
"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
2219
"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
2220
"proper setting."
2221
msgstr ""
2222
2223
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:61(item/p)
2224
msgid ""
2225
"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click "
2226
"<gui>Close</gui>."
2227
msgstr ""
2228
2229
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64(item/p)
2230
msgid ""
2231
"Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
2232
"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
2233
msgstr ""
2234
2235
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:67(item/p)
2236
msgid ""
2237
"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
2238
"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
2239
"PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
2240
msgstr ""
2241
2242
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:70(item/p)
2243
msgid ""
2244
"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
2245
"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
2246
"list and start again."
2247
msgstr ""
2248
2249
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75(item/p)
2250
msgid ""
2251
"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
2252
"<gui>Close</gui>."
2253
msgstr ""
2254
2255
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:79(page/p)
2256
msgid ""
2257
"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
2258
"connection</link> later if desired."
2259
msgstr ""
2260
2261
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12(info/desc)
2262
msgid ""
2263
"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
2264
"be disabled or blocked."
2265
msgstr ""
2266
2267
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21(page/title)
2268
msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
2269
msgstr ""
2270
2271
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23(page/p)
2272
msgid ""
2273
"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
2274
"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
2275
msgstr ""
2276
2277
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28(item/title)
2278
msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
2279
msgstr ""
2280
2281
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29(item/p)
2282
msgid ""
2283
"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
2284
"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
2285
"is set up to allow connections."
2286
msgstr ""
2287
2288
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34(item/title)
2289
msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
2290
msgstr ""
2291
2292
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35(item/p)
2293
msgid ""
2294
"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
2295
"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
2296
"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, "
2297
"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
2298
"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
2299
msgstr ""
2300
2301
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(item/title)
2302
msgid "Adapter not switched on"
2303
msgstr ""
2304
2305
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:46(when/p)
2306
msgid ""
2307
"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
2308
"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link "
2309
"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
2310
msgstr ""
2311
2312
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:49(choose/p)
2313
msgid ""
2314
"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
2315
"icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
2316
"off\">disabled</link>."
2317
msgstr ""
2318
2319
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:55(item/title)
2320
msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
2321
msgstr ""
2322
2323
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:56(item/p)
2324
msgid ""
2325
"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
2326
"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
2327
"in airplane mode."
2328
msgstr ""
2329
2330
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:60(item/title)
2331
msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
2332
msgstr ""
2333
2334
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:61(item/p)
2335
msgid ""
2336
"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
2337
"want to use Bluetooth."
2338
msgstr ""
2339
2340
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11(info/desc)
2341
msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
2342
msgstr ""
2343
2344
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24(page/title)
2345
msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
2346
msgstr ""
2347
2348
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27(page/p)
2349
msgid ""
2350
"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
2351
"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
2352
"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
2353
"from a device."
2354
msgstr ""
2355
2356
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36(when/p)
2357
msgid ""
2358
"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
2359
"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
2360
msgstr ""
2361
2362
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38(choose/p)
2363
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85(choose/p)
2364
msgid ""
2365
"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth "
2366
"Settings</gui>."
2367
msgstr ""
2368
2369
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42(item/p)
2370
msgid ""
2371
"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
2372
"<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
2373
msgstr ""
2374
2375
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46(item/p)
2376
msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
2377
msgstr ""
2378
2379
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50(page/p)
2380
msgid ""
2381
"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
2382
"device</link> later if desired."
2383
msgstr ""
2384
2385
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:12(info/desc)
2386
msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
2387
msgstr ""
2388
2389
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:25(page/title)
2390
msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
2391
msgstr ""
2392
2393
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:29(when/p)
2394
msgid ""
2395
"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
2396
"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
2397
"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
2398
"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
2399
"window, or directly from the file manager."
2400
msgstr ""
2401
2402
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35(choose/p)
2403
msgid ""
2404
"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
2405
"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
2406
"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
2407
"using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, "
2408
"or directly from the file manager."
2409
msgstr ""
2410
2411
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:42(page/p)
2412
msgid ""
2413
"To send files directly from the file manager, see <link xref=\"files-"
2414
"share\"/>."
2415
msgstr ""
2416
2417
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:50(steps/title)
2418
msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
2419
msgstr ""
2420
2421
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54(when/p)
2422
msgid ""
2423
"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
2424
"Device</gui>."
2425
msgstr ""
2426
2427
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:56(choose/p)
2428
msgid ""
2429
"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
2430
"Device</gui>."
2431
msgstr ""
2432
2433
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:60(item/p)
2434
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:93(item/p)
2435
msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
2436
msgstr ""
2437
2438
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:61(item/p)
2439
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94(item/p)
2440
msgid ""
2441
"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
2442
"select each file."
2443
msgstr ""
2444
2445
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:64(item/p)
2446
msgid ""
2447
"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click "
2448
"<gui>Send</gui>."
2449
msgstr ""
2450
2451
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65(item/p)
2452
msgid ""
2453
"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
2454
"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link "
2455
"xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you "
2456
"have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to "
2457
"pair with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably "
2458
"require confirmation on the other device."
2459
msgstr ""
2460
2461
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70(item/p)
2462
msgid ""
2463
"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
2464
"types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
2465
msgstr ""
2466
2467
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74(item/p)
2468
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97(item/p)
2469
msgid ""
2470
"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
2471
"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
2472
"transfer will be shown on your screen."
2473
msgstr ""
2474
2475
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79(steps/title)
2476
msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
2477
msgstr ""
2478
2479
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83(when/p)
2480
msgid ""
2481
"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth "
2482
"Settings</gui>."
2483
msgstr ""
2484
2485
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88(item/p)
2486
msgid ""
2487
"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
2488
"shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
2489
"connect-device\"/>."
2490
msgstr ""
2491
2492
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:91(item/p)
2493
msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
2494
msgstr ""
2495
2496
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2497
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2498
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2499
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2500
#.
2501
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2502
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2503
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2504
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2505
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26(media)
2506
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86(media)
2507
msgctxt "_"
2508
msgid ""
2509
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-"
2510
"active.svg' md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'"
2511
msgstr ""
2512
2513
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11(info/desc)
2514
msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
2515
msgstr ""
2516
2517
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24(page/title)
2518
msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
2519
msgstr ""
2520
2521
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27(media/p)
2522
msgid "The Bluetooth icon in the menu bar"
2523
msgstr ""
2524
2525
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32(when/p)
2526
msgid ""
2527
"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
2528
"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
2529
"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
2530
msgstr ""
2531
2532
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37(choose/p)
2533
msgid ""
2534
"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
2535
"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
2536
"Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
2537
msgstr ""
2538
2539
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44(when/p)
2540
msgid ""
2541
"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
2542
"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
2543
"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
2544
"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
2545
"the <key>Fn</key> key."
2546
msgstr ""
2547
2548
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50(choose/p)
2549
msgid ""
2550
"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
2551
"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
2552
"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
2553
"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
2554
"the <key>Fn</key> key."
2555
msgstr ""
2556
2557
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59(when/p)
2558
msgid ""
2559
"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
2560
"Bluetooth</gui>."
2561
msgstr ""
2562
2563
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61(choose/p)
2564
msgid ""
2565
"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch "
2566
"<gui>Bluetooth</gui> off."
2567
msgstr ""
2568
2569
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64(note/p)
2570
msgid ""
2571
"You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
2572
"this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
2573
"for more information."
2574
msgstr ""
2575
2576
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10(info/desc)
2577
msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
2578
msgstr ""
2579
2580
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19(page/title)
2581
msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
2582
msgstr ""
2583
2584
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21(page/p)
2585
msgid ""
2586
"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
2587
"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
2588
"visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
2589
"devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
2590
msgstr ""
2591
2592
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26(page/p)
2593
msgid ""
2594
"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
2595
"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
2596
msgstr ""
2597
2598
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29(page/p)
2599
msgid ""
2600
"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
2601
"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
2602
"communicate with each other."
2603
msgstr ""
2604
2605
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33(page/p)
2606
msgid ""
2607
"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
2608
"another device, you should leave visibility off."
2609
msgstr ""
2610
2611
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2612
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2613
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2614
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2615
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:39(media)
2616
msgctxt "_"
2617
msgid ""
2618
"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
2619
"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
2620
msgstr ""
2621
2622
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9(info/desc)
2623
msgid ""
2624
"Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the "
2625
"option to change this."
2626
msgstr ""
2627
2628
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:12(credit/name)
2629
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14(credit/name)
2630
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13(credit/name)
2631
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:14(credit/name)
2632
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:13(credit/name)
2633
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12(credit/name)
2634
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12(credit/name)
2635
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12(credit/name)
2636
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11(credit/name)
2637
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13(credit/name)
2638
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:12(credit/name)
2639
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11(credit/name)
2640
#: C/color.page:9(credit/name)
2641
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:11(credit/name)
2642
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10(credit/name)
2643
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11(credit/name)
2644
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10(credit/name)
2645
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10(credit/name)
2646
msgid "Richard Hughes"
2647
msgstr ""
2648
2649
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18(page/title)
2650
msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
2651
msgstr ""
2652
2653
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:20(page/p)
2654
msgid ""
2655
"Open <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click "
2656
"the device that you wish to add a profile to."
2657
msgstr ""
2658
2659
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24(page/p)
2660
msgid ""
2661
"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
2662
"import a new file."
2663
msgstr ""
2664
2665
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:28(page/p)
2666
msgid ""
2667
"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
2668
"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
2669
"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
2670
"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
2671
"glossy paper and another plain paper."
2672
msgstr ""
2673
2674
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:38(figure/desc)
2675
msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
2676
msgstr ""
2677
2678
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:42(page/p)
2679
msgid ""
2680
"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
2681
"create a new profile."
2682
msgstr ""
2683
2684
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11(info/desc)
2685
msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
2686
msgstr ""
2687
2688
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20(page/title)
2689
msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
2690
msgstr ""
2691
2692
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22(page/p)
2693
msgid ""
2694
"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
2695
"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
2696
"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
2697
msgstr ""
2698
2699
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28(page/p)
2700
msgid ""
2701
"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
2702
"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
2703
"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
2704
msgstr ""
2705
2706
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36(note/p)
2707
msgid ""
2708
"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
2709
"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
2710
"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and "
2711
"<em>cloudy</em> lighting conditions."
2712
msgstr ""
2713
2714
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10(info/desc)
2715
msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
2716
msgstr ""
2717
2718
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19(page/title)
2719
msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
2720
msgstr ""
2721
2722
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21(page/p)
2723
msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
2724
msgstr ""
2725
2726
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26(item/p)
2727
msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
2728
msgstr ""
2729
2730
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27(item/p)
2731
msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
2732
msgstr ""
2733
2734
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30(page/p)
2735
msgid ""
2736
"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
2737
"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
2738
"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
2739
"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
2740
"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
2741
msgstr ""
2742
2743
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38(page/p)
2744
msgid ""
2745
"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
2746
"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
2747
msgstr ""
2748
2749
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44(note/p)
2750
msgid ""
2751
"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
2752
msgstr ""
2753
2754
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11(info/desc)
2755
msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
2756
msgstr ""
2757
2758
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20(page/title)
2759
msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
2760
msgstr ""
2761
2762
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:22(page/p)
2763
msgid ""
2764
"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
2765
"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>System "
2766
"Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
2767
msgstr ""
2768
2769
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:30(note/p)
2770
msgid ""
2771
"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
2772
"usually need to be recalibrated."
2773
msgstr ""
2774
2775
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10(info/desc)
2776
msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
2777
msgstr ""
2778
2779
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19(page/title)
2780
msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
2781
msgstr ""
2782
2783
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:21(page/p)
2784
msgid ""
2785
"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
2786
"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
2787
msgstr ""
2788
2789
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25(page/p)
2790
msgid ""
2791
"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
2792
"colors that your screen is able to display. By running <guiseq><gui>System "
2793
"Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a profile, and "
2794
"the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what "
2795
"settings to adjust."
2796
msgstr ""
2797
2798
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:34(note/p)
2799
msgid ""
2800
"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
2801
"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
2802
"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
2803
"color control panel."
2804
msgstr ""
2805
2806
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:41(note/p)
2807
msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
2808
msgstr ""
2809
2810
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9(info/desc)
2811
msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
2812
msgstr ""
2813
2814
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18(page/title)
2815
msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
2816
msgstr ""
2817
2818
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19(page/p)
2819
msgid ""
2820
"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
2821
"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
2822
"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
2823
msgstr ""
2824
2825
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26(item/p)
2826
msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
2827
msgstr ""
2828
2829
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27(item/p)
2830
msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
2831
msgstr ""
2832
2833
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29(page/p)
2834
msgid ""
2835
"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
2836
"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
2837
"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
2838
"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
2839
"calibration curves."
2840
msgstr ""
2841
2842
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36(page/p)
2843
msgid ""
2844
"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
2845
"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
2846
"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
2847
"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
2848
"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
2849
"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
2850
"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
2851
msgstr ""
2852
2853
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47(note/p)
2854
msgid ""
2855
"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
2856
"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
2857
msgstr ""
2858
2859
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53(page/p)
2860
msgid ""
2861
"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
2862
"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
2863
"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
2864
"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
2865
"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
2866
"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
2867
"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
2868
msgstr ""
2869
2870
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9(info/desc)
2871
msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
2872
msgstr ""
2873
2874
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19(page/title)
2875
msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
2876
msgstr ""
2877
2878
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21(page/p)
2879
msgid ""
2880
"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
2881
"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
2882
msgstr ""
2883
2884
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28(item/p)
2885
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
2886
msgstr ""
2887
2888
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29(item/p)
2889
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
2890
msgstr ""
2891
2892
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30(item/p)
2893
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
2894
msgstr ""
2895
2896
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31(item/p)
2897
msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
2898
msgstr ""
2899
2900
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32(item/p)
2901
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
2902
msgstr ""
2903
2904
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33(item/p)
2905
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
2906
msgstr ""
2907
2908
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34(item/p)
2909
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
2910
msgstr ""
2911
2912
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35(item/p)
2913
msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
2914
msgstr ""
2915
2916
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36(item/p)
2917
msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
2918
msgstr ""
2919
2920
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37(item/p)
2921
msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
2922
msgstr ""
2923
2924
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38(item/p)
2925
msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
2926
msgstr ""
2927
2928
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42(note/p)
2929
msgid ""
2930
"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
2931
"Linux."
2932
msgstr ""
2933
2934
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45(page/p)
2935
msgid ""
2936
"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
2937
"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
2938
"printers:"
2939
msgstr ""
2940
2941
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52(item/p)
2942
msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
2943
msgstr ""
2944
2945
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53(item/p)
2946
msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
2947
msgstr ""
2948
2949
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54(item/p)
2950
msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
2951
msgstr ""
2952
2953
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55(item/p)
2954
msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
2955
msgstr ""
2956
2957
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56(item/p)
2958
msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
2959
msgstr ""
2960
2961
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9(info/desc)
2962
msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
2963
msgstr ""
2964
2965
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18(page/title)
2966
msgid "Which target types are supported?"
2967
msgstr ""
2968
2969
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20(page/p)
2970
msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
2971
msgstr ""
2972
2973
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25(item/p)
2974
msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
2975
msgstr ""
2976
2977
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26(item/p)
2978
msgid "ColorChecker 24"
2979
msgstr ""
2980
2981
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27(item/p)
2982
msgid "ColorChecker DC"
2983
msgstr ""
2984
2985
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28(item/p)
2986
msgid "ColorChecker SG"
2987
msgstr ""
2988
2989
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29(item/p)
2990
msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
2991
msgstr ""
2992
2993
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30(item/p)
2994
msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
2995
msgstr ""
2996
2997
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31(item/p)
2998
msgid "QPcard 201"
2999
msgstr ""
3000
3001
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32(item/p)
3002
msgid "IT8.7/2"
3003
msgstr ""
3004
3005
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36(note/p)
3006
msgid ""
3007
"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
3008
"LaserSoft in various online shops."
3009
msgstr ""
3010
3011
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40(note/p)
3012
msgid ""
3013
"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link "
3014
"href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair "
3015
"price."
3016
msgstr ""
3017
3018
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8(info/desc)
3019
msgid ""
3020
"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
3021
msgstr ""
3022
3023
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17(page/title)
3024
msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
3025
msgstr ""
3026
3027
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19(page/p)
3028
msgid ""
3029
"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
3030
"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
3031
"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
3032
"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
3033
"for a thousand hours."
3034
msgstr ""
3035
3036
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26(page/p)
3037
msgid ""
3038
"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
3039
"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
3040
"say that their display is calibrated."
3041
msgstr ""
3042
3043
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31(page/p)
3044
msgid ""
3045
"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
3046
"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
3047
"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
3048
"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
3049
msgstr ""
3050
3051
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40(note/p)
3052
msgid ""
3053
"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
3054
"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
3055
msgstr ""
3056
3057
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10(info/desc)
3058
msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
3059
msgstr ""
3060
3061
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19(page/title)
3062
msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
3063
msgstr ""
3064
3065
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21(page/p)
3066
msgid ""
3067
"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
3068
"does require some initial outlay."
3069
msgstr ""
3070
3071
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25(page/p)
3072
msgid ""
3073
"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
3074
"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
3075
"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
3076
msgstr ""
3077
3078
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31(page/p)
3079
msgid ""
3080
"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
3081
"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
3082
"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
3083
"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
3084
msgstr ""
3085
3086
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39(page/p)
3087
msgid ""
3088
"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
3089
"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
3090
msgstr ""
3091
3092
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8(info/desc)
3093
msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
3094
msgstr ""
3095
3096
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18(page/title)
3097
msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
3098
msgstr ""
3099
3100
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:20(page/p)
3101
msgid ""
3102
"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the "
3103
"<input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
3104
msgstr ""
3105
3106
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24(page/p)
3107
msgid ""
3108
"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
3109
"<guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
3110
"profile for a device."
3111
msgstr ""
3112
3113
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8(info/desc)
3114
msgid ""
3115
"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
3116
msgstr ""
3117
3118
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17(page/title)
3119
msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
3120
msgstr ""
3121
3122
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18(page/p)
3123
msgid ""
3124
"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
3125
"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
3126
"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
3127
"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
3128
msgstr ""
3129
3130
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24(page/p)
3131
msgid ""
3132
"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
3133
"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
3134
"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
3135
msgstr ""
3136
3137
#: C/color.page:14(info/desc)
3138
msgid ""
3139
"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link "
3140
"xref=\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link "
3141
"xref=\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
3142
msgstr ""
3143
3144
#: C/color.page:22(page/title)
3145
msgid "Color management"
3146
msgstr ""
3147
3148
#: C/color.page:25(section/title)
3149
msgid "Color profiles"
3150
msgstr ""
3151
3152
#: C/color.page:29(section/title)
3153
msgid "Calibration"
3154
msgstr ""
3155
3156
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8(info/desc)
3157
msgid ""
3158
"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
3159
"computer."
3160
msgstr ""
3161
3162
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17(page/title)
3163
msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
3164
msgstr ""
3165
3166
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:19(page/p)
3167
msgid ""
3168
"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
3169
"computer. Examples of this might be:"
3170
msgstr ""
3171
3172
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:26(item/p)
3173
msgid ""
3174
"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
3175
msgstr ""
3176
3177
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:27(item/p)
3178
msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
3179
msgstr ""
3180
3181
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:30(page/p)
3182
msgid ""
3183
"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
3184
"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui> "
3185
"<gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-"
3186
"assignprofiles\">assign profiles</link> to it like any other device or even "
3187
"<link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
3188
msgstr ""
3189
3190
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7(info/desc)
3191
msgid ""
3192
"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
3193
"response."
3194
msgstr ""
3195
3196
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16(page/title)
3197
msgid "What is a color profile?"
3198
msgstr ""
3199
3200
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18(page/p)
3201
msgid ""
3202
"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
3203
"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
3204
msgstr ""
3205
3206
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22(page/p)
3207
msgid ""
3208
"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
3209
"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
3210
msgstr ""
3211
3212
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27(page/p)
3213
msgid ""
3214
"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
3215
"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
3216
msgstr ""
3217
3218
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32(page/p)
3219
msgid ""
3220
"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
3221
"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
3222
"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
3223
"colors are not being lost or modified."
3224
msgstr ""
3225
3226
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3227
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3228
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3229
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3230
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48(media)
3231
msgctxt "_"
3232
msgid ""
3233
"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
3234
msgstr ""
3235
3236
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8(info/desc)
3237
msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
3238
msgstr ""
3239
3240
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17(page/title)
3241
msgid "What is a color space?"
3242
msgstr ""
3243
3244
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19(page/p)
3245
msgid ""
3246
"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
3247
"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
3248
msgstr ""
3249
3250
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24(page/p)
3251
msgid ""
3252
"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
3253
"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
3254
"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
3255
"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
3256
"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
3257
"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
3258
"colors."
3259
msgstr ""
3260
3261
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36(note/p)
3262
msgid ""
3263
"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
3264
"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
3265
"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
3266
"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, install "
3267
"<code>gnome-color-manager</code> and then run <code>gcm-viewer</code>."
3268
msgstr ""
3269
3270
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47(figure/desc)
3271
msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
3272
msgstr ""
3273
3274
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51(page/p)
3275
msgid ""
3276
"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
3277
"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
3278
"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
3279
"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
3280
"applications (including the Internet)."
3281
msgstr ""
3282
3283
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59(page/p)
3284
msgid ""
3285
"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
3286
"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
3287
"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
3288
"crushed."
3289
msgstr ""
3290
3291
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65(page/p)
3292
msgid ""
3293
"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
3294
"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
3295
"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
3296
msgstr ""
3297
3298
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72(page/p)
3299
msgid ""
3300
"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
3301
"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
3302
"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
3303
"steps between each value."
3304
msgstr ""
3305
3306
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78(page/p)
3307
msgid ""
3308
"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
3309
"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
3310
"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
3311
"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
3312
msgstr ""
3313
3314
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85(page/p)
3315
msgid ""
3316
"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
3317
"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
3318
"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
3319
msgstr ""
3320
3321
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91(page/p)
3322
msgid ""
3323
"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
3324
"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
3325
"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
3326
msgstr ""
3327
3328
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3329
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3330
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3331
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3332
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24(media)
3333
msgctxt "_"
3334
msgid ""
3335
"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
3336
"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
3337
msgstr ""
3338
3339
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7(info/desc)
3340
msgid ""
3341
"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
3342
msgstr ""
3343
3344
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16(page/title)
3345
msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
3346
msgstr ""
3347
3348
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18(page/p)
3349
msgid ""
3350
"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
3351
"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
3352
"together:"
3353
msgstr ""
3354
3355
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25(media/p)
3356
msgid "Averaged profiles"
3357
msgstr ""
3358
3359
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28(page/p)
3360
msgid ""
3361
"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
3362
"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
3363
"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
3364
"state and make the profile inaccurate."
3365
msgstr ""
3366
3367
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36(page/p)
3368
msgid ""
3369
"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
3370
"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
3371
"profile based on your exact characterization state."
3372
msgstr ""
3373
3374
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3375
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3376
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3377
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3378
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30(media)
3379
msgctxt "_"
3380
msgid ""
3381
"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
3382
"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
3383
msgstr ""
3384
3385
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3386
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3387
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3388
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3389
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40(media)
3390
msgctxt "_"
3391
msgid ""
3392
"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
3393
"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
3394
msgstr ""
3395
3396
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3397
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3398
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3399
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3400
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50(media)
3401
msgctxt "_"
3402
msgid ""
3403
"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
3404
"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
3405
msgstr ""
3406
3407
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7(info/desc)
3408
msgid ""
3409
"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
3410
msgstr ""
3411
3412
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16(page/title)
3413
msgid "Why is color management important?"
3414
msgstr ""
3415
3416
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17(page/p)
3417
msgid ""
3418
"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
3419
"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
3420
"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
3421
msgstr ""
3422
3423
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23(page/p)
3424
msgid ""
3425
"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
3426
"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
3427
msgstr ""
3428
3429
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29(figure/desc)
3430
msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
3431
msgstr ""
3432
3433
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33(page/p)
3434
msgid ""
3435
"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
3436
"cold."
3437
msgstr ""
3438
3439
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39(figure/desc)
3440
msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
3441
msgstr ""
3442
3443
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43(page/p)
3444
msgid ""
3445
"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
3446
"muddy brown."
3447
msgstr ""
3448
3449
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49(figure/desc)
3450
msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
3451
msgstr ""
3452
3453
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53(page/p)
3454
msgid ""
3455
"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
3456
"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
3457
"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
3458
msgstr ""
3459
3460
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59(page/p)
3461
msgid ""
3462
"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
3463
"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
3464
"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
3465
"as the paper color."
3466
msgstr ""
3467
3468
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66(page/p)
3469
msgid ""
3470
"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
3471
"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
3472
"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
3473
"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just "
3474
"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
3475
"kilometers or 7 meters."
3476
msgstr ""
3477
3478
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76(page/p)
3479
msgid ""
3480
"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
3481
"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
3482
"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
3483
"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
3484
"\"washed out\"."
3485
msgstr ""
3486
3487
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84(page/p)
3488
msgid ""
3489
"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
3490
"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
3491
"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
3492
"like."
3493
msgstr ""
3494
3495
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91(page/p)
3496
msgid ""
3497
"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
3498
"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
3499
"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
3500
"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
3501
"exact Red Hat Red."
3502
msgstr ""
3503
3504
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:11(credit/name)
3505
msgid "Lucie Hankey"
3506
msgstr ""
3507
3508
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:22(info/desc)
3509
msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
3510
msgstr ""
3511
3512
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26(page/title)
3513
msgid "Add or remove a contact"
3514
msgstr ""
3515
3516
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:28(page/p)
3517
msgid "To add a contact:"
3518
msgstr ""
3519
3520
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:31(item/p)
3521
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:42(item/p)
3522
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
3523
msgstr ""
3524
3525
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32(item/p)
3526
msgid ""
3527
"In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
3528
"information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
3529
"<gui>Home</gui>, <gui>Other</gui>, or <gui>Custom…</gui> (<gui>Custom</gui> "
3530
"allows you to type in your own category name.)"
3531
msgstr ""
3532
3533
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36(item/p)
3534
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
3535
msgstr ""
3536
3537
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39(page/p)
3538
msgid "To remove a contact:"
3539
msgstr ""
3540
3541
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:43(item/p)
3542
msgid ""
3543
"Right-click the contact name in the right pane and select <gui>Delete</gui> ."
3544
msgstr ""
3545
3546
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:45(item/p)
3547
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to confirm."
3548
msgstr ""
3549
3550
#: C/contacts-connect.page:15(info/desc)
3551
msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
3552
msgstr ""
3553
3554
#: C/contacts-connect.page:18(page/title)
3555
msgid "Connect with your contact"
3556
msgstr ""
3557
3558
#: C/contacts-connect.page:26(page/p)
3559
msgid "To email, chat with, or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
3560
msgstr ""
3561
3562
#: C/contacts-connect.page:29(item/p)
3563
msgid "Select the contact you wish to contact in the left pane."
3564
msgstr ""
3565
3566
#: C/contacts-connect.page:32(item/p)
3567
msgid "Choose email, chat, or phone from the button bar in the right pane."
3568
msgstr ""
3569
3570
#: C/contacts-connect.page:33(item/p)
3571
msgid ""
3572
"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
3573
msgstr ""
3574
3575
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:6(info/desc)
3576
msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
3577
msgstr ""
3578
3579
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:25(page/title)
3580
msgid "Edit contact details"
3581
msgstr ""
3582
3583
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27(page/p)
3584
msgid ""
3585
"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
3586
"up to date and complete."
3587
msgstr ""
3588
3589
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:31(item/p)
3590
msgid "Select the contact you wish to edit in the left pane."
3591
msgstr ""
3592
3593
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:34(item/p)
3594
msgid ""
3595
"In the right pane, click on the contact's avatar or any text information to "
3596
"change."
3597
msgstr ""
3598
3599
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:38(item/p)
3600
msgid ""
3601
"To add information that isn't shown, or an additional phone number or e-mail "
3602
"address, click <gui style=\"button\">Add detail…</gui> Select a field from "
3603
"the list and click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui>, and fill in the "
3604
"information."
3605
msgstr ""
3606
3607
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:47(note/p)
3608
msgid ""
3609
"In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
3610
"profile's avatar."
3611
msgstr ""
3612
3613
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:9(info/desc)
3614
msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
3615
msgstr ""
3616
3617
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:25(page/title)
3618
msgid "Link/Unlink Contacts"
3619
msgstr ""
3620
3621
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:28(section/title)
3622
msgid "Link contacts"
3623
msgstr ""
3624
3625
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:30(section/p)
3626
msgid ""
3627
"Linking contacts is the combining of the same contact from multiple services "
3628
"into one Contacts entry. This feature helps you keep your address book "
3629
"organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
3630
msgstr ""
3631
3632
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:35(item/p)
3633
msgid "Select the contact you wish to link in the left pane."
3634
msgstr ""
3635
3636
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:38(item/p)
3637
msgid ""
3638
"Right-click on any editable element in the right pane and select "
3639
"<gui>Add/Remove Linked Contacts…</gui>."
3640
msgstr ""
3641
3642
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:42(item/p)
3643
msgid "Select the entry you wish to link with the first contact entry."
3644
msgstr ""
3645
3646
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:45(item/p)
3647
msgid "Click <gui>Link</gui>"
3648
msgstr ""
3649
3650
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48(item/p)
3651
msgid "If you wish to link a third contact entry, repeat the last two steps."
3652
msgstr ""
3653
3654
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:51(item/p)
3655
msgid "When you are finished, click <gui>Close</gui>."
3656
msgstr ""
3657
3658
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:57(note/p)
3659
msgid ""
3660
"If you linked two contacts accidentally and want to undo the action, follow "
3661
"the steps for unlinking contacts."
3662
msgstr ""
3663
3664
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:65(section/title)
3665
msgid "Unlink contacts"
3666
msgstr ""
3667
3668
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:67(section/p)
3669
msgid "You may want to unlink contacts if one of the entries is out of date."
3670
msgstr ""
3671
3672
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70(item/p)
3673
msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink in the left pane."
3674
msgstr ""
3675
3676
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73(item/p)
3677
msgid "Locate the section you wish to unlink in the right pane."
3678
msgstr ""
3679
3680
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:76(item/p)
3681
msgid "Click <gui>Unlink</gui>."
3682
msgstr ""
3683
3684
#: C/contacts.page:18(info/desc)
3685
msgid "Access your contacts."
3686
msgstr ""
3687
3688
#: C/contacts.page:22(page/title)
3689
msgid "Contacts"
3690
msgstr ""
3691
3692
#: C/contacts.page:24(page/p)
3693
msgid ""
3694
"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
3695
"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
3696
msgstr ""
3697
3698
#: C/contacts-search.page:6(info/desc)
3699
msgid "Search for a contact."
3700
msgstr ""
3701
3702
#: C/contacts-search.page:25(page/title)
3703
msgid "Search for a contact"
3704
msgstr ""
3705
3706
#: C/contacts-search.page:44(item/p)
3707
msgid ""
3708
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> to open the search box."
3709
msgstr ""
3710
3711
#: C/contacts-search.page:47(item/p)
3712
msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
3713
msgstr ""
3714
3715
#: C/contacts-search.page:53(note/p)
3716
msgid "Press <key>Esc</key> to close the search box."
3717
msgstr ""
3718
3719
#: C/contacts-setup.page:15(info/desc)
3720
msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
3721
msgstr ""
3722
3723
#: C/contacts-setup.page:18(page/title)
3724
msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
3725
msgstr ""
3726
3727
#: C/contacts-setup.page:26(page/p)
3728
msgid ""
3729
"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
3730
"Setup</gui> window opens."
3731
msgstr ""
3732
3733
#: C/contacts-setup.page:29(page/p)
3734
msgid ""
3735
"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
3736
"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
3737
"and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
3738
msgstr ""
3739
3740
#: C/contacts-setup.page:34(note/p)
3741
msgid ""
3742
"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
3743
"existing account settings."
3744
msgstr ""
3745
3746
#: C/contacts-setup.page:38(page/p)
3747
msgid ""
3748
"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui "
3749
"style=\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish "
3750
"to set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
3751
"Address Book</gui>."
3752
msgstr ""
3753
3754
#: C/clock.page:8(info/desc)
3755
msgid ""
3756
"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set time and date</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
3757
"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
3758
"appointments</link>…"
3759
msgstr ""
3760
3761
#: C/clock.page:25(page/title)
3762
msgid "Time & date"
3763
msgstr ""
3764
3765
#: C/clock-calendar.page:8(info/desc)
3766
msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
3767
msgstr ""
3768
3769
#: C/clock-calendar.page:21(page/title)
3770
msgid "View appointments in your calendar"
3771
msgstr ""
3772
3773
#: C/clock-calendar.page:24(page/p)
3774
msgid ""
3775
"You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the "
3776
"panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called "
3777
"<app>Evolution</app>."
3778
msgstr ""
3779
3780
#: C/clock-calendar.page:27(page/p)
3781
msgid ""
3782
"If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the menu bar and "
3783
"then click the <gui>Add Event</gui> to start adding appointments. As "
3784
"appointments are added, they will appear below the calendar when you click "
3785
"on the clock."
3786
msgstr ""
3787
3788
#: C/clock-calendar.page:31(page/p)
3789
msgid ""
3790
"To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click "
3791
"the first line where today's date is."
3792
msgstr ""
3793
3794
#: C/clock-calendar.page:40(note/p)
3795
msgid ""
3796
"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
3797
"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
3798
"first account."
3799
msgstr ""
3800
3801
#: C/clock-calendar.page:44(section/title)
3802
msgid "Turn off Evolution calendar integration"
3803
msgstr ""
3804
3805
#: C/clock-calendar.page:45(section/p)
3806
msgid "You can also turn off this feature if you like."
3807
msgstr ""
3808
3809
#: C/clock-calendar.page:48(item/p)
3810
#: C/clock-timezone.page:24(item/p)
3811
msgid "Click on the clock and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>."
3812
msgstr ""
3813
3814
#: C/clock-calendar.page:49(item/p)
3815
msgid "Now, switch to the <gui>Clock</gui> tab."
3816
msgstr ""
3817
3818
#: C/clock-calendar.page:50(item/p)
3819
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Coming events from Evolution Calendar</gui>."
3820
msgstr ""
3821
3822
#: C/clock-more-info.page:7(info/desc)
3823
msgid ""
3824
"Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week."
3825
msgstr ""
3826
3827
#: C/clock-more-info.page:10(credit/name)
3828
#: C/clock-set.page:16(credit/name)
3829
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20(credit/name)
3830
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:19(credit/name)
3831
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:13(credit/name)
3832
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Project"
3833
msgstr ""
3834
3835
#: C/clock-more-info.page:17(page/title)
3836
msgid "Change how much information is shown in the clock"
3837
msgstr ""
3838
3839
#: C/clock-more-info.page:19(page/p)
3840
msgid ""
3841
"By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock "
3842
"to show additional information if you choose."
3843
msgstr ""
3844
3845
#: C/clock-more-info.page:22(page/p)
3846
msgid ""
3847
"Click on the clock and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>. Switch to "
3848
"the <gui>Clock</gui> tab. Select the time and date options you want to "
3849
"display."
3850
msgstr ""
3851
3852
#: C/clock-more-info.page:25(note/p)
3853
msgid ""
3854
"You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking <gui>Show a clock in "
3855
"the menu bar</gui>."
3856
msgstr ""
3857
3858
#: C/clock-more-info.page:27(note/p)
3859
msgid ""
3860
"If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the "
3861
"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting <gui>System "
3862
"Settings</gui>. In the System section, click <gui>Time & Date</gui>."
3863
msgstr ""
3864
3865
#: C/clock-more-info.page:32(section/title)
3866
msgid "Change the date format"
3867
msgstr ""
3868
3869
#: C/clock-more-info.page:33(section/p)
3870
msgid ""
3871
"You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard "
3872
"for your location."
3873
msgstr ""
3874
3875
#: C/clock-more-info.page:36(item/p)
3876
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34(item/p)
3877
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:31(item/p)
3878
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:38(item/p)
3879
#: C/net-proxy.page:45(item/p)
3880
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42(item/p)
3881
#: C/session-language.page:40(item/p)
3882
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24(item/p)
3883
msgid ""
3884
"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
3885
"Settings</gui>."
3886
msgstr ""
3887
3888
#: C/clock-more-info.page:37(item/p)
3889
msgid "In the Personal section, click <gui>Language Support</gui>."
3890
msgstr ""
3891
3892
#: C/clock-more-info.page:38(item/p)
3893
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Regional Formats</gui> tab."
3894
msgstr ""
3895
3896
#: C/clock-more-info.page:39(item/p)
3897
msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list."
3898
msgstr ""
3899
3900
#: C/clock-more-info.page:40(item/p)
3901
msgid ""
3902
"You will need to <link xref=\"shell-exit\">log out</link> and log back in "
3903
"for this change to take effect."
3904
msgstr ""
3905
3906
#: C/clock-set.page:8(info/desc)
3907
msgid "Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen."
3908
msgstr ""
3909
3910
#: C/clock-set.page:23(page/title)
3911
msgid "Change the time and date"
3912
msgstr ""
3913
3914
#: C/clock-set.page:27(item/p)
3915
msgid ""
3916
"To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the <gui>menu "
3917
"bar</gui> and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>."
3918
msgstr ""
3919
3920
#: C/clock-set.page:31(item/p)
3921
msgid ""
3922
"Click on <gui>Unlock</gui> and type your password to be able to change the "
3923
"system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the "
3924
"<gui>Location</gui> box."
3925
msgstr ""
3926
3927
#: C/clock-set.page:35(item/p)
3928
msgid ""
3929
"By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate "
3930
"clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually."
3931
msgstr ""
3932
3933
#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(info/desc)
3934
msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
3935
msgstr ""
3936
3937
#: C/clock-timezone.page:18(page/title)
3938
msgid "Show other timezones"
3939
msgstr ""
3940
3941
#: C/clock-timezone.page:19(page/p)
3942
msgid ""
3943
"If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, "
3944
"you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities "
3945
"will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock."
3946
msgstr ""
3947
3948
#: C/clock-timezone.page:25(item/p)
3949
msgid ""
3950
"Switch to the <gui>Clock</gui> tab and select <gui>Time in other "
3951
"locations</gui>."
3952
msgstr ""
3953
3954
#: C/clock-timezone.page:26(item/p)
3955
msgid "Click <gui>Choose locations</gui>."
3956
msgstr ""
3957
3958
#: C/clock-timezone.page:27(item/p)
3959
msgid "Click <gui>+</gui> to add a location."
3960
msgstr ""
3961
3962
#: C/clock-timezone.page:28(item/p)
3963
msgid ""
3964
"Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment "
3965
"for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list."
3966
msgstr ""
3967
3968
#: C/clock-timezone.page:30(item/p)
3969
msgid ""
3970
"Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in "
3971
"automatically."
3972
msgstr ""
3973
3974
#: C/clock-timezone.page:32(item/p)
3975
msgid "Click <gui>-</gui> to delete a city from the list."
3976
msgstr ""
3977
3978
#: C/clock-timezone.page:33(item/p)
3979
msgid ""
3980
"You can also drag and drop the cities in this <gui>Locations</gui> window to "
3981
"change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu."
3982
msgstr ""
3983
3984
#: C/disk.page:15(info/desc)
3985
msgid ""
3986
"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
3987
"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
3988
"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
3989
msgstr ""
3990
3991
#: C/disk.page:25(page/title)
3992
msgid "Disks & storage"
3993
msgstr ""
3994
3995
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:14(credit/name)
3996
#: C/disk-capacity.page:12(credit/name)
3997
#: C/disk-check.page:13(credit/name)
3998
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:21(credit/name)
3999
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:18(credit/name)
4000
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:16(credit/name)
4001
#: C/look-background.page:22(credit/name)
4002
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:15(credit/name)
4003
#: C/look-resolution.page:17(credit/name)
4004
msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
4005
msgstr ""
4006
4007
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:22(info/desc)
4008
msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
4009
msgstr ""
4010
4011
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:26(page/title)
4012
msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
4013
msgstr ""
4014
4015
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:28(page/p)
4016
msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
4017
msgstr ""
4018
4019
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33(item/p)
4020
msgid ""
4021
"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <link xref=\"unity-dash-"
4022
"intro\">dash</link>."
4023
msgstr ""
4024
4025
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:36(item/p)
4026
msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
4027
msgstr ""
4028
4029
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:39(item/p)
4030
msgid ""
4031
"Click the more actions button next to the <gui>-</gui> button and choose "
4032
"<gui>Benchmark Volume</gui>."
4033
msgstr ""
4034
4035
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:42(item/p)
4036
msgid "Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui>."
4037
msgstr ""
4038
4039
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45(item/p)
4040
msgid ""
4041
"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
4042
"the disk. If the <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> option is checked, "
4043
"the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the "
4044
"disk. This will take longer to complete."
4045
msgstr ""
4046
4047
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53(page/p)
4048
msgid ""
4049
"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
4050
"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
4051
"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
4052
"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
4053
"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
4054
"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
4055
"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
4056
msgstr ""
4057
4058
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61(page/p)
4059
msgid ""
4060
"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
4061
"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
4062
"benchmark test."
4063
msgstr ""
4064
4065
#: C/disk-capacity.page:22(info/desc)
4066
msgid ""
4067
"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
4068
"space and capacity."
4069
msgstr ""
4070
4071
#: C/disk-capacity.page:27(page/title)
4072
msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
4073
msgstr ""
4074
4075
#: C/disk-capacity.page:29(page/p)
4076
msgid ""
4077
"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage "
4078
"Analyzer</app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
4079
msgstr ""
4080
4081
#: C/disk-capacity.page:33(section/title)
4082
msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
4083
msgstr ""
4084
4085
#: C/disk-capacity.page:35(section/p)
4086
msgid ""
4087
"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
4088
"Analyzer</app>:"
4089
msgstr ""
4090
4091
#: C/disk-capacity.page:40(item/p)
4092
msgid ""
4093
"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>dash</gui>. The window "
4094
"will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> and <gui>Total file "
4095
"system usage</gui>."
4096
msgstr ""
4097
4098
#: C/disk-capacity.page:45(item/p)
4099
msgid ""
4100
"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
4101
"<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
4102
"folder</gui>."
4103
msgstr ""
4104
4105
#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(section/p)
4106
msgid ""
4107
"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, "
4108
"<gui>Usage</gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details "
4109
"in <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
4110
msgstr ""
4111
4112
#: C/disk-capacity.page:58(section/title)
4113
msgid "Check with System Monitor"
4114
msgstr ""
4115
4116
#: C/disk-capacity.page:60(section/p)
4117
msgid ""
4118
"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System "
4119
"Monitor</app>:"
4120
msgstr ""
4121
4122
#: C/disk-capacity.page:64(item/p)
4123
msgid ""
4124
"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>dash</gui>."
4125
msgstr ""
4126
4127
#: C/disk-capacity.page:67(item/p)
4128
msgid ""
4129
"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
4130
"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to "
4131
"<gui>Total</gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
4132
msgstr ""
4133
4134
#: C/disk-capacity.page:76(section/title)
4135
msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
4136
msgstr ""
4137
4138
#: C/disk-capacity.page:78(section/p)
4139
msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
4140
msgstr ""
4141
4142
#: C/disk-capacity.page:82(item/p)
4143
msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
4144
msgstr ""
4145
4146
#: C/disk-capacity.page:85(item/p)
4147
msgid ""
4148
"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
4149
"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
4150
msgstr ""
4151
4152
#: C/disk-check.page:23(info/desc)
4153
msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
4154
msgstr ""
4155
4156
#: C/disk-check.page:27(page/title)
4157
msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
4158
msgstr ""
4159
4160
#: C/disk-check.page:30(section/title)
4161
msgid "Checking the hard disk"
4162
msgstr ""
4163
4164
#: C/disk-check.page:31(section/p)
4165
msgid ""
4166
"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
4167
"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
4168
"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
4169
"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
4170
msgstr ""
4171
4172
#: C/disk-check.page:36(section/p)
4173
msgid ""
4174
"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
4175
"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
4176
msgstr ""
4177
4178
#: C/disk-check.page:40(steps/title)
4179
msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
4180
msgstr ""
4181
4182
#: C/disk-check.page:43(item/p)
4183
#: C/disk-format.page:30(item/p)
4184
msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>dash</gui>."
4185
msgstr ""
4186
4187
#: C/disk-check.page:46(item/p)
4188
msgid ""
4189
"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
4190
"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
4191
msgstr ""
4192
4193
#: C/disk-check.page:50(item/p)
4194
msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
4195
msgstr ""
4196
4197
#: C/disk-check.page:53(item/p)
4198
msgid ""
4199
"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
4200
"run a self-test."
4201
msgstr ""
4202
4203
#: C/disk-check.page:63(section/title)
4204
msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
4205
msgstr ""
4206
4207
#: C/disk-check.page:65(section/p)
4208
msgid ""
4209
"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
4210
"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
4211
"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
4212
msgstr ""
4213
4214
#: C/disk-check.page:69(section/p)
4215
msgid ""
4216
"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
4217
"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
4218
"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
4219
"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
4220
"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
4221
"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
4222
msgstr ""
4223
4224
#: C/disk-check.page:76(section/p)
4225
msgid ""
4226
"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
4227
"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
4228
msgstr ""
4229
4230
#: C/disk-format.page:15(info/desc)
4231
msgid ""
4232
"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
4233
"drive by formatting it."
4234
msgstr ""
4235
4236
#: C/disk-format.page:20(page/title)
4237
msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
4238
msgstr ""
4239
4240
#: C/disk-format.page:22(page/p)
4241
msgid ""
4242
"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
4243
"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
4244
"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
4245
"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
4246
msgstr ""
4247
4248
#: C/disk-format.page:28(steps/title)
4249
msgid "Format a removable disk"
4250
msgstr ""
4251
4252
#: C/disk-format.page:33(item/p)
4253
msgid ""
4254
"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
4255
msgstr ""
4256
4257
#: C/disk-format.page:36(note/p)
4258
msgid ""
4259
"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
4260
"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
4261
msgstr ""
4262
4263
#: C/disk-format.page:41(item/p)
4264
msgid ""
4265
"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
4266
"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
4267
msgstr ""
4268
4269
#: C/disk-format.page:45(item/p)
4270
msgid ""
4271
"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
4272
msgstr ""
4273
4274
#: C/disk-format.page:47(item/p)
4275
msgid ""
4276
"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
4277
"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, "
4278
"<gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file "
4279
"system type</gui> will be presented as a label."
4280
msgstr ""
4281
4282
#: C/disk-format.page:53(item/p)
4283
msgid ""
4284
"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
4285
msgstr ""
4286
4287
#: C/disk-format.page:56(item/p)
4288
msgid ""
4289
"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
4290
"should now be blank and ready to use again."
4291
msgstr ""
4292
4293
#: C/disk-format.page:62(note/title)
4294
msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
4295
msgstr ""
4296
4297
#: C/disk-format.page:63(note/p)
4298
msgid ""
4299
"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
4300
"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
4301
"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
4302
"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
4303
"as <app>shred</app>."
4304
msgstr ""
4305
4306
#: C/disk-partitions.page:15(info/desc)
4307
msgid ""
4308
"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
4309
"manage them."
4310
msgstr ""
4311
4312
#: C/disk-partitions.page:20(page/title)
4313
msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
4314
msgstr ""
4315
4316
#: C/disk-partitions.page:22(page/p)
4317
msgid ""
4318
"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
4319
"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
4320
"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
4321
"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
4322
"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
4323
"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
4324
"(and possibly write) files on it."
4325
msgstr ""
4326
4327
#: C/disk-partitions.page:30(page/p)
4328
msgid ""
4329
"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
4330
"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
4331
"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
4332
"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
4333
"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
4334
"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
4335
msgstr ""
4336
4337
#: C/disk-partitions.page:38(section/title)
4338
msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
4339
msgstr ""
4340
4341
#: C/disk-partitions.page:40(section/p)
4342
msgid ""
4343
"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
4344
"utility."
4345
msgstr ""
4346
4347
#: C/disk-partitions.page:45(item/p)
4348
msgid ""
4349
"Open the <gui>dash</gui> and start the <app>Disk Utility</app> application."
4350
msgstr ""
4351
4352
#: C/disk-partitions.page:48(item/p)
4353
msgid ""
4354
"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, "
4355
"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to "
4356
"inspect."
4357
msgstr ""
4358
4359
#: C/disk-partitions.page:53(item/p)
4360
msgid ""
4361
"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
4362
"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
4363
"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
4364
msgstr ""
4365
4366
#: C/disk-partitions.page:56(item/p)
4367
msgid ""
4368
"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
4369
"these utilities."
4370
msgstr ""
4371
4372
#: C/disk-partitions.page:61(section/p)
4373
msgid ""
4374
"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
4375
"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
4376
"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
4377
"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
4378
"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
4379
"or convenience."
4380
msgstr ""
4381
4382
#: C/disk-partitions.page:68(section/p)
4383
msgid ""
4384
"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
4385
"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
4386
"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
4387
"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
4388
"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
4389
msgstr ""
4390
4391
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:14(info/desc)
4392
msgid ""
4393
"Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more "
4394
"readable in bright light."
4395
msgstr ""
4396
4397
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:35(page/title)
4398
msgid "Set screen brightness"
4399
msgstr ""
4400
4401
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:37(page/p)
4402
msgid ""
4403
"You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the "
4404
"screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim "
4405
"automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when "
4406
"not in use."
4407
msgstr ""
4408
4409
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:43(steps/title)
4410
msgid "Set the brightness"
4411
msgstr ""
4412
4413
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45(item/p)
4414
#: C/display-lock.page:33(item/p)
4415
msgid "Select <gui>Brightness and Lock</gui>."
4416
msgstr ""
4417
4418
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46(item/p)
4419
msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
4420
msgstr ""
4421
4422
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50(note/p)
4423
msgid ""
4424
"Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have "
4425
"a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at "
4426
"the top. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
4427
msgstr ""
4428
4429
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55(page/p)
4430
msgid ""
4431
"Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness "
4432
"automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your "
4433
"screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your "
4434
"battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
4435
msgstr ""
4436
4437
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60(page/p)
4438
msgid ""
4439
"The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a "
4440
"while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. "
4441
"You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the <gui>Turn screen "
4442
"off when inactive for</gui> option."
4443
msgstr ""
4444
4445
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6(info/desc)
4446
msgid "Set up dual monitors."
4447
msgstr ""
4448
4449
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:18(page/title)
4450
msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
4451
msgstr ""
4452
4453
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21(section/title)
4454
msgid "Set up an external monitor"
4455
msgstr ""
4456
4457
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:22(section/p)
4458
msgid ""
4459
"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
4460
"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
4461
"to adjust the settings:"
4462
msgstr ""
4463
4464
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30(item/p)
4465
msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui>."
4466
msgstr ""
4467
4468
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:33(item/p)
4469
msgid ""
4470
"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
4471
"then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
4472
msgstr ""
4473
4474
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:37(item/p)
4475
msgid ""
4476
"By default, the launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which "
4477
"monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the <gui>Launcher "
4478
"Placement</gui> drop-down box. You could also drag the launcher in the "
4479
"preview to the monitor you want to set as the \"primary\" monitor."
4480
msgstr ""
4481
4482
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:40(item/p)
4483
msgid ""
4484
"If you want the launcher to show on all monitors, change <gui>Launcher "
4485
"Placement</gui> to <gui>All Displays</gui>."
4486
msgstr ""
4487
4488
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:44(item/p)
4489
msgid ""
4490
"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
4491
"desired position."
4492
msgstr ""
4493
4494
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:46(note/p)
4495
msgid ""
4496
"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
4497
"<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
4498
msgstr ""
4499
4500
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50(item/p)
4501
msgid ""
4502
"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
4503
"<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
4504
msgstr ""
4505
4506
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:54(item/p)
4507
msgid ""
4508
"To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
4509
"top corner."
4510
msgstr ""
4511
4512
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61(section/title)
4513
msgid "Sticky Edges"
4514
msgstr ""
4515
4516
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:62(section/p)
4517
msgid ""
4518
"A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer "
4519
"to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's "
4520
"<gui>Sticky Edges</gui> feature helps with that problem by requiring you to "
4521
"push a little bit harder to move the mouse pointer from one monitor to the "
4522
"other."
4523
msgstr ""
4524
4525
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67(section/p)
4526
msgid ""
4527
"You can switch <gui>Sticky Edges</gui> off if you don't like this feature."
4528
msgstr ""
4529
4530
#: C/display-lock.page:12(info/desc)
4531
msgid ""
4532
"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
4533
"computer."
4534
msgstr ""
4535
4536
#: C/display-lock.page:21(page/title)
4537
msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
4538
msgstr ""
4539
4540
#: C/display-lock.page:23(page/p)
4541
msgid ""
4542
"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
4543
"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
4544
"desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your "
4545
"applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to "
4546
"use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also "
4547
"have the screen lock automatically."
4548
msgstr ""
4549
4550
#: C/display-lock.page:34(item/p)
4551
msgid ""
4552
"Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the "
4553
"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been "
4554
"inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</gui> to "
4555
"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled "
4556
"with the <gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> drop-down list above."
4557
msgstr ""
4558
4559
#: C/display-lock.page:43(note/p)
4560
msgid ""
4561
"To lock your screen immediately, click the icon at the very right of the "
4562
"<gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>Lock Screen</gui>, or just press "
4563
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>."
4564
msgstr ""
4565
4566
#: C/files-autorun.page:13(info/desc)
4567
msgid ""
4568
"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
4569
"other devices and media."
4570
msgstr ""
4571
4572
#: C/files-autorun.page:24(page/title)
4573
msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
4574
msgstr ""
4575
4576
#: C/files-autorun.page:26(page/p)
4577
msgid ""
4578
"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
4579
"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
4580
"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
4581
"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
4582
msgstr ""
4583
4584
#: C/files-autorun.page:31(page/p)
4585
msgid ""
4586
"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
4587
msgstr ""
4588
4589
#: C/files-autorun.page:37(item/p)
4590
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
4591
msgstr ""
4592
4593
#: C/files-autorun.page:40(item/p)
4594
msgid ""
4595
"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
4596
"action for that media type."
4597
msgstr ""
4598
4599
#: C/files-autorun.page:42(item/p)
4600
msgid "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that:"
4601
msgstr ""
4602
4603
#: C/files-autorun.page:44(item/p)
4604
msgid ""
4605
"The device will be shown in the File Manager (choose <gui>Open folder</gui>)"
4606
msgstr ""
4607
4608
#: C/files-autorun.page:45(item/p)
4609
msgid "You will be asked what to open (<gui>Ask what to do</gui>)"
4610
msgstr ""
4611
4612
#: C/files-autorun.page:46(item/p)
4613
msgid "Nothing at all will happen (<gui>Do nothing</gui>)."
4614
msgstr ""
4615
4616
#: C/files-autorun.page:50(item/p)
4617
msgid ""
4618
"The <gui>Software</gui> option is slightly different from the others - if "
4619
"the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it "
4620
"can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you "
4621
"have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is "
4622
"inserted (for example, a slideshow)."
4623
msgstr ""
4624
4625
#: C/files-autorun.page:56(item/p)
4626
msgid ""
4627
"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
4628
"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
4629
"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
4630
"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
4631
"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
4632
msgstr ""
4633
4634
#: C/files-autorun.page:65(note/p)
4635
msgid ""
4636
"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
4637
"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
4638
"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
4639
msgstr ""
4640
4641
#: C/files-browse.page:9(info/desc)
4642
msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
4643
msgstr ""
4644
4645
#: C/files-browse.page:28(page/title)
4646
msgid "Browse files and folders"
4647
msgstr ""
4648
4649
#: C/files-browse.page:38(page/p)
4650
msgid ""
4651
"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
4652
"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
4653
"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file "
4654
"servers</link>, and network shares."
4655
msgstr ""
4656
4657
#: C/files-browse.page:43(page/p)
4658
msgid ""
4659
"To open the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>dash</gui>. You "
4660
"can also search for files and folders with the <gui>dash</gui> in the same "
4661
"way you would <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro#dash-global-search\">search for "
4662
"applications</link>. They will appear under the heading <gui>Files and "
4663
"Folders</gui>."
4664
msgstr ""
4665
4666
#: C/files-browse.page:49(page/p)
4667
msgid ""
4668
"Another way to open the file manager is to select the <app>Home Folder</app> "
4669
"shortcut in the launcher."
4670
msgstr ""
4671
4672
#: C/files-browse.page:53(section/title)
4673
msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
4674
msgstr ""
4675
4676
#: C/files-browse.page:55(section/p)
4677
msgid ""
4678
"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
4679
"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
4680
"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window. In "
4681
"<link xref=\"files-sort#list-view\">list view</link>, you can also click the "
4682
"expander next to a folder to show its contents in a tree."
4683
msgstr ""
4684
4685
#: C/files-browse.page:63(section/p)
4686
msgid ""
4687
"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
4688
"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
4689
"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
4690
"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, "
4691
"or access its properties."
4692
msgstr ""
4693
4694
#: C/files-browse.page:69(section/p)
4695
msgid ""
4696
"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
4697
"typing its name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the window and "
4698
"the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
4699
"arrow key or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq>, or scroll with "
4700
"the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search."
4701
msgstr ""
4702
4703
#: C/files-browse.page:75(section/p)
4704
msgid ""
4705
"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
4706
"not see the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui> "
4707
"<gui>Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>. You can add bookmarks to folders that you "
4708
"use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> "
4709
"menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar."
4710
msgstr ""
4711
4712
#: C/files-browse.page:82(section/p)
4713
msgid ""
4714
"If you frequently move files between nested folders, you might find it more "
4715
"useful to show a <em>tree</em> in the sidebar instead. Click "
4716
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq> to enable "
4717
"the tree sidebar. Click the expander arrow next to a folder to show its "
4718
"child folders in the tree, or click a folder to open it in the window."
4719
msgstr ""
4720
4721
#: C/files-copy.page:8(info/desc)
4722
msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
4723
msgstr ""
4724
4725
#: C/files-copy.page:13(credit/name)
4726
#: C/files-delete.page:13(credit/name)
4727
#: C/files-open.page:13(credit/name)
4728
msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
4729
msgstr ""
4730
4731
#: C/files-copy.page:23(page/title)
4732
msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
4733
msgstr ""
4734
4735
#: C/files-copy.page:25(page/p)
4736
msgid ""
4737
"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
4738
"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
4739
"keyboard shortcuts."
4740
msgstr ""
4741
4742
#: C/files-copy.page:29(page/p)
4743
msgid ""
4744
"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
4745
"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
4746
"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
4747
"don't like your changes)."
4748
msgstr ""
4749
4750
#: C/files-copy.page:34(page/p)
4751
msgid ""
4752
"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
4753
"and folders in exactly the same way."
4754
msgstr ""
4755
4756
#: C/files-copy.page:38(steps/title)
4757
msgid "Copy and paste files"
4758
msgstr ""
4759
4760
#: C/files-copy.page:39(item/p)
4761
msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
4762
msgstr ""
4763
4764
#: C/files-copy.page:40(item/p)
4765
msgid ""
4766
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Copy</gui></guiseq>, or press "
4767
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
4768
msgstr ""
4769
4770
#: C/files-copy.page:42(item/p)
4771
msgid ""
4772
"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
4773
msgstr ""
4774
4775
#: C/files-copy.page:44(item/p)
4776
msgid ""
4777
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish copying the "
4778
"file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now "
4779
"be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
4780
msgstr ""
4781
4782
#: C/files-copy.page:51(steps/title)
4783
msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
4784
msgstr ""
4785
4786
#: C/files-copy.page:52(item/p)
4787
msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
4788
msgstr ""
4789
4790
#: C/files-copy.page:53(item/p)
4791
msgid ""
4792
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Cut</gui></guiseq>, or press "
4793
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
4794
msgstr ""
4795
4796
#: C/files-copy.page:55(item/p)
4797
msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
4798
msgstr ""
4799
4800
#: C/files-copy.page:56(item/p)
4801
msgid ""
4802
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish moving the "
4803
"file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will "
4804
"be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
4805
msgstr ""
4806
4807
#: C/files-copy.page:62(steps/title)
4808
msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
4809
msgstr ""
4810
4811
#: C/files-copy.page:63(item/p)
4812
msgid ""
4813
"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
4814
"to copy."
4815
msgstr ""
4816
4817
#: C/files-copy.page:65(item/p)
4818
msgid ""
4819
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Window</gui></guiseq> (or press "
4820
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. In "
4821
"the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
4822
"file."
4823
msgstr ""
4824
4825
#: C/files-copy.page:70(item/p)
4826
msgid ""
4827
"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move "
4828
"it</em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy "
4829
"it</em> if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
4830
msgstr ""
4831
4832
#: C/files-copy.page:73(item/p)
4833
msgid ""
4834
"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
4835
"it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
4836
msgstr ""
4837
4838
#: C/files-copy.page:75(item/p)
4839
msgid ""
4840
"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
4841
"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
4842
"key while dragging."
4843
msgstr ""
4844
4845
#: C/files-copy.page:82(note/p)
4846
msgid ""
4847
"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
4848
"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
4849
"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
4850
"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
4851
msgstr ""
4852
4853
#: C/files-delete.page:8(info/desc)
4854
msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
4855
msgstr ""
4856
4857
#: C/files-delete.page:27(page/title)
4858
msgid "Delete files and folders"
4859
msgstr ""
4860
4861
#: C/files-delete.page:29(page/p)
4862
msgid ""
4863
"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
4864
"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
4865
"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
4866
"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
4867
"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
4868
"deleted."
4869
msgstr ""
4870
4871
#: C/files-delete.page:36(steps/title)
4872
msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
4873
msgstr ""
4874
4875
#: C/files-delete.page:37(item/p)
4876
msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
4877
msgstr ""
4878
4879
#: C/files-delete.page:39(item/p)
4880
msgid ""
4881
"Press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to "
4882
"the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
4883
msgstr ""
4884
4885
#: C/files-delete.page:44(page/p)
4886
msgid ""
4887
"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
4888
"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
4889
"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
4890
msgstr ""
4891
4892
#: C/files-delete.page:49(section/title)
4893
msgid "Permanently delete a file"
4894
msgstr ""
4895
4896
#: C/files-delete.page:50(section/p)
4897
msgid ""
4898
"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
4899
"the trash first."
4900
msgstr ""
4901
4902
#: C/files-delete.page:54(steps/title)
4903
msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
4904
msgstr ""
4905
4906
#: C/files-delete.page:55(item/p)
4907
msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
4908
msgstr ""
4909
4910
#: C/files-delete.page:56(item/p)
4911
msgid ""
4912
"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
4913
"key on your keyboard."
4914
msgstr ""
4915
4916
#: C/files-delete.page:58(item/p)
4917
msgid ""
4918
"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
4919
"delete the file or folder."
4920
msgstr ""
4921
4922
#: C/files-delete.page:62(note/p)
4923
msgid ""
4924
"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
4925
"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
4926
"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click "
4927
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
4928
"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses "
4929
"Trash</gui>."
4930
msgstr ""
4931
4932
#: C/files-delete.page:69(note/p)
4933
msgid ""
4934
"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
4935
"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
4936
"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
4937
"into your computer."
4938
msgstr ""
4939
4940
#: C/files-disc-write.page:14(info/desc)
4941
msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
4942
msgstr ""
4943
4944
#: C/files-disc-write.page:18(page/title)
4945
msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
4946
msgstr ""
4947
4948
#: C/files-disc-write.page:20(page/p)
4949
msgid ""
4950
"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
4951
"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
4952
"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
4953
"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
4954
"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
4955
msgstr ""
4956
4957
#: C/files-disc-write.page:28(item/p)
4958
msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
4959
msgstr ""
4960
4961
#: C/files-disc-write.page:30(item/p)
4962
msgid ""
4963
"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> window that appears, select "
4964
"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> and click <gui>OK</gui>. The <gui>CD/DVD "
4965
"Creator</gui> folder window will open."
4966
msgstr ""
4967
4968
#: C/files-disc-write.page:33(item/p)
4969
msgid ""
4970
"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under "
4971
"<gui>Devices</gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
4972
msgstr ""
4973
4974
#: C/files-disc-write.page:37(item/p)
4975
msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
4976
msgstr ""
4977
4978
#: C/files-disc-write.page:40(item/p)
4979
msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
4980
msgstr ""
4981
4982
#: C/files-disc-write.page:43(item/p)
4983
msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
4984
msgstr ""
4985
4986
#: C/files-disc-write.page:46(item/p)
4987
msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
4988
msgstr ""
4989
4990
#: C/files-disc-write.page:47(item/p)
4991
msgid ""
4992
"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
4993
"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
4994
"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
4995
msgstr ""
4996
4997
#: C/files-disc-write.page:52(item/p)
4998
msgid ""
4999
"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
5000
"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
5001
"be fine."
5002
msgstr ""
5003
5004
#: C/files-disc-write.page:57(item/p)
5005
msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
5006
msgstr ""
5007
5008
#: C/files-disc-write.page:58(item/p)
5009
msgid ""
5010
"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
5011
"additional discs."
5012
msgstr ""
5013
5014
#: C/files-disc-write.page:62(item/p)
5015
msgid ""
5016
"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
5017
"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
5018
msgstr ""
5019
5020
#: C/files-disc-write.page:67(note/p)
5021
msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try <app>Brasero</app>."
5022
msgstr ""
5023
5024
#: C/files-disc-write.page:68(note/p)
5025
msgid ""
5026
"For help with using Brasero, read the <link href=\"help:brasero\">user "
5027
"guide</link>."
5028
msgstr ""
5029
5030
#: C/files-disc-write.page:71(section/title)
5031
msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
5032
msgstr ""
5033
5034
#: C/files-disc-write.page:72(section/p)
5035
msgid ""
5036
"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
5037
"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
5038
"computer."
5039
msgstr ""
5040
5041
#: C/files-disc-write.page:75(section/p)
5042
msgid ""
5043
"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
5044
"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
5045
"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the "
5046
"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> window."
5047
msgstr ""
5048
5049
#: C/files-hidden.page:7(info/desc)
5050
msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
5051
msgstr ""
5052
5053
#: C/files-hidden.page:18(page/title)
5054
msgid "Hide a file"
5055
msgstr ""
5056
5057
#: C/files-hidden.page:20(page/p)
5058
msgid ""
5059
"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
5060
"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
5061
"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
5062
msgstr ""
5063
5064
#: C/files-hidden.page:24(page/p)
5065
msgid ""
5066
"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a "
5067
"<key>.</key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named "
5068
"<file> example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
5069
msgstr ""
5070
5071
#: C/files-hidden.page:30(note/p)
5072
msgid ""
5073
"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
5074
"by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
5075
msgstr ""
5076
5077
#: C/files-hidden.page:35(section/title)
5078
msgid "Show all hidden files"
5079
msgstr ""
5080
5081
#: C/files-hidden.page:36(section/p)
5082
msgid ""
5083
"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
5084
"either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or "
5085
"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden "
5086
"files, along with regular files that are not hidden."
5087
msgstr ""
5088
5089
#: C/files-hidden.page:41(section/p)
5090
msgid ""
5091
"To hide these files again, either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Show "
5092
"Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key> "
5093
"</keyseq> again."
5094
msgstr ""
5095
5096
#: C/files-hidden.page:48(section/title)
5097
msgid "Unhide a file"
5098
msgstr ""
5099
5100
#: C/files-hidden.page:49(section/p)
5101
msgid ""
5102
"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click "
5103
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>. Then, find the "
5104
"hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of "
5105
"its name. For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, "
5106
"you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
5107
msgstr ""
5108
5109
#: C/files-hidden.page:55(section/p)
5110
msgid ""
5111
"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click <guiseq><gui>View "
5112
"</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
5113
"<key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
5114
msgstr ""
5115
5116
#: C/files-hidden.page:59(note/p)
5117
msgid ""
5118
"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
5119
"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
5120
"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
5121
msgstr ""
5122
5123
#: C/files-hidden.page:64(note/p)
5124
msgid ""
5125
"Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
5126
"but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
5127
"files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
5128
"information."
5129
msgstr ""
5130
5131
#: C/files-lost.page:10(info/desc)
5132
msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
5133
msgstr ""
5134
5135
#: C/files-lost.page:25(page/title)
5136
msgid "Find a lost file"
5137
msgstr ""
5138
5139
#: C/files-lost.page:27(page/p)
5140
msgid ""
5141
"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
5142
"tips."
5143
msgstr ""
5144
5145
#: C/files-lost.page:31(item/p)
5146
msgid ""
5147
"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
5148
"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link "
5149
"xref=\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
5150
msgstr ""
5151
5152
#: C/files-lost.page:35(item/p)
5153
msgid ""
5154
"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
5155
"saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
5156
"home folder."
5157
msgstr ""
5158
5159
#: C/files-lost.page:39(item/p)
5160
msgid ""
5161
"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
5162
"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
5163
"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
5164
msgstr ""
5165
5166
#: C/files-lost.page:44(item/p)
5167
msgid ""
5168
"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
5169
"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
5170
"the file manager. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
5171
"Files</gui></guiseq> in the file manager. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> "
5172
"to learn more."
5173
msgstr ""
5174
5175
#: C/files-open.page:10(info/desc)
5176
msgid ""
5177
"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
5178
"file. You can change the default too."
5179
msgstr ""
5180
5181
#: C/files-open.page:23(page/title)
5182
msgid "Open files with other applications"
5183
msgstr ""
5184
5185
#: C/files-open.page:25(page/p)
5186
msgid ""
5187
"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
5188
"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
5189
"application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
5190
"for all files of the same type."
5191
msgstr ""
5192
5193
#: C/files-open.page:30(page/p)
5194
msgid ""
5195
"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
5196
"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
5197
"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other "
5198
"Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it "
5199
"knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your "
5200
"computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
5201
msgstr ""
5202
5203
#: C/files-open.page:37(page/p)
5204
msgid ""
5205
"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
5206
"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
5207
"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
5208
"known to handle files of that type."
5209
msgstr ""
5210
5211
#: C/files-open.page:43(section/title)
5212
msgid "Change the default application"
5213
msgstr ""
5214
5215
#: C/files-open.page:44(section/p)
5216
msgid ""
5217
"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
5218
"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
5219
"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
5220
"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
5221
msgstr ""
5222
5223
#: C/files-open.page:50(item/p)
5224
msgid ""
5225
"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
5226
"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
5227
"<file>.mp3</file> file."
5228
msgstr ""
5229
5230
#: C/files-open.page:53(item/p)
5231
msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
5232
msgstr ""
5233
5234
#: C/files-open.page:54(item/p)
5235
msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
5236
msgstr ""
5237
5238
#: C/files-open.page:55(item/p)
5239
msgid ""
5240
"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
5241
"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
5242
"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
5243
"other applications</gui>."
5244
msgstr ""
5245
5246
#: C/files-open.page:59(item/p)
5247
msgid ""
5248
"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
5249
"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
5250
"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended "
5251
"Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-"
5252
"clicking the file and selecting it from the list."
5253
msgstr ""
5254
5255
#: C/files-open.page:66(section/p)
5256
msgid ""
5257
"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
5258
"all files with the same type."
5259
msgstr ""
5260
5261
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
5262
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
5263
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
5264
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
5265
#: C/files.page:30(media)
5266
msgctxt "_"
5267
msgid ""
5268
"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='5d830dcdffcabc1d349aeaad508a2d5e'"
5269
msgstr ""
5270
5271
#: C/files.page:14(info/title)
5272
msgctxt "link:trail"
5273
msgid "Files"
5274
msgstr ""
5275
5276
#: C/files.page:18(info/desc)
5277
msgid ""
5278
"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
5279
"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
5280
"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
5281
msgstr ""
5282
5283
#: C/files.page:27(page/title)
5284
msgid "Files, folders & search"
5285
msgstr ""
5286
5287
#: C/files.page:31(media/p)
5288
msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
5289
msgstr ""
5290
5291
#: C/files.page:35(links/title)
5292
msgid "Common tasks"
5293
msgstr ""
5294
5295
#: C/files.page:39(links/title)
5296
#: C/hardware.page:31(links/title)
5297
msgid "More topics"
5298
msgstr ""
5299
5300
#: C/files.page:43(section/title)
5301
msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
5302
msgstr ""
5303
5304
#: C/files.page:48(section/title)
5305
msgid "Backing up"
5306
msgstr ""
5307
5308
#: C/files.page:53(section/title)
5309
msgid "Tips and questions"
5310
msgstr ""
5311
5312
#: C/files-recover.page:8(info/desc)
5313
msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
5314
msgstr ""
5315
5316
#: C/files-recover.page:21(page/title)
5317
msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
5318
msgstr ""
5319
5320
#: C/files-recover.page:22(page/p)
5321
msgid ""
5322
"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
5323
"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
5324
msgstr ""
5325
5326
#: C/files-recover.page:25(steps/title)
5327
msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
5328
msgstr ""
5329
5330
#: C/files-recover.page:26(item/p)
5331
msgid ""
5332
"Open the <gui>launcher</gui> and then click the <app>Trash</app> shortcut "
5333
"which is located at the bottom of the launcher."
5334
msgstr ""
5335
5336
#: C/files-recover.page:28(item/p)
5337
msgid ""
5338
"If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select <gui> "
5339
"Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from."
5340
msgstr ""
5341
5342
#: C/files-recover.page:32(page/p)
5343
msgid ""
5344
"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete "
5345
"</key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
5346
"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
5347
"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
5348
msgstr ""
5349
5350
#: C/files-recover.page:37(page/p)
5351
msgid ""
5352
"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
5353
"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
5354
"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
5355
"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
5356
"recover it."
5357
msgstr ""
5358
5359
#: C/files-removedrive.page:18(info/desc)
5360
msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
5361
msgstr ""
5362
5363
#: C/files-removedrive.page:22(page/title)
5364
msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
5365
msgstr ""
5366
5367
#: C/files-removedrive.page:24(page/p)
5368
msgid ""
5369
"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
5370
"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
5371
"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
5372
"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
5373
"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
5374
"from your computer."
5375
msgstr ""
5376
5377
#: C/files-removedrive.page:32(steps/title)
5378
msgid "To eject a removable device:"
5379
msgstr ""
5380
5381
#: C/files-removedrive.page:33(item/p)
5382
msgid "<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link>."
5383
msgstr ""
5384
5385
#: C/files-removedrive.page:35(item/p)
5386
msgid ""
5387
"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
5388
"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
5389
msgstr ""
5390
5391
#: C/files-removedrive.page:38(item/p)
5392
msgid ""
5393
"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
5394
"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
5395
msgstr ""
5396
5397
#: C/files-removedrive.page:43(section/title)
5398
msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
5399
msgstr ""
5400
5401
#: C/files-removedrive.page:45(section/p)
5402
msgid ""
5403
"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
5404
"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
5405
"window telling you that \"the volume is busy,\" and listing all the open "
5406
"files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device "
5407
"will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject "
5408
"it."
5409
msgstr ""
5410
5411
#: C/files-removedrive.page:52(section/p)
5412
msgid ""
5413
"If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using "
5414
"the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is "
5415
"busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the "
5416
"entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you "
5417
"have open with that application."
5418
msgstr ""
5419
5420
#: C/files-removedrive.page:58(note/p)
5421
msgid ""
5422
"You can also choose <gui>Unmount Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
5423
"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
5424
"files open."
5425
msgstr ""
5426
5427
#: C/files-rename.page:7(info/desc)
5428
msgid "Change file or folder name."
5429
msgstr ""
5430
5431
#: C/files-rename.page:26(page/title)
5432
msgid "Rename a file or folder"
5433
msgstr ""
5434
5435
#: C/files-rename.page:28(page/p)
5436
msgid "You can use the file manager to change the name of a file or folder."
5437
msgstr ""
5438
5439
#: C/files-rename.page:31(steps/title)
5440
msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
5441
msgstr ""
5442
5443
#: C/files-rename.page:32(item/p)
5444
msgid ""
5445
"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
5446
"press <key>F2</key>."
5447
msgstr ""
5448
5449
#: C/files-rename.page:34(item/p)
5450
msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
5451
msgstr ""
5452
5453
#: C/files-rename.page:37(page/p)
5454
msgid ""
5455
"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
5456
"basic\">properties</link> window."
5457
msgstr ""
5458
5459
#: C/files-rename.page:40(page/p)
5460
msgid ""
5461
"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
5462
"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
5463
"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
5464
"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
5465
"change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
5466
msgstr ""
5467
5468
#: C/files-rename.page:47(note/p)
5469
msgid ""
5470
"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
5471
"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click <guiseq><gui>Edit "
5472
"</gui><gui> Undo</gui> </guiseq> to restore the former name."
5473
msgstr ""
5474
5475
#: C/files-rename.page:53(section/title)
5476
msgid "Valid characters for file names"
5477
msgstr ""
5478
5479
#: C/files-rename.page:54(section/p)
5480
msgid ""
5481
"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
5482
"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
5483
"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
5484
"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
5485
"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key><</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
5486
"<key>></key>, <key>/</key>."
5487
msgstr ""
5488
5489
#: C/files-rename.page:62(note/p)
5490
msgid ""
5491
"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
5492
"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
5493
"the file manager."
5494
msgstr ""
5495
5496
#: C/files-rename.page:69(section/title)
5497
#: C/hardware.page:39(section/title)
5498
#: C/mouse.page:35(section/title)
5499
msgid "Common problems"
5500
msgstr ""
5501
5502
#: C/files-rename.page:72(item/title)
5503
msgid "The file name is already in use"
5504
msgstr ""
5505
5506
#: C/files-rename.page:73(item/p)
5507
msgid ""
5508
"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
5509
"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
5510
"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
5511
msgstr ""
5512
5513
#: C/files-rename.page:76(item/p)
5514
msgid ""
5515
"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name "
5516
"<file>File.txt</file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using "
5517
"different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
5518
msgstr ""
5519
5520
#: C/files-rename.page:82(item/title)
5521
msgid "The file name is too long"
5522
msgstr ""
5523
5524
#: C/files-rename.page:83(item/p)
5525
msgid ""
5526
"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
5527
"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
5528
"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-"
5529
"proposals/… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where "
5530
"possible."
5531
msgstr ""
5532
5533
#: C/files-rename.page:90(item/title)
5534
msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
5535
msgstr ""
5536
5537
#: C/files-rename.page:91(item/p)
5538
msgid ""
5539
"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
5540
"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
5541
"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link "
5542
"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
5543
msgstr ""
5544
5545
#: C/files-search.page:10(info/desc)
5546
msgid ""
5547
"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
5548
msgstr ""
5549
5550
#: C/files-search.page:23(page/title)
5551
msgid "Search for files"
5552
msgstr ""
5553
5554
#: C/files-search.page:25(page/p)
5555
msgid ""
5556
"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
5557
"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
5558
"special folders in your home folder."
5559
msgstr ""
5560
5561
#: C/files-search.page:30(links/title)
5562
msgid "Other search applications"
5563
msgstr ""
5564
5565
#: C/files-search.page:36(steps/title)
5566
msgid "Search"
5567
msgstr ""
5568
5569
#: C/files-search.page:37(item/p)
5570
msgid "<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link>"
5571
msgstr ""
5572
5573
#: C/files-search.page:38(item/p)
5574
msgid ""
5575
"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
5576
"folder."
5577
msgstr ""
5578
5579
#: C/files-search.page:40(item/p)
5580
msgid ""
5581
"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl "
5582
"</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
5583
msgstr ""
5584
5585
#: C/files-search.page:42(item/p)
5586
msgid ""
5587
"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name and press enter. "
5588
"For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type "
5589
"<input>invoice</input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless "
5590
"of case."
5591
msgstr ""
5592
5593
#: C/files-search.page:46(item/p)
5594
msgid ""
5595
"You can narrow your results by location and file type. Click the "
5596
"<gui>+</gui> button to set more search criteria."
5597
msgstr ""
5598
5599
#: C/files-search.page:49(item/p)
5600
msgid ""
5601
"Select <gui>Location</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search "
5602
"results by a starting parent location."
5603
msgstr ""
5604
5605
#: C/files-search.page:51(item/p)
5606
msgid ""
5607
"Select <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search "
5608
"results based on file type."
5609
msgstr ""
5610
5611
#: C/files-search.page:54(item/p)
5612
msgid ""
5613
"Click the <gui>-</gui> button next to any search option to remove that "
5614
"option and widen the search results."
5615
msgstr ""
5616
5617
#: C/files-search.page:56(item/p)
5618
msgid ""
5619
"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
5620
"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
5621
msgstr ""
5622
5623
#: C/files-search.page:59(item/p)
5624
msgid ""
5625
"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return "
5626
"to the folder."
5627
msgstr ""
5628
5629
#: C/files-search.page:63(page/p)
5630
msgid ""
5631
"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
5632
"quickly."
5633
msgstr ""
5634
5635
#: C/files-search.page:67(steps/title)
5636
msgid "Save a search"
5637
msgstr ""
5638
5639
#: C/files-search.page:68(item/p)
5640
msgid "Start a search as above."
5641
msgstr ""
5642
5643
#: C/files-search.page:69(item/p)
5644
msgid ""
5645
"When you're happy with the search parameters, click <guiseq><gui> "
5646
"File</gui><gui>Save Search As</gui></guiseq>."
5647
msgstr ""
5648
5649
#: C/files-search.page:71(item/p)
5650
msgid ""
5651
"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
5652
"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
5653
"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
5654
msgstr ""
5655
5656
#: C/files-search.page:77(page/p)
5657
msgid ""
5658
"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link "
5659
"xref=\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. "
5660
"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search "
5661
"matched."
5662
msgstr ""
5663
5664
#: C/files-select.page:14(info/desc)
5665
msgid ""
5666
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
5667
"which have similar names."
5668
msgstr ""
5669
5670
#: C/files-select.page:19(page/title)
5671
msgid "Select files by pattern"
5672
msgstr ""
5673
5674
#: C/files-select.page:21(page/p)
5675
msgid ""
5676
"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
5677
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
5678
"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
5679
"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
5680
"available:"
5681
msgstr ""
5682
5683
#: C/files-select.page:28(item/p)
5684
msgid ""
5685
"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
5686
"all."
5687
msgstr ""
5688
5689
#: C/files-select.page:30(item/p)
5690
msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
5691
msgstr ""
5692
5693
#: C/files-select.page:33(page/p)
5694
msgid "For example:"
5695
msgstr ""
5696
5697
#: C/files-select.page:36(item/p)
5698
msgid ""
5699
"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
5700
"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
5701
"pattern"
5702
msgstr ""
5703
5704
#: C/files-select.page:39(example/p)
5705
msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
5706
msgstr ""
5707
5708
#: C/files-select.page:41(item/p)
5709
msgid ""
5710
"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
5711
"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
5712
"all with the pattern"
5713
msgstr ""
5714
5715
#: C/files-select.page:44(example/p)
5716
msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
5717
msgstr ""
5718
5719
#: C/files-select.page:46(item/p)
5720
msgid ""
5721
"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
5722
"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
5723
"edited, select the edited photos with"
5724
msgstr ""
5725
5726
#: C/files-select.page:49(example/p)
5727
msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
5728
msgstr ""
5729
5730
#: C/files-share.page:11(info/desc)
5731
msgid ""
5732
"Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
5733
msgstr ""
5734
5735
#: C/files-share.page:23(page/title)
5736
msgid "Share and transfer files"
5737
msgstr ""
5738
5739
#: C/files-share.page:31(page/p)
5740
msgid ""
5741
"You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external "
5742
"devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly "
5743
"from the file manager."
5744
msgstr ""
5745
5746
#: C/files-share.page:36(item/p)
5747
#: C/video-sending.page:29(item/p)
5748
msgid "Open the <link xref=\"files-browse\">file manager</link>."
5749
msgstr ""
5750
5751
#: C/files-share.page:37(item/p)
5752
msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
5753
msgstr ""
5754
5755
#: C/files-share.page:38(item/p)
5756
msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
5757
msgstr ""
5758
5759
#: C/files-share.page:39(item/p)
5760
msgid ""
5761
"The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the "
5762
"file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more "
5763
"information."
5764
msgstr ""
5765
5766
#: C/files-share.page:45(note/p)
5767
msgid ""
5768
"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
5769
"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files "
5770
"automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive."
5771
msgstr ""
5772
5773
#: C/files-share.page:51(list/title)
5774
msgid "Destinations"
5775
msgstr ""
5776
5777
#: C/files-share.page:52(item/p)
5778
msgid ""
5779
"To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email "
5780
"address."
5781
msgstr ""
5782
5783
#: C/files-share.page:54(item/p)
5784
msgid ""
5785
"To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant "
5786
"Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant "
5787
"messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
5788
msgstr ""
5789
5790
#: C/files-share.page:58(item/p)
5791
msgid ""
5792
"To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See "
5793
"<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
5794
msgstr ""
5795
5796
#: C/files-share.page:60(item/p)
5797
msgid ""
5798
"To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX "
5799
"Push)</gui> and select the device to send the file to. You will only see "
5800
"devices you have already paired with. See <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for "
5801
"more information."
5802
msgstr ""
5803
5804
#: C/files-share.page:64(item/p)
5805
msgid ""
5806
"To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it "
5807
"to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and "
5808
"shares</gui>, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to."
5809
msgstr ""
5810
5811
#: C/files-sort.page:7(info/desc)
5812
msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
5813
msgstr ""
5814
5815
#: C/files-sort.page:22(page/title)
5816
msgid "Sort files and folders"
5817
msgstr ""
5818
5819
#: C/files-sort.page:28(page/p)
5820
msgid ""
5821
"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
5822
"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
5823
"list of common ways to sort files."
5824
msgstr ""
5825
5826
#: C/files-sort.page:30(page/p)
5827
msgid ""
5828
"When you change how items are sorted in a folder, it only affects that "
5829
"folder. The file manager will remember your sorting choice for that folder, "
5830
"but will use the default sort order for other folders. See <link "
5831
"xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort "
5832
"order."
5833
msgstr ""
5834
5835
#: C/files-sort.page:35(page/p)
5836
msgid ""
5837
"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
5838
"are using. You can change the current view using the <gui>View</gui> menu."
5839
msgstr ""
5840
5841
#: C/files-sort.page:39(section/title)
5842
msgid "Icon view"
5843
msgstr ""
5844
5845
#: C/files-sort.page:40(section/p)
5846
msgid ""
5847
"To sort files in a different order, right-click a blank space in the folder "
5848
"and choose an option from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu. Alternatively, "
5849
"use the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu."
5850
msgstr ""
5851
5852
#: C/files-sort.page:41(section/p)
5853
msgid ""
5854
"As an example, if you select <gui>Sort by Name</gui> from the <gui>Arrange "
5855
"Items</gui> menu, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical "
5856
"order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
5857
msgstr ""
5858
5859
#: C/files-sort.page:42(section/p)
5860
msgid ""
5861
"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
5862
"from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu."
5863
msgstr ""
5864
5865
#: C/files-sort.page:43(section/p)
5866
msgid ""
5867
"For complete control over the order and position of files in the folder, "
5868
"right-click a blank space in the folder and select <guiseq><gui>Arrange "
5869
"Items</gui><gui>Manually</gui></guiseq>. You can then rearrange the files by "
5870
"dragging them around in the folder. Manual sorting only works in icon view."
5871
msgstr ""
5872
5873
#: C/files-sort.page:44(section/p)
5874
msgid ""
5875
"The <gui>Compact Layout</gui> option in the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu "
5876
"arranges the files so they take up as little space as possible. This is "
5877
"useful if you want to have lots of files visible at once in a folder."
5878
msgstr ""
5879
5880
#: C/files-sort.page:48(section/title)
5881
msgid "List view"
5882
msgstr ""
5883
5884
#: C/files-sort.page:49(section/p)
5885
msgid ""
5886
"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
5887
"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
5888
"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
5889
msgstr ""
5890
5891
#: C/files-sort.page:50(section/p)
5892
msgid ""
5893
"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
5894
"columns. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Visible Columns</gui></guiseq> "
5895
"and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to "
5896
"sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions "
5897
"of available columns."
5898
msgstr ""
5899
5900
#: C/files-sort.page:54(section/title)
5901
msgid "Compact view"
5902
msgstr ""
5903
5904
#: C/files-sort.page:55(section/p)
5905
msgid ""
5906
"You can sort files in Compact view in the same way that you can sort them in "
5907
"the Icon view. The only difference is that you can't manually position the "
5908
"files anywhere you want; they are always organized as a list in this view."
5909
msgstr ""
5910
5911
#: C/files-sort.page:59(section/title)
5912
msgid "Ways of sorting files"
5913
msgstr ""
5914
5915
#: C/files-sort.page:62(item/title)
5916
msgid "By Name"
5917
msgstr ""
5918
5919
#: C/files-sort.page:63(item/p)
5920
msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
5921
msgstr ""
5922
5923
#: C/files-sort.page:66(item/title)
5924
msgid "By Size"
5925
msgstr ""
5926
5927
#: C/files-sort.page:67(item/p)
5928
msgid ""
5929
"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
5930
"smallest to largest by default."
5931
msgstr ""
5932
5933
#: C/files-sort.page:70(item/title)
5934
msgid "By Type"
5935
msgstr ""
5936
5937
#: C/files-sort.page:71(item/p)
5938
msgid ""
5939
"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
5940
"together, then sorted by name."
5941
msgstr ""
5942
5943
#: C/files-sort.page:74(item/title)
5944
msgid "By Modification Date"
5945
msgstr ""
5946
5947
#: C/files-sort.page:75(item/p)
5948
msgid ""
5949
"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
5950
"to newest by default."
5951
msgstr ""
5952
5953
#: C/files-templates.page:7(info/desc)
5954
msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
5955
msgstr ""
5956
5957
#: C/files-templates.page:12(credit/name)
5958
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13(credit/name)
5959
msgid "Anita Reitere"
5960
msgstr ""
5961
5962
#: C/files-templates.page:18(page/title)
5963
msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
5964
msgstr ""
5965
5966
#: C/files-templates.page:20(page/p)
5967
msgid ""
5968
"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
5969
"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
5970
"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
5971
"could create a template document with your letterhead."
5972
msgstr ""
5973
5974
#: C/files-templates.page:26(steps/title)
5975
msgid "Make a new template"
5976
msgstr ""
5977
5978
#: C/files-templates.page:27(item/p)
5979
msgid ""
5980
"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
5981
"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
5982
msgstr ""
5983
5984
#: C/files-templates.page:30(item/p)
5985
msgid ""
5986
"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
5987
"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
5988
"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
5989
msgstr ""
5990
5991
#: C/files-templates.page:36(steps/title)
5992
msgid "Use a template to create a document"
5993
msgstr ""
5994
5995
#: C/files-templates.page:37(item/p)
5996
msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
5997
msgstr ""
5998
5999
#: C/files-templates.page:38(item/p)
6000
msgid ""
6001
"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
6002
"style=\"menuitem\">Create New Document</gui>. The names of available "
6003
"templates will be listed in the submenu."
6004
msgstr ""
6005
6006
#: C/files-templates.page:41(item/p)
6007
msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
6008
msgstr ""
6009
6010
#: C/files-templates.page:42(item/p)
6011
msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
6012
msgstr ""
6013
6014
#: C/files-templates.page:43(item/p)
6015
msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
6016
msgstr ""
6017
6018
#: C/files-tilde.page:8(info/desc)
6019
msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
6020
msgstr ""
6021
6022
#: C/files-tilde.page:19(page/title)
6023
msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
6024
msgstr ""
6025
6026
#: C/files-tilde.page:21(page/p)
6027
msgid ""
6028
"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, "
6029
"<file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of "
6030
"documents edited in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. "
6031
"It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your "
6032
"computer."
6033
msgstr ""
6034
6035
#: C/files-tilde.page:26(page/p)
6036
msgid ""
6037
"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
6038
"you either selected <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
6039
"Files</gui></guiseq> or pressed "
6040
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by "
6041
"repeating either of these steps."
6042
msgstr ""
6043
6044
#: C/files-tilde.page:31(page/p)
6045
msgid ""
6046
"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
6047
"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
6048
msgstr ""
6049
6050
#: C/get-involved.page:8(info/desc)
6051
msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
6052
msgstr ""
6053
6054
#: C/get-involved.page:18(page/title)
6055
msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
6056
msgstr ""
6057
6058
#: C/get-involved.page:21(page/p)
6059
msgid ""
6060
"This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to "
6061
"participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
6062
"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
6063
"file a <em>bug report</em>."
6064
msgstr ""
6065
6066
#: C/get-involved.page:24(page/p)
6067
msgid ""
6068
"To file a bug, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type "
6069
"<input>ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs</input>. Press <gui>Enter</gui> to begin the "
6070
"bug collection process."
6071
msgstr ""
6072
6073
#: C/get-involved.page:27(page/p)
6074
msgid ""
6075
"See the <link xref=\"ubuntu-report-bug\">Ubuntu bug reporting "
6076
"instructions</link> for more information about how to file your bug."
6077
msgstr ""
6078
6079
#: C/get-involved.page:30(page/p)
6080
msgid "Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!"
6081
msgstr ""
6082
6083
#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(info/desc)
6084
msgid ""
6085
"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
6086
"attached to it."
6087
msgstr ""
6088
6089
#: C/hardware-driver.page:18(page/title)
6090
msgid "What is a driver?"
6091
msgstr ""
6092
6093
#: C/hardware-driver.page:20(page/p)
6094
msgid ""
6095
"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
6096
"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
6097
"graphics and audio cards."
6098
msgstr ""
6099
6100
#: C/hardware-driver.page:22(page/p)
6101
msgid ""
6102
"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
6103
"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
6104
"<em>device driver</em>."
6105
msgstr ""
6106
6107
#: C/hardware-driver.page:24(page/p)
6108
msgid ""
6109
"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
6110
"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
6111
"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
6112
"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
6113
"other model."
6114
msgstr ""
6115
6116
#: C/hardware-driver.page:26(page/p)
6117
msgid ""
6118
"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
6119
"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
6120
"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
6121
msgstr ""
6122
6123
#: C/hardware-driver.page:28(page/p)
6124
msgid ""
6125
"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
6126
"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
6127
"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
6128
msgstr ""
6129
6130
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:8(info/desc)
6131
msgid "Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source."
6132
msgstr ""
6133
6134
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:19(page/title)
6135
msgid "What are proprietary drivers?"
6136
msgstr ""
6137
6138
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:21(page/p)
6139
msgid ""
6140
"Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function "
6141
"properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, "
6142
"which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and "
6143
"problems with them can be fixed."
6144
msgstr ""
6145
6146
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:26(page/p)
6147
msgid ""
6148
"Some hardware does not have open source drivers, usually because the "
6149
"hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would "
6150
"make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited "
6151
"functionality or may not work at all."
6152
msgstr ""
6153
6154
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:31(page/p)
6155
msgid ""
6156
"If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install "
6157
"it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new "
6158
"features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics "
6159
"cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects."
6160
msgstr ""
6161
6162
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:36(page/p)
6163
msgid ""
6164
"Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open "
6165
"source drivers fully support the hardware."
6166
msgstr ""
6167
6168
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:40(note/p)
6169
msgid ""
6170
"Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers."
6171
msgstr ""
6172
6173
#: C/hardware.page:13(info/title)
6174
msgctxt "link:trail"
6175
msgid "Hardware"
6176
msgstr ""
6177
6178
#: C/hardware.page:15(info/desc)
6179
msgid ""
6180
"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link "
6181
"xref=\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power "
6182
"settings</link>, <link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link "
6183
"xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
6184
msgstr ""
6185
6186
#: C/hardware.page:26(page/title)
6187
msgid "Hardware & drivers"
6188
msgstr ""
6189
6190
#: C/hardware.page:36(info/title)
6191
msgctxt "link:trail"
6192
msgid "Problems"
6193
msgstr ""
6194
6195
#: C/hardware.page:37(info/title)
6196
msgctxt "link"
6197
msgid "Hardware problems"
6198
msgstr ""
6199
6200
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10(info/desc)
6201
msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
6202
msgstr ""
6203
6204
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20(page/title)
6205
msgid "Media card reader problems"
6206
msgstr ""
6207
6208
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22(page/p)
6209
msgid ""
6210
"Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC "
6211
"(MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage "
6212
"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
6213
"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
6214
"not:"
6215
msgstr ""
6216
6217
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:29(item/p)
6218
msgid ""
6219
"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
6220
"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
6221
"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a "
6222
"small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! "
6223
"If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)"
6224
msgstr ""
6225
6226
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:37(item/p)
6227
msgid ""
6228
"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>dash</gui>. Does the inserted card "
6229
"appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the "
6230
"card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If "
6231
"the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
6232
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
6233
msgstr ""
6234
6235
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:44(item/p)
6236
msgid ""
6237
"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click "
6238
"<guiseq><gui>Go</gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is "
6239
"correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is "
6240
"present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture "
6241
"below)."
6242
msgstr ""
6243
6244
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:50(item/p)
6245
msgid ""
6246
"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
6247
"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
6248
"possible."
6249
msgstr ""
6250
6251
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:55(page/p)
6252
msgid ""
6253
"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
6254
"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver "
6255
"issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of "
6256
"sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly "
6257
"connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
6258
"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
6259
"supported by Linux."
6260
msgstr ""
6261
6262
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13(info/desc)
6263
msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
6264
msgstr ""
6265
6266
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19(page/title)
6267
msgid "Screen problems"
6268
msgstr ""
6269
6270
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21(page/p)
6271
msgid ""
6272
"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
6273
"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
6274
"experiencing?"
6275
msgstr ""
6276
6277
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
6278
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
6279
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
6280
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
6281
#.
6282
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
6283
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
6284
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
6285
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
6286
#: C/index.page:11(media)
6287
#: C/index.page:17(media)
6288
msgctxt "_"
6289
msgid ""
6290
"external ref='figures/ubuntu-logo.png' md5='d2369e87106064d4c4ff65a0e65dca11'"
6291
msgstr ""
6292
6293
#: C/index.page:6(info/desc)
6294
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
6295
msgstr ""
6296
6297
#: C/index.page:8(info/title)
6298
msgctxt "link"
6299
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
6300
msgstr ""
6301
6302
#: C/index.page:9(info/title)
6303
msgctxt "text"
6304
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
6305
msgstr ""
6306
6307
#: C/index.page:10(info/title)
6308
msgctxt "link:trail"
6309
msgid ""
6310
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\" "
6311
"src=\"figures/ubuntu-logo.png\">Help</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
6312
msgstr ""
6313
6314
#: C/index.page:17(page/title)
6315
msgid ""
6316
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/ubuntu-logo.png\">Ubuntu Logo</media> "
6317
"Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
6318
msgstr ""
6319
6320
#: C/keyboard.page:12(info/desc)
6321
msgid ""
6322
"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link "
6323
"xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link "
6324
"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>..."
6325
msgstr ""
6326
6327
#: C/keyboard.page:29(page/title)
6328
msgid "Keyboard"
6329
msgstr ""
6330
6331
#: C/keyboard.page:32(links/title)
6332
#: C/prefs-language.page:22(page/title)
6333
msgid "Language & region"
6334
msgstr ""
6335
6336
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:11(info/desc)
6337
msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
6338
msgstr ""
6339
6340
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:28(page/title)
6341
msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
6342
msgstr ""
6343
6344
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:30(page/p)
6345
msgid ""
6346
"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
6347
"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
6348
msgstr ""
6349
6350
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:35(item/p)
6351
msgid ""
6352
"Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
6353
"Settings</gui>."
6354
msgstr ""
6355
6356
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38(item/p)
6357
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41(item/p)
6358
msgid "In the Hardware section, click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
6359
msgstr ""
6360
6361
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40(item/p)
6362
msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
6363
msgstr ""
6364
6365
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42(item/p)
6366
msgid ""
6367
"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
6368
msgstr ""
6369
6370
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
6371
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
6372
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
6373
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
6374
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51(media)
6375
msgctxt "_"
6376
msgid ""
6377
"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' "
6378
"md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'"
6379
msgstr ""
6380
6381
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19(info/desc)
6382
msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
6383
msgstr ""
6384
6385
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23(page/title)
6386
msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
6387
msgstr ""
6388
6389
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25(page/p)
6390
msgid ""
6391
"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
6392
"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
6393
"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
6394
"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
6395
"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
6396
"languages."
6397
msgstr ""
6398
6399
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38(item/p)
6400
msgid "In the Personal section, click <gui>Keyboard Layout</gui>."
6401
msgstr ""
6402
6403
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41(item/p)
6404
msgid ""
6405
"Click the <gui>+</gui> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>. "
6406
"You can add at most four layouts."
6407
msgstr ""
6408
6409
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:50(note/p)
6410
msgid ""
6411
"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
6412
"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-"
6413
"symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> or by "
6414
"clicking <gui>Preview</gui> in the pop-up window when adding a layout."
6415
msgstr ""
6416
6417
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:55(page/p)
6418
msgid ""
6419
"When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the "
6420
"keyboard layout icon in the menu bar. The menu will display a short "
6421
"identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the standard "
6422
"English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to "
6423
"use from the menu."
6424
msgstr ""
6425
6426
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:61(page/p)
6427
msgid ""
6428
"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
6429
"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
6430
"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
6431
"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
6432
"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows."
6433
msgstr ""
6434
6435
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67(page/p)
6436
msgid ""
6437
"By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can "
6438
"instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last "
6439
"using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the "
6440
"<gui>↑</gui> and <gui>↓</gui> buttons to move layouts up and down in the "
6441
"list."
6442
msgstr ""
6443
6444
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:73(page/p)
6445
msgid ""
6446
"You can also set a keyboard shortcut to quickly switch between your selected "
6447
"keyboard layouts. Click <gui>Options</gui>, then locate the option group "
6448
"<gui>Key(s) to change layout</gui>. Select one or more keyboard shortcuts to "
6449
"change layouts. Some of the options only modify the layout while you hold "
6450
"down a key, rather than change the layout when you press the key."
6451
msgstr ""
6452
6453
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:91(note/title)
6454
msgid "Custom options"
6455
msgstr ""
6456
6457
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92(note/p)
6458
msgid ""
6459
"You may want to add certain symbols to specific keys or adjust custom option "
6460
"and behaviors. You can do this by clicking <gui>Options</gui>."
6461
msgstr ""
6462
6463
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:24(info/desc)
6464
msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
6465
msgstr ""
6466
6467
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:27(page/title)
6468
msgid "Keyboard navigation"
6469
msgstr ""
6470
6471
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:44(page/p)
6472
msgid ""
6473
"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
6474
"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
6475
"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
6476
"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
6477
msgstr ""
6478
6479
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:50(note/p)
6480
msgid ""
6481
"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
6482
"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
6483
"mousekeys\"/> for details."
6484
msgstr ""
6485
6486
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56(table/title)
6487
msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
6488
msgstr ""
6489
6490
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58(td/p)
6491
msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
6492
msgstr ""
6493
6494
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:60(td/p)
6495
msgid ""
6496
"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
6497
"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
6498
"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
6499
"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
6500
"text area."
6501
msgstr ""
6502
6503
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:64(td/p)
6504
msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
6505
msgstr ""
6506
6507
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68(td/p)
6508
msgid "Arrow keys"
6509
msgstr ""
6510
6511
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:70(td/p)
6512
msgid ""
6513
"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
6514
"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
6515
"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
6516
msgstr ""
6517
6518
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:73(td/p)
6519
msgid ""
6520
"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
6521
"items with children."
6522
msgstr ""
6523
6524
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:78(td/p)
6525
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
6526
msgstr ""
6527
6528
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:79(td/p)
6529
msgid ""
6530
"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
6531
"changing which item is selected."
6532
msgstr ""
6533
6534
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:83(td/p)
6535
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
6536
msgstr ""
6537
6538
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:84(td/p)
6539
msgid ""
6540
"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
6541
"the newly focused item."
6542
msgstr ""
6543
6544
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:88(td/p)
6545
msgid "<key>Space</key>"
6546
msgstr ""
6547
6548
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:89(td/p)
6549
msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
6550
msgstr ""
6551
6552
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:92(td/p)
6553
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
6554
msgstr ""
6555
6556
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:93(td/p)
6557
msgid ""
6558
"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
6559
"deselecting other items."
6560
msgstr ""
6561
6562
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:97(td/p)
6563
msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
6564
msgstr ""
6565
6566
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:98(td/p)
6567
msgid ""
6568
"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
6569
"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
6570
"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
6571
"on it."
6572
msgstr ""
6573
6574
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:104(td/p)
6575
msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
6576
msgstr ""
6577
6578
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:105(td/p)
6579
msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
6580
msgstr ""
6581
6582
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:108(td/p)
6583
msgid "<key>F10</key>"
6584
msgstr ""
6585
6586
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:109(td/p)
6587
msgid ""
6588
"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
6589
"navigate the menus."
6590
msgstr ""
6591
6592
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113(td/p)
6593
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or the Menu key"
6594
msgstr ""
6595
6596
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:115(td/p)
6597
msgid ""
6598
"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
6599
"clicked."
6600
msgstr ""
6601
6602
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:120(td/p)
6603
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
6604
msgstr ""
6605
6606
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:121(td/p)
6607
msgid ""
6608
"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
6609
"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
6610
msgstr ""
6611
6612
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125(td/p)
6613
msgid ""
6614
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and "
6615
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
6616
msgstr ""
6617
6618
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:127(td/p)
6619
msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
6620
msgstr ""
6621
6622
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:132(table/title)
6623
msgid "Navigate the desktop"
6624
msgstr ""
6625
6626
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:145(table/title)
6627
msgid "Navigate windows"
6628
msgstr ""
6629
6630
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:147(td/p)
6631
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:31(td/p)
6632
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
6633
msgstr ""
6634
6635
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:148(td/p)
6636
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32(td/p)
6637
msgid "Close the current window."
6638
msgstr ""
6639
6640
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:151(td/p)
6641
msgid ""
6642
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-"
6643
"key\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
6644
msgstr ""
6645
6646
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:152(td/p)
6647
msgid "Restore a maximized window to its original size."
6648
msgstr ""
6649
6650
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:155(td/p)
6651
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
6652
msgstr ""
6653
6654
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:156(td/p)
6655
msgid ""
6656
"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
6657
"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
6658
"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
6659
msgstr ""
6660
6661
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161(td/p)
6662
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
6663
msgstr ""
6664
6665
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:162(td/p)
6666
msgid ""
6667
"Resize the current window. Press "
6668
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to "
6669
"resize the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish resizing the window, or "
6670
"<key>Esc</key> to return it to its original size."
6671
msgstr ""
6672
6673
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:170(td/p)
6674
msgid ""
6675
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-"
6676
"key\">Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
6677
msgstr ""
6678
6679
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171(td/p)
6680
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window."
6681
msgstr ""
6682
6683
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174(td/p)
6684
msgid ""
6685
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-"
6686
"key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
6687
msgstr ""
6688
6689
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:175(td/p)
6690
msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen."
6691
msgstr ""
6692
6693
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179(td/p)
6694
msgid ""
6695
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-"
6696
"key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
6697
msgstr ""
6698
6699
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:180(td/p)
6700
msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen."
6701
msgstr ""
6702
6703
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184(td/p)
6704
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
6705
msgstr ""
6706
6707
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185(td/p)
6708
msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
6709
msgstr ""
6710
6711
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:12(credit/name)
6712
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:14(credit/name)
6713
#: C/power-hibernate.page:23(credit/name)
6714
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:9(credit/name)
6715
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:12(credit/name)
6716
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:12(credit/name)
6717
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:12(credit/name)
6718
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:13(credit/name)
6719
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:12(credit/name)
6720
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:12(credit/name)
6721
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:12(credit/name)
6722
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:13(credit/name)
6723
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:10(credit/name)
6724
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:10(credit/name)
6725
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:13(credit/name)
6726
#: C/unity-shopping.page:12(credit/name)
6727
#: C/whats-new.page:13(credit/name)
6728
msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
6729
msgstr ""
6730
6731
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19(info/desc)
6732
msgid ""
6733
"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
6734
msgstr ""
6735
6736
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:25(page/title)
6737
msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
6738
msgstr ""
6739
6740
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:27(page/p)
6741
msgid ""
6742
"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
6743
"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
6744
msgstr ""
6745
6746
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35(item/p)
6747
msgid "Switch on <gui>Typing Assistant</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
6748
msgstr ""
6749
6750
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23(info/desc)
6751
msgid ""
6752
"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
6753
"delay and speed of repeat keys."
6754
msgstr ""
6755
6756
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:28(page/title)
6757
msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
6758
msgstr ""
6759
6760
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:30(page/p)
6761
msgid ""
6762
"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
6763
"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
6764
"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
6765
"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
6766
msgstr ""
6767
6768
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44(item/p)
6769
msgid ""
6770
"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
6771
"repeated keys entirely."
6772
msgstr ""
6773
6774
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:46(item/p)
6775
msgid ""
6776
"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
6777
"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the "
6778
"<gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
6779
msgstr ""
6780
6781
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:19(info/desc)
6782
msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
6783
msgstr ""
6784
6785
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:22(page/title)
6786
msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
6787
msgstr ""
6788
6789
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:37(page/p)
6790
msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
6791
msgstr ""
6792
6793
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41(item/p)
6794
msgid ""
6795
"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
6796
"Settings </gui>."
6797
msgstr ""
6798
6799
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:43(item/p)
6800
msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
6801
msgstr ""
6802
6803
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46(item/p)
6804
msgid ""
6805
"Select a category on the left side of the window, and the desired action on "
6806
"the right."
6807
msgstr ""
6808
6809
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:50(item/p)
6810
msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
6811
msgstr ""
6812
6813
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53(item/p)
6814
msgid ""
6815
"Hold down the desired key combination or press <key>Backspace</key> to clear."
6816
msgstr ""
6817
6818
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:58(section/title)
6819
msgid "Custom shortcuts"
6820
msgstr ""
6821
6822
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:60(section/p)
6823
msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
6824
msgstr ""
6825
6826
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64(item/p)
6827
msgid "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> on the left side of the window."
6828
msgstr ""
6829
6830
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:67(item/p)
6831
msgid ""
6832
"Click the <gui>+</gui> button. The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will "
6833
"appear."
6834
msgstr ""
6835
6836
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:71(item/p)
6837
msgid ""
6838
"Write a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> "
6839
"to run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you "
6840
"wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it "
6841
"<input>Music</input> and use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
6842
msgstr ""
6843
6844
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77(item/p)
6845
msgid ""
6846
"Double click where it says <gui>Disabled</gui> on the far right, and then "
6847
"hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
6848
msgstr ""
6849
6850
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81(section/p)
6851
msgid ""
6852
"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
6853
"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
6854
"The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as "
6855
"the application itself."
6856
msgstr ""
6857
6858
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86(section/p)
6859
msgid ""
6860
"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
6861
"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
6862
"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
6863
msgstr ""
6864
6865
#: C/look-background.page:11(info/desc)
6866
msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
6867
msgstr ""
6868
6869
#: C/look-background.page:18(credit/name)
6870
msgid "April Gonzales"
6871
msgstr ""
6872
6873
#: C/look-background.page:30(credit/name)
6874
#: C/session-language.page:21(credit/name)
6875
#: C/shell-exit.page:22(credit/name)
6876
msgid "Andre Klapper"
6877
msgstr ""
6878
6879
#: C/look-background.page:36(page/title)
6880
msgid "Change the desktop background"
6881
msgstr ""
6882
6883
#: C/look-background.page:38(page/p)
6884
msgid ""
6885
"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
6886
"simple color or gradient."
6887
msgstr ""
6888
6889
#: C/look-background.page:42(item/p)
6890
msgid ""
6891
"Right click on the desktop and select <gui>Change Desktop Background</gui>."
6892
msgstr ""
6893
6894
#: C/look-background.page:43(item/p)
6895
msgid ""
6896
"Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. <link "
6897
"xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view "
6898
"your entire desktop."
6899
msgstr ""
6900
6901
#: C/look-background.page:48(page/p)
6902
msgid "There are three choices in the drop-down list on the top right."
6903
msgstr ""
6904
6905
#: C/look-background.page:50(item/p)
6906
msgid ""
6907
"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
6908
"images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, "
6909
"all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community "
6910
"Wallpaper Contest."
6911
msgstr ""
6912
6913
#: C/look-background.page:54(item/p)
6914
msgid ""
6915
"Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to "
6916
"show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in "
6917
"the bottom-right corner."
6918
msgstr ""
6919
6920
#: C/look-background.page:58(item/p)
6921
msgid ""
6922
"Select <gui>Pictures Folder</gui> to use one of your own photos from your "
6923
"Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there."
6924
msgstr ""
6925
6926
#: C/look-background.page:61(item/p)
6927
msgid ""
6928
"Select <gui>Colors & Gradients</gui> to just use a flat color or a "
6929
"linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right "
6930
"corner."
6931
msgstr ""
6932
6933
#: C/look-background.page:66(page/p)
6934
msgid ""
6935
"You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the "
6936
"<gui>+</gui> button. Any picture you add this way will show up under "
6937
"<gui>Pictures Folder</gui>. You can remove it from the list by selecting it "
6938
"and clicking the <gui>-</gui> button. Removing a picture from the list will "
6939
"not delete the original file."
6940
msgstr ""
6941
6942
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(info/desc)
6943
msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
6944
msgstr ""
6945
6946
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25(page/title)
6947
msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
6948
msgstr ""
6949
6950
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:27(page/p)
6951
msgid ""
6952
"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
6953
"the right one for your screen."
6954
msgstr ""
6955
6956
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:29(page/p)
6957
msgid ""
6958
"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to "
6959
"<gui>System Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, choose "
6960
"<gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set "
6961
"the one that makes the screen look better."
6962
msgstr ""
6963
6964
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:39(section/title)
6965
msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
6966
msgstr ""
6967
6968
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:41(section/p)
6969
msgid ""
6970
"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
6971
"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
6972
"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
6973
"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
6974
msgstr ""
6975
6976
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:43(section/p)
6977
msgid ""
6978
"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
6979
"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
6980
"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
6981
"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
6982
"window on both screens at once."
6983
msgstr ""
6984
6985
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45(section/p)
6986
msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
6987
msgstr ""
6988
6989
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49(item/p)
6990
msgid ""
6991
"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
6992
"Settings</gui>. Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
6993
msgstr ""
6994
6995
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:53(item/p)
6996
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
6997
msgstr ""
6998
6999
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57(item/p)
7000
msgid ""
7001
"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
7002
"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
7003
"display looks right."
7004
msgstr ""
7005
7006
#: C/look-resolution.page:11(info/desc)
7007
msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
7008
msgstr ""
7009
7010
#: C/look-resolution.page:23(page/title)
7011
msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
7012
msgstr ""
7013
7014
#: C/look-resolution.page:25(page/p)
7015
msgid ""
7016
"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
7017
"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
7018
"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
7019
"<em>rotation</em>."
7020
msgstr ""
7021
7022
#: C/look-resolution.page:33(item/p)
7023
msgid ""
7024
"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
7025
"Settings</gui>."
7026
msgstr ""
7027
7028
#: C/look-resolution.page:34(item/p)
7029
msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
7030
msgstr ""
7031
7032
#: C/look-resolution.page:35(item/p)
7033
msgid ""
7034
"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
7035
"different settings on display. Select a display in the preview area."
7036
msgstr ""
7037
7038
#: C/look-resolution.page:37(item/p)
7039
msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
7040
msgstr ""
7041
7042
#: C/look-resolution.page:38(item/p)
7043
msgid ""
7044
"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
7045
"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
7046
"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
7047
"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
7048
msgstr ""
7049
7050
#: C/look-resolution.page:45(note/p)
7051
msgid ""
7052
"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
7053
"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
7054
"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
7055
msgstr ""
7056
7057
#: C/look-resolution.page:49(section/title)
7058
msgid "Resolution"
7059
msgstr ""
7060
7061
#: C/look-resolution.page:50(section/p)
7062
msgid ""
7063
"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
7064
"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect "
7065
"ratio</em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a "
7066
"16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a "
7067
"resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen "
7068
"will be letterboxed to avoid distortion."
7069
msgstr ""
7070
7071
#: C/look-resolution.page:55(section/p)
7072
msgid ""
7073
"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
7074
"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
7075
"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
7076
msgstr ""
7077
7078
#: C/look-resolution.page:61(section/title)
7079
msgid "Rotation"
7080
msgstr ""
7081
7082
#: C/look-resolution.page:62(section/p)
7083
msgid ""
7084
"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
7085
"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
7086
"rotation you want for your display from <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down list."
7087
msgstr ""
7088
7089
#: C/media.page:13(info/desc)
7090
msgid ""
7091
"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link "
7092
"xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing "
7093
"photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
7094
msgstr ""
7095
7096
#: C/media.page:22(page/title)
7097
msgid "Sound, video & pictures"
7098
msgstr ""
7099
7100
#: C/media.page:26(info/title)
7101
msgctxt "sort"
7102
msgid "Sound"
7103
msgstr ""
7104
7105
#: C/media.page:27(info/title)
7106
msgctxt "link:trail"
7107
msgid "Sound"
7108
msgstr ""
7109
7110
#: C/media.page:28(info/title)
7111
msgctxt "link:topic"
7112
msgid "Sound"
7113
msgstr ""
7114
7115
#: C/media.page:29(info/desc)
7116
msgid ""
7117
"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
7118
"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
7119
"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
7120
msgstr ""
7121
7122
#: C/media.page:36(section/title)
7123
msgid "Basic sound"
7124
msgstr ""
7125
7126
#: C/media.page:40(info/title)
7127
msgctxt "link"
7128
msgid "Music and players"
7129
msgstr ""
7130
7131
#: C/media.page:41(section/title)
7132
msgid "Music and portable audio players"
7133
msgstr ""
7134
7135
#: C/media.page:45(info/title)
7136
msgctxt "link"
7137
msgid "Photos"
7138
msgstr ""
7139
7140
#: C/media.page:46(section/title)
7141
msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
7142
msgstr ""
7143
7144
#: C/media.page:50(info/title)
7145
msgctxt "link"
7146
msgid "Videos"
7147
msgstr ""
7148
7149
#: C/media.page:51(section/title)
7150
msgid "Videos and video cameras"
7151
msgstr ""
7152
7153
#: C/more-help.page:18(info/desc)
7154
msgid ""
7155
"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link "
7156
"xref=\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>…"
7157
msgstr ""
7158
7159
#: C/more-help.page:24(page/title)
7160
msgid "Get more help"
7161
msgstr ""
7162
7163
#: C/mouse.page:7(info/desc)
7164
msgid ""
7165
"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
7166
"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
7167
"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
7168
msgstr ""
7169
7170
#: C/mouse.page:21(page/title)
7171
msgid "Mouse"
7172
msgstr ""
7173
7174
#: C/mouse.page:32(info/title)
7175
msgctxt "link"
7176
msgid "Common mouse problems"
7177
msgstr ""
7178
7179
#: C/mouse.page:33(info/title)
7180
msgctxt "link:trail"
7181
msgid "Common problems"
7182
msgstr ""
7183
7184
#: C/mouse.page:40(info/title)
7185
msgctxt "link"
7186
msgid "Mouse tips"
7187
msgstr ""
7188
7189
#: C/mouse.page:41(info/title)
7190
msgctxt "link:trail"
7191
msgid "Tips"
7192
msgstr ""
7193
7194
#: C/mouse.page:43(section/title)
7195
msgid "Tips"
7196
msgstr ""
7197
7198
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11(info/desc)
7199
msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
7200
msgstr ""
7201
7202
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:20(page/title)
7203
msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
7204
msgstr ""
7205
7206
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:22(page/p)
7207
msgid ""
7208
"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
7209
"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
7210
"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
7211
"after your last key stroke."
7212
msgstr ""
7213
7214
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:30(item/p)
7215
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:26(item/p)
7216
msgid ""
7217
"Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab. "
7218
"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab will only be available if your computer has a "
7219
"touchpad."
7220
msgstr ""
7221
7222
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33(item/p)
7223
msgid "Select <gui>Disable touchpad while typing</gui>."
7224
msgstr ""
7225
7226
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11(info/desc)
7227
msgid ""
7228
"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
7229
"double-click."
7230
msgstr ""
7231
7232
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:25(page/title)
7233
msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
7234
msgstr ""
7235
7236
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:27(page/p)
7237
msgid ""
7238
"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
7239
"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
7240
"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
7241
"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
7242
msgstr ""
7243
7244
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:34(item/p)
7245
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:31(item/p)
7246
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(item/p)
7247
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:36(item/p)
7248
msgid "Click <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui>."
7249
msgstr ""
7250
7251
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35(item/p)
7252
msgid ""
7253
"Under <gui>Double-Click Timeout</gui>, adjust the <gui>Timeout</gui> slider "
7254
"to a value you find comfortable. Use the smiley face under the slider to "
7255
"test your settings. A single click will make it smile. A double-click will "
7256
"give it an ear-to-ear grin."
7257
msgstr ""
7258
7259
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41(page/p)
7260
msgid ""
7261
"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
7262
"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
7263
"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
7264
"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
7265
"if it still has the same problem."
7266
msgstr ""
7267
7268
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:48(note/p)
7269
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:37(note/p)
7270
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33(note/p)
7271
msgid ""
7272
"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
7273
"pointing device."
7274
msgstr ""
7275
7276
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:15(info/desc)
7277
msgid "Change how far you have to move your mouse pointer to start dragging."
7278
msgstr ""
7279
7280
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:20(page/title)
7281
msgid "Adjust the mouse drag threshold"
7282
msgstr ""
7283
7284
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:22(page/p)
7285
msgid ""
7286
"When you click something, it's not uncommon for your hand to move a little "
7287
"between the time you press the mouse button and the time you release it. For "
7288
"this reason, dragging only starts if you move the pointer past a certain "
7289
"threshold, so that you don't accidentally start dragging every time you "
7290
"click. You can control the minimum distance required to start dragging."
7291
msgstr ""
7292
7293
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:32(item/p)
7294
msgid ""
7295
"Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to a "
7296
"value you find comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging the "
7297
"titlebar to test the current value."
7298
msgstr ""
7299
7300
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:9(info/desc)
7301
msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
7302
msgstr ""
7303
7304
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:22(page/title)
7305
msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
7306
msgstr ""
7307
7308
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:24(page/p)
7309
msgid ""
7310
"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
7311
"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
7312
msgstr ""
7313
7314
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:30(item/p)
7315
msgid "Select <gui>Left-handed</gui>."
7316
msgstr ""
7317
7318
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(info/desc)
7319
msgid ""
7320
"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
7321
"more."
7322
msgstr ""
7323
7324
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:25(page/title)
7325
msgid "Middle-click"
7326
msgstr ""
7327
7328
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:27(page/p)
7329
msgid ""
7330
"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
7331
"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
7332
"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
7333
"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find "
7334
"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following <link "
7335
"href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/X/Quirks#A2-button_Mice\"> these "
7336
"instructions</link>."
7337
msgstr ""
7338
7339
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:35(page/p)
7340
msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
7341
msgstr ""
7342
7343
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:38(item/p)
7344
msgid ""
7345
"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
7346
"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
7347
"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
7348
"the mouse position."
7349
msgstr ""
7350
7351
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42(item/p)
7352
msgid ""
7353
"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
7354
"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
7355
"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
7356
msgstr ""
7357
7358
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:47(item/p)
7359
msgid ""
7360
"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
7361
"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
7362
"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
7363
msgstr ""
7364
7365
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52(item/p)
7366
msgid ""
7367
"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. "
7368
"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the "
7369
"<gui>launcher</gui> on the left, or in the <gui>dash</gui>."
7370
msgstr ""
7371
7372
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59(item/p)
7373
msgid ""
7374
"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
7375
"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
7376
"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
7377
"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
7378
"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
7379
"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed "
7380
"<key>Enter</key>."
7381
msgstr ""
7382
7383
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:67(item/p)
7384
msgid ""
7385
"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
7386
"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
7387
"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
7388
"had double-clicked."
7389
msgstr ""
7390
7391
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73(page/p)
7392
msgid ""
7393
"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
7394
"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
7395
"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
7396
msgstr ""
7397
7398
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11(info/desc)
7399
msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
7400
msgstr ""
7401
7402
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:24(page/title)
7403
msgid "Click and move the mouse pointer without a mouse"
7404
msgstr ""
7405
7406
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:26(page/p)
7407
msgid ""
7408
"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
7409
"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
7410
"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
7411
msgstr ""
7412
7413
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31(item/p)
7414
msgid ""
7415
"Tap the <key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super</link></key> key to open the "
7416
"<gui>dash</gui>"
7417
msgstr ""
7418
7419
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31(steps/item)
7420
msgid "<_:p-1/>."
7421
msgstr ""
7422
7423
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32(item/p)
7424
msgid ""
7425
"Type <input>Universal Access</input> and press <key>Enter</key> to open the "
7426
"Universal Access settings."
7427
msgstr ""
7428
7429
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33(item/p)
7430
msgid "Press <key>Tab</key> once to select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
7431
msgstr ""
7432
7433
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:34(item/p)
7434
msgid ""
7435
"Press <key>←</key> once to switch to the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> "
7436
"tab."
7437
msgstr ""
7438
7439
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:35(item/p)
7440
msgid ""
7441
"Press <key>↓</key> once to select the <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> switch then "
7442
"press <key>Enter</key> to switch it on."
7443
msgstr ""
7444
7445
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37(item/p)
7446
msgid ""
7447
"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
7448
"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
7449
msgstr ""
7450
7451
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:45(note/p)
7452
msgid ""
7453
"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
7454
"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
7455
"accessibility options."
7456
msgstr ""
7457
7458
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:50(page/p)
7459
msgid ""
7460
"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
7461
"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
7462
"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
7463
"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
7464
"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
7465
msgstr ""
7466
7467
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:58(page/p)
7468
msgid ""
7469
"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
7470
"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
7471
"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
7472
"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
7473
msgstr ""
7474
7475
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65(page/p)
7476
msgid ""
7477
"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is "
7478
"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where "
7479
"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See <link "
7480
"xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to right-click by holding "
7481
"down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
7482
msgstr ""
7483
7484
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:73(page/p)
7485
msgid ""
7486
"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
7487
"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
7488
"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
7489
msgstr ""
7490
7491
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80(note/p)
7492
msgid ""
7493
"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
7494
"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
7495
msgstr ""
7496
7497
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:7(info/desc)
7498
msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
7499
msgstr ""
7500
7501
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23(page/title)
7502
msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
7503
msgstr ""
7504
7505
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28(section/title)
7506
msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
7507
msgstr ""
7508
7509
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29(section/p)
7510
msgid ""
7511
"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
7512
"computer."
7513
msgstr ""
7514
7515
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33(section/p)
7516
msgid ""
7517
"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
7518
"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
7519
"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
7520
"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
7521
"if it was not plugged in."
7522
msgstr ""
7523
7524
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43(section/title)
7525
msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
7526
msgstr ""
7527
7528
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45(item/p)
7529
msgid ""
7530
"Type <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> to open the "
7531
"<app>Terminal</app>."
7532
msgstr ""
7533
7534
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:47(item/p)
7535
msgid ""
7536
"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
7537
"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
7538
msgstr ""
7539
7540
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:54(item/p)
7541
msgid ""
7542
"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
7543
"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
7544
"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
7545
"of it."
7546
msgstr ""
7547
7548
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:60(item/p)
7549
msgid ""
7550
"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
7551
"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
7552
"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
7553
"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
7554
"notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
7555
"notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
7556
msgstr ""
7557
7558
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:75(section/p)
7559
msgid ""
7560
"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
7561
"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
7562
"of your mouse."
7563
msgstr ""
7564
7565
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:81(section/p)
7566
msgid ""
7567
"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
7568
"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
7569
"detected properly."
7570
msgstr ""
7571
7572
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:95(section/title)
7573
msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
7574
msgstr ""
7575
7576
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96(section/p)
7577
msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
7578
msgstr ""
7579
7580
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:98(section/p)
7581
msgid ""
7582
"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
7583
"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
7584
"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
7585
"broken."
7586
msgstr ""
7587
7588
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:105(section/title)
7589
msgid "Checking wireless mice"
7590
msgstr ""
7591
7592
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:108(item/p)
7593
msgid ""
7594
"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
7595
"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
7596
"place without it constantly waking up."
7597
msgstr ""
7598
7599
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:111(item/p)
7600
msgid ""
7601
"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
7602
"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
7603
msgstr ""
7604
7605
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:114(item/p)
7606
msgid ""
7607
"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
7608
"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
7609
"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
7610
msgstr ""
7611
7612
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:121(item/p)
7613
msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
7614
msgstr ""
7615
7616
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:126(item/p)
7617
msgid ""
7618
"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
7619
msgstr ""
7620
7621
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:131(item/p)
7622
msgid ""
7623
"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
7624
"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
7625
msgstr ""
7626
7627
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:137(item/p)
7628
msgid ""
7629
"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
7630
"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
7631
"this is the case."
7632
msgstr ""
7633
7634
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:145(section/p)
7635
msgid ""
7636
"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
7637
"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
7638
"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
7639
"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
7640
msgstr ""
7641
7642
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10(info/desc)
7643
msgid ""
7644
"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
7645
msgstr ""
7646
7647
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:28(page/title)
7648
msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
7649
msgstr ""
7650
7651
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:30(page/p)
7652
msgid ""
7653
"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
7654
"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer sensitivity and acceleration for these "
7655
"devices."
7656
msgstr ""
7657
7658
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:37(item/p)
7659
msgid ""
7660
"Under <gui>Pointer Speed</gui>, adjust the <gui>Acceleration</gui> and "
7661
"<gui>Sensitivity</gui> sliders until the pointer motion is comfortable for "
7662
"you."
7663
msgstr ""
7664
7665
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:42(page/p)
7666
msgid ""
7667
"Sensitivity is how much your pointer initially moves when you move your "
7668
"mouse."
7669
msgstr ""
7670
7671
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44(page/p)
7672
msgid ""
7673
"The farther you move your mouse, the faster and faster the pointer moves "
7674
"relative to your movement. This helps you get the pointer across the screen "
7675
"without lifting your hand, while still letting you point and click "
7676
"accurately. Acceleration controls this behavior."
7677
msgstr ""
7678
7679
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:50(note/p)
7680
msgid ""
7681
"You can set the sensitivity and acceleration differently for your mouse and "
7682
"touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device "
7683
"aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the "
7684
"<gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> tabs."
7685
msgstr ""
7686
7687
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(info/desc)
7688
msgid "Click or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
7689
msgstr ""
7690
7691
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:18(page/title)
7692
msgid "Click or scroll with the touchpad"
7693
msgstr ""
7694
7695
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:20(page/p)
7696
msgid ""
7697
"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
7698
"without separate hardware buttons."
7699
msgstr ""
7700
7701
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29(item/p)
7702
msgid ""
7703
"To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable "
7704
"mouse clicks with the touchpad</gui>."
7705
msgstr ""
7706
7707
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:34(item/p)
7708
msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
7709
msgstr ""
7710
7711
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:35(item/p)
7712
msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
7713
msgstr ""
7714
7715
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36(item/p)
7716
msgid ""
7717
"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
7718
"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
7719
msgstr ""
7720
7721
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:38(item/p)
7722
msgid ""
7723
"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
7724
"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
7725
"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
7726
"without a second mouse button."
7727
msgstr ""
7728
7729
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42(item/p)
7730
msgid ""
7731
"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
7732
"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
7733
msgstr ""
7734
7735
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47(note/p)
7736
msgid ""
7737
"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
7738
"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
7739
"think they're a single finger."
7740
msgstr ""
7741
7742
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:51(page/p)
7743
msgid ""
7744
"You can scroll using your touchpad using either the edges of the touchpad or "
7745
"using two fingers."
7746
msgstr ""
7747
7748
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:54(page/p)
7749
msgid ""
7750
"Select <gui>Edge scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll using "
7751
"the edge of your touchpad. When this is selected, dragging your finger up "
7752
"and down along the right side of your touchpad will scroll vertically. If "
7753
"you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, dragging your finger "
7754
"left and right along the bottom of your touchpad will scroll horizontally."
7755
msgstr ""
7756
7757
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61(page/p)
7758
msgid ""
7759
"Select <gui>Two-finger scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll "
7760
"with two fingers. When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one "
7761
"finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of "
7762
"the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable "
7763
"horizontal scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to "
7764
"scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your "
7765
"fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your "
7766
"touchpad."
7767
msgstr ""
7768
7769
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:71(note/p)
7770
msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
7771
msgstr ""
7772
7773
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:9(info/desc)
7774
msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
7775
msgstr ""
7776
7777
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:18(page/title)
7778
msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"
7779
msgstr ""
7780
7781
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:20(page/p)
7782
msgid ""
7783
"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
7784
"\"wake up\" before they will work. They automatically go to sleep when not "
7785
"in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad you can "
7786
"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
7787
msgstr ""
7788
7789
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:24(page/p)
7790
msgid ""
7791
"Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they "
7792
"will start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
7793
"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
7794
"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
7795
msgstr ""
7796
7797
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13(info/desc)
7798
msgid ""
7799
"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
7800
"\"copy protected\"."
7801
msgstr ""
7802
7803
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17(page/title)
7804
msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
7805
msgstr ""
7806
7807
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19(page/p)
7808
msgid ""
7809
"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
7810
"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS X "
7811
"computer and then copied it over."
7812
msgstr ""
7813
7814
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21(page/p)
7815
msgid ""
7816
"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
7817
"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
7818
"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
7819
"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
7820
"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
7821
"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
7822
"that format so that you can play it."
7823
msgstr ""
7824
7825
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23(page/p)
7826
msgid ""
7827
"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
7828
"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
7829
"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
7830
"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
7831
"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
7832
"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
7833
"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
7834
"supported on Linux."
7835
msgstr ""
7836
7837
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25(page/p)
7838
msgid ""
7839
"You can learn more about DRM from the <link "
7840
"href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
7841
msgstr ""
7842
7843
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13(info/desc)
7844
msgid ""
7845
"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
7846
msgstr ""
7847
7848
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17(page/title)
7849
msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
7850
msgstr ""
7851
7852
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19(page/p)
7853
msgid ""
7854
"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
7855
"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
7856
"application in the <gui>launcher</gui>). You must copy songs onto the iPod "
7857
"using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it "
7858
"won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods "
7859
"have a special location for storing songs that music player applications "
7860
"know how to get to but the file manager does not."
7861
msgstr ""
7862
7863
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21(page/p)
7864
msgid ""
7865
"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
7866
"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link "
7867
"xref=\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that "
7868
"all of the songs have been copied across properly."
7869
msgstr ""
7870
7871
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23(page/p)
7872
msgid ""
7873
"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
7874
"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
7875
"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
7876
"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
7877
"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
7878
"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
7879
"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
7880
"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song."
7881
msgstr ""
7882
7883
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13(info/desc)
7884
msgid ""
7885
"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
7886
"use them."
7887
msgstr ""
7888
7889
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17(page/title)
7890
msgid "My new iPod won't work"
7891
msgstr ""
7892
7893
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19(page/p)
7894
msgid ""
7895
"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
7896
"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
7897
"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the "
7898
"<app>iTunes</app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X."
7899
msgstr ""
7900
7901
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21(page/p)
7902
msgid ""
7903
"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
7904
"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
7905
"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
7906
"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
7907
msgstr ""
7908
7909
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23(page/p)
7910
msgid ""
7911
"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
7912
"into a Linux computer."
7913
msgstr ""
7914
7915
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14(info/desc)
7916
msgid ""
7917
"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
7918
"an audio player."
7919
msgstr ""
7920
7921
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18(page/title)
7922
msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
7923
msgstr ""
7924
7925
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20(page/p)
7926
msgid ""
7927
"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
7928
"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
7929
"properly recognized as an audio player."
7930
msgstr ""
7931
7932
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22(page/p)
7933
msgid ""
7934
"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
7935
"help, <link xref=\"files-browse\">open the file manager</link>. You should "
7936
"see the player listed under <gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to "
7937
"open the folder for the audio player. Now, click "
7938
"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</gui><gui>Empty "
7939
"Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> and press "
7940
"<key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it should be "
7941
"all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an "
7942
"audio player."
7943
msgstr ""
7944
7945
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24(page/p)
7946
msgid ""
7947
"Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
7948
"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
7949
"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
7950
"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
7951
msgstr ""
7952
7953
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27(note/p)
7954
msgid ""
7955
"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
7956
"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
7957
"should say in its manual if it is."
7958
msgstr ""
7959
7960
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31(note/p)
7961
msgid ""
7962
"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the "
7963
"<input>.is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the "
7964
"file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it "
7965
"is still there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
7966
"Files</gui></guiseq>."
7967
msgstr ""
7968
7969
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(info/desc)
7970
msgid ""
7971
"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
7972
"trash behavior."
7973
msgstr ""
7974
7975
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22(page/title)
7976
msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
7977
msgstr ""
7978
7979
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:23(page/p)
7980
msgid ""
7981
"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, whether "
7982
"folders are opened in new windows, how executable text files are handled, "
7983
"and the trash behavior. In any file manager window, click "
7984
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
7985
"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
7986
msgstr ""
7987
7988
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:30(section/title)
7989
msgid "Behavior"
7990
msgstr ""
7991
7992
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33(item/title)
7993
msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
7994
msgstr ""
7995
7996
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:34(item/title)
7997
msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
7998
msgstr ""
7999
8000
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:35(item/p)
8001
msgid ""
8002
"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
8003
"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
8004
"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
8005
"while clicking to select one or more files."
8006
msgstr ""
8007
8008
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41(item/title)
8009
msgid "<gui>Open each folder in its own window</gui>"
8010
msgstr ""
8011
8012
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42(item/p)
8013
msgid ""
8014
"When you open a folder in the file manager, it will normally open in the "
8015
"same window. You can right-click a folder and select <gui>Open in New "
8016
"Window</gui> to open any single folder in a new window. If you often do "
8017
"this, select this option if you would rather have each folder open in its "
8018
"own window by default."
8019
msgstr ""
8020
8021
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52(section/title)
8022
msgid "Executable text files"
8023
msgstr ""
8024
8025
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53(section/p)
8026
msgid ""
8027
"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
8028
"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
8029
"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
8030
"most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, "
8031
".py and .pl, respectively."
8032
msgstr ""
8033
8034
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:54(section/p)
8035
msgid ""
8036
"You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, "
8037
"<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each "
8038
"time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a window will appear asking if "
8039
"you wish to run or view the selected text file."
8040
msgstr ""
8041
8042
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:61(info/title)
8043
msgctxt "link"
8044
msgid "File manager trash preferences"
8045
msgstr ""
8046
8047
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:63(section/title)
8048
msgid "Trash"
8049
msgstr ""
8050
8051
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67(item/title)
8052
msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
8053
msgstr ""
8054
8055
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:68(item/p)
8056
msgid ""
8057
"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
8058
"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
8059
"files."
8060
msgstr ""
8061
8062
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:71(item/title)
8063
msgid "<gui>Include a delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
8064
msgstr ""
8065
8066
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:72(item/p)
8067
msgid ""
8068
"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> menu item to the "
8069
"<gui>Edit</gui> menu as well as the menu that pops up when you right-click "
8070
"on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
8071
msgstr ""
8072
8073
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74(note/p)
8074
msgid ""
8075
"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
8076
"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
8077
"to recover the deleted item."
8078
msgstr ""
8079
8080
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:7(info/desc)
8081
msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
8082
msgstr ""
8083
8084
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:16(page/title)
8085
msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
8086
msgstr ""
8087
8088
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17(page/p)
8089
msgid ""
8090
"Your bookmarks are listed in the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu of the file "
8091
"manager."
8092
msgstr ""
8093
8094
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:19(steps/title)
8095
msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
8096
msgstr ""
8097
8098
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:20(item/p)
8099
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:33(item/p)
8100
msgid ""
8101
"Click on <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui></guiseq>."
8102
msgstr ""
8103
8104
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21(item/p)
8105
msgid ""
8106
"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
8107
"delete and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
8108
msgstr ""
8109
8110
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:22(item/p)
8111
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:40(item/p)
8112
msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
8113
msgstr ""
8114
8115
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:26(steps/title)
8116
msgid "Add a bookmark:"
8117
msgstr ""
8118
8119
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27(item/p)
8120
msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
8121
msgstr ""
8122
8123
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(item/p)
8124
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Add Bookmark</gui></guiseq>."
8125
msgstr ""
8126
8127
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:32(steps/title)
8128
msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
8129
msgstr ""
8130
8131
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(item/p)
8132
msgid ""
8133
"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
8134
"rename."
8135
msgstr ""
8136
8137
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(item/p)
8138
msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
8139
msgstr ""
8140
8141
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37(note/p)
8142
msgid ""
8143
"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
8144
"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
8145
"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
8146
"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
8147
"than the name of the folder it points to."
8148
msgstr ""
8149
8150
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:13(info/desc)
8151
msgid ""
8152
"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
8153
"WebDAV."
8154
msgstr ""
8155
8156
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:23(page/title)
8157
msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
8158
msgstr ""
8159
8160
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25(page/p)
8161
msgid ""
8162
"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
8163
"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
8164
"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
8165
"files with other people on your local network."
8166
msgstr ""
8167
8168
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:31(page/p)
8169
msgid ""
8170
"To browse files over the network, <link xref=\"files-browse\">open the file "
8171
"manager</link>. Then, click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in the sidebar, or "
8172
"select <gui>Network</gui> from the <gui>Go</gui> menu. The file manager will "
8173
"find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability "
8174
"to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if "
8175
"you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to "
8176
"a server by typing in its internet/network address."
8177
msgstr ""
8178
8179
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:42(steps/title)
8180
msgid "Connect to a file server"
8181
msgstr ""
8182
8183
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43(item/p)
8184
msgid ""
8185
"In the file manager, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Connect to "
8186
"Server</gui></guiseq>."
8187
msgstr ""
8188
8189
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:45(item/p)
8190
msgid ""
8191
"Enter the server address, select the type of server, and enter any "
8192
"additional information as required. Then click <gui>Connect</gui>. Details "
8193
"on server types are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
8194
msgstr ""
8195
8196
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:48(item/p)
8197
msgid ""
8198
"For servers on the internet, you can usually use the domain name (e.g. "
8199
"<sys>ftp.example.com</sys>). For computers on your local network, however, "
8200
"you may have to use the computer's <link xref=\"net-findip\">numeric IP "
8201
"address</link>."
8202
msgstr ""
8203
8204
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:53(item/p)
8205
msgid ""
8206
"A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse "
8207
"the files just as you would for those on your own computer."
8208
msgstr ""
8209
8210
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:55(item/p)
8211
msgid ""
8212
"The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in "
8213
"the future"
8214
msgstr ""
8215
8216
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:61(section/title)
8217
msgid "Different types of servers"
8218
msgstr ""
8219
8220
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:63(section/p)
8221
msgid ""
8222
"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
8223
"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user "
8224
"name and password."
8225
msgstr ""
8226
8227
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:66(section/p)
8228
msgid ""
8229
"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
8230
"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
8231
"delete files."
8232
msgstr ""
8233
8234
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:71(terms/title)
8235
msgid "Types of servers"
8236
msgstr ""
8237
8238
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73(item/title)
8239
msgid "SSH"
8240
msgstr ""
8241
8242
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:74(item/p)
8243
msgid ""
8244
"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
8245
"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
8246
"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in. If you "
8247
"use a secure shell key to log in, leave the password field blank."
8248
msgstr ""
8249
8250
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84(item/p)
8251
msgid ""
8252
"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
8253
"so that other users on your network can't see it."
8254
msgstr ""
8255
8256
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88(item/title)
8257
msgid "FTP (with login)"
8258
msgstr ""
8259
8260
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:89(item/p)
8261
msgid ""
8262
"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
8263
"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
8264
"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
8265
"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
8266
"upload files."
8267
msgstr ""
8268
8269
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96(item/title)
8270
msgid "Public FTP"
8271
msgstr ""
8272
8273
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:97(item/p)
8274
msgid ""
8275
"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
8276
"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a user name and password, "
8277
"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
8278
msgstr ""
8279
8280
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:101(item/p)
8281
msgid ""
8282
"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and "
8283
"password, or with a public user name using your email address as the "
8284
"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
8285
"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
8286
msgstr ""
8287
8288
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:108(item/title)
8289
msgid "Windows share"
8290
msgstr ""
8291
8292
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109(item/p)
8293
msgid ""
8294
"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
8295
"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
8296
"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
8297
"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
8298
"share from the file manager."
8299
msgstr ""
8300
8301
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116(item/title)
8302
msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
8303
msgstr ""
8304
8305
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:117(item/p)
8306
msgid ""
8307
"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
8308
"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
8309
"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
8310
"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
8311
"can't see your password."
8312
msgstr ""
8313
8314
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
8315
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
8316
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
8317
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
8318
#: C/nautilus-display.page:31(media)
8319
msgctxt "_"
8320
msgid ""
8321
"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
8322
"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
8323
msgstr ""
8324
8325
#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(info/desc)
8326
msgid "Control icon captions and the date format used in the file manager."
8327
msgstr ""
8328
8329
#: C/nautilus-display.page:21(page/title)
8330
msgid "File manager display preferences"
8331
msgstr ""
8332
8333
#: C/nautilus-display.page:23(page/p)
8334
msgid ""
8335
"You can control various aspects of how the file manager displays files, "
8336
"including captions under icons and how dates are formatted. In any file "
8337
"manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> "
8338
"and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."
8339
msgstr ""
8340
8341
#: C/nautilus-display.page:29(section/title)
8342
msgid "Icon captions"
8343
msgstr ""
8344
8345
#: C/nautilus-display.page:32(media/p)
8346
msgid "File manager icons with captions"
8347
msgstr ""
8348
8349
#: C/nautilus-display.page:34(section/p)
8350
msgid ""
8351
"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
8352
"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
8353
"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
8354
"modified."
8355
msgstr ""
8356
8357
#: C/nautilus-display.page:38(section/p)
8358
msgid ""
8359
"As you zoom in on a folder (under the <gui>View</gui> menu), the file "
8360
"manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose "
8361
"up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most "
8362
"zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
8363
msgstr ""
8364
8365
#: C/nautilus-display.page:42(section/p)
8366
msgid ""
8367
"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
8368
"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
8369
"information."
8370
msgstr ""
8371
8372
#: C/nautilus-display.page:45(note/p)
8373
msgid ""
8374
"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
8375
"caption changes to take effect. Click "
8376
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></guiseq> or press "
8377
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
8378
msgstr ""
8379
8380
#: C/nautilus-display.page:51(section/title)
8381
msgid "Date format"
8382
msgstr ""
8383
8384
#: C/nautilus-display.page:52(section/p)
8385
msgid ""
8386
"Access and modification times for files can be displayed in icon captions or "
8387
"in list view columns. You can choose the date format that is easiest for you "
8388
"from the <gui>Format</gui> drop-down list. Available formats include a "
8389
"verbose format like you might write by hand, an international standard "
8390
"format, and a format that uses relative phrases like <em>today</em> and "
8391
"<em>yesterday</em>. The drop-down list shows the formats by example, by "
8392
"showing the current date and time in that format."
8393
msgstr ""
8394
8395
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(info/desc)
8396
msgid ""
8397
"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
8398
"applications."
8399
msgstr ""
8400
8401
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26(page/title)
8402
msgid "File properties"
8403
msgstr ""
8404
8405
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28(page/p)
8406
msgid ""
8407
"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
8408
"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
8409
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
8410
msgstr ""
8411
8412
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32(page/p)
8413
msgid ""
8414
"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
8415
"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
8416
"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
8417
"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
8418
"captions\">icon captions</link>."
8419
msgstr ""
8420
8421
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38(page/p)
8422
msgid ""
8423
"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
8424
"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
8425
"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
8426
"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
8427
"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
8428
"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
8429
msgstr ""
8430
8431
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46(section/title)
8432
msgid "Basic properties"
8433
msgstr ""
8434
8435
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49(title/gui)
8436
#: C/nautilus-list.page:30(title/gui)
8437
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29(td/p)
8438
msgid "Name"
8439
msgstr ""
8440
8441
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50(item/p)
8442
msgid ""
8443
"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
8444
"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
8445
msgstr ""
8446
8447
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55(title/gui)
8448
#: C/nautilus-list.page:39(title/gui)
8449
msgid "Type"
8450
msgstr ""
8451
8452
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56(item/p)
8453
msgid ""
8454
"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
8455
"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
8456
"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
8457
"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
8458
"information on this."
8459
msgstr ""
8460
8461
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61(item/p)
8462
msgid ""
8463
"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
8464
"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
8465
msgstr ""
8466
8467
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66(item/title)
8468
msgid "Contents"
8469
msgstr ""
8470
8471
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67(item/p)
8472
msgid ""
8473
"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
8474
"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
8475
"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
8476
"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
8477
"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
8478
msgstr ""
8479
8480
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71(item/title)
8481
#: C/nautilus-list.page:34(title/gui)
8482
msgid "Size"
8483
msgstr ""
8484
8485
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72(item/p)
8486
msgid ""
8487
"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
8488
"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
8489
"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
8490
"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
8491
msgstr ""
8492
8493
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73(item/p)
8494
msgid ""
8495
"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
8496
"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
8497
"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
8498
msgstr ""
8499
8500
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(item/title)
8501
#: C/nautilus-list.page:58(title/gui)
8502
msgid "Location"
8503
msgstr ""
8504
8505
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78(item/p)
8506
msgid ""
8507
"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
8508
"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
8509
"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
8510
"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
8511
"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
8512
msgstr ""
8513
8514
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82(item/title)
8515
msgid "Volume"
8516
msgstr ""
8517
8518
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83(item/p)
8519
msgid ""
8520
"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
8521
"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
8522
"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file "
8523
"server</link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-"
8524
"partitions\">disk partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under "
8525
"<gui>Volume</gui> too."
8526
msgstr ""
8527
8528
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93(item/title)
8529
msgid "Free Space"
8530
msgstr ""
8531
8532
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94(item/p)
8533
msgid ""
8534
"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
8535
"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
8536
"if the hard disk is full."
8537
msgstr ""
8538
8539
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101(item/title)
8540
msgid "Accessed"
8541
msgstr ""
8542
8543
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102(item/p)
8544
msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
8545
msgstr ""
8546
8547
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106(item/title)
8548
msgid "Modified"
8549
msgstr ""
8550
8551
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107(item/p)
8552
msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
8553
msgstr ""
8554
8555
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(info/desc)
8556
msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
8557
msgstr ""
8558
8559
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:26(page/title)
8560
msgid "Set file permissions"
8561
msgstr ""
8562
8563
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:28(page/p)
8564
msgid ""
8565
"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
8566
"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
8567
"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
8568
msgstr ""
8569
8570
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32(page/p)
8571
msgid ""
8572
"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
8573
"on the types of permissions you can set."
8574
msgstr ""
8575
8576
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36(section/title)
8577
msgid "Files"
8578
msgstr ""
8579
8580
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:38(section/p)
8581
msgid ""
8582
"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
8583
"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
8584
"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
8585
"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
8586
msgstr ""
8587
8588
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:43(section/p)
8589
msgid ""
8590
"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
8591
"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
8592
"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
8593
"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
8594
"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
8595
"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
8596
"to."
8597
msgstr ""
8598
8599
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:51(section/p)
8600
msgid ""
8601
"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
8602
"the file's group."
8603
msgstr ""
8604
8605
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:54(section/p)
8606
msgid ""
8607
"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
8608
"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
8609
"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
8610
"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
8611
"information."
8612
msgstr ""
8613
8614
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:62(section/title)
8615
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:56(title/gui)
8616
msgid "Folders"
8617
msgstr ""
8618
8619
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:63(section/p)
8620
msgid ""
8621
"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
8622
"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
8623
"groups, and other users."
8624
msgstr ""
8625
8626
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66(section/p)
8627
msgid ""
8628
"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
8629
"set for a file."
8630
msgstr ""
8631
8632
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70(title/gui)
8633
#: C/net-proxy.page:54(item/title)
8634
msgid "None"
8635
msgstr ""
8636
8637
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:71(item/p)
8638
msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
8639
msgstr ""
8640
8641
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75(title/gui)
8642
msgid "List files only"
8643
msgstr ""
8644
8645
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:76(item/p)
8646
msgid ""
8647
"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
8648
"able to open, create, or delete files."
8649
msgstr ""
8650
8651
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80(title/gui)
8652
msgid "Access files"
8653
msgstr ""
8654
8655
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:81(item/p)
8656
msgid ""
8657
"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
8658
"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
8659
"new files or delete files."
8660
msgstr ""
8661
8662
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:86(title/gui)
8663
msgid "Create and delete files"
8664
msgstr ""
8665
8666
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:87(item/p)
8667
msgid ""
8668
"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
8669
"and deleting files."
8670
msgstr ""
8671
8672
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:92(section/p)
8673
msgid ""
8674
"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
8675
"folder by using the <gui>File access</gui> drop-down lists and the "
8676
"<gui>Execute</gui> option. Leave the drop-down lists as <gui>---</gui> for "
8677
"no change, or the <gui>Execute</gui> check box in the indeterminate state (a "
8678
"horizontal line across it)."
8679
msgstr ""
8680
8681
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:97(section/p)
8682
msgid ""
8683
"If you click <gui>Apply Permissions to Enclosed Files</gui>, the file "
8684
"manager will adjust the read, write, and execute permissions of contained "
8685
"files based on the <gui>File access</gui> and <gui>Execute</gui> options you "
8686
"set. It will also change the permissions of contained folders to match the "
8687
"permissions of that folder. Permissions for enclosed files are applied to "
8688
"files in subfolders as well, to any depth."
8689
msgstr ""
8690
8691
#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(info/desc)
8692
msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
8693
msgstr ""
8694
8695
#: C/nautilus-list.page:19(page/title)
8696
msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
8697
msgstr ""
8698
8699
#: C/nautilus-list.page:21(page/p)
8700
msgid ""
8701
"There are 12 columns of information that you can display in the file "
8702
"manager's list view. Click "
8703
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
8704
"<gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select which columns will be visible."
8705
msgstr ""
8706
8707
#: C/nautilus-list.page:24(note/p)
8708
msgid ""
8709
"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
8710
"order in which the selected columns will appear."
8711
msgstr ""
8712
8713
#: C/nautilus-list.page:31(item/p)
8714
msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
8715
msgstr ""
8716
8717
#: C/nautilus-list.page:35(item/p)
8718
msgid ""
8719
"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
8720
"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
8721
msgstr ""
8722
8723
#: C/nautilus-list.page:40(item/p)
8724
msgid ""
8725
"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
8726
"audio, and more."
8727
msgstr ""
8728
8729
#: C/nautilus-list.page:43(title/gui)
8730
msgid "Date Modified"
8731
msgstr ""
8732
8733
#: C/nautilus-list.page:44(item/p)
8734
msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
8735
msgstr ""
8736
8737
#: C/nautilus-list.page:48(title/gui)
8738
msgid "Date Accessed"
8739
msgstr ""
8740
8741
#: C/nautilus-list.page:49(item/p)
8742
msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was accessed."
8743
msgstr ""
8744
8745
#: C/nautilus-list.page:52(title/gui)
8746
msgid "Group"
8747
msgstr ""
8748
8749
#: C/nautilus-list.page:53(item/p)
8750
msgid ""
8751
"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
8752
"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
8753
"might be in groups according to department or project."
8754
msgstr ""
8755
8756
#: C/nautilus-list.page:59(item/p)
8757
msgid "The path to the location of the file."
8758
msgstr ""
8759
8760
#: C/nautilus-list.page:62(title/gui)
8761
msgid "MIME Type"
8762
msgstr ""
8763
8764
#: C/nautilus-list.page:63(item/p)
8765
msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
8766
msgstr ""
8767
8768
#: C/nautilus-list.page:67(title/gui)
8769
msgid "Permissions"
8770
msgstr ""
8771
8772
#: C/nautilus-list.page:68(item/p)
8773
msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
8774
msgstr ""
8775
8776
#: C/nautilus-list.page:71(item/p)
8777
msgid ""
8778
"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
8779
"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
8780
msgstr ""
8781
8782
#: C/nautilus-list.page:74(item/p)
8783
msgid ""
8784
"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
8785
"who owns the file."
8786
msgstr ""
8787
8788
#: C/nautilus-list.page:77(item/p)
8789
msgid ""
8790
"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
8791
"group that owns the file."
8792
msgstr ""
8793
8794
#: C/nautilus-list.page:80(item/p)
8795
msgid ""
8796
"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
8797
"for all other users on the system."
8798
msgstr ""
8799
8800
#: C/nautilus-list.page:83(item/p)
8801
msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
8802
msgstr ""
8803
8804
#: C/nautilus-list.page:87(item/p)
8805
msgid "r : Read permission."
8806
msgstr ""
8807
8808
#: C/nautilus-list.page:88(item/p)
8809
msgid "w : Write permission."
8810
msgstr ""
8811
8812
#: C/nautilus-list.page:89(item/p)
8813
msgid "x : Execute permission."
8814
msgstr ""
8815
8816
#: C/nautilus-list.page:90(item/p)
8817
msgid "- : No permission."
8818
msgstr ""
8819
8820
#: C/nautilus-list.page:95(title/gui)
8821
msgid "Octal Permissions"
8822
msgstr ""
8823
8824
#: C/nautilus-list.page:96(item/p)
8825
msgid ""
8826
"Displays the file permissions in octal notation prefixed with '40' for "
8827
"folders and '100' for files. In the last three digits, each digit represents "
8828
"user class, group class and other users respectively."
8829
msgstr ""
8830
8831
#: C/nautilus-list.page:98(item/p)
8832
msgid "Read adds 4 to the total of each of the last three digits."
8833
msgstr ""
8834
8835
#: C/nautilus-list.page:99(item/p)
8836
msgid "Write adds 2 to the total."
8837
msgstr ""
8838
8839
#: C/nautilus-list.page:100(item/p)
8840
msgid "Execute adds 1 to the total."
8841
msgstr ""
8842
8843
#: C/nautilus-list.page:104(title/gui)
8844
msgid "Owner"
8845
msgstr ""
8846
8847
#: C/nautilus-list.page:105(item/p)
8848
msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
8849
msgstr ""
8850
8851
#: C/nautilus-list.page:109(title/gui)
8852
msgid "SELinux Context"
8853
msgstr ""
8854
8855
#: C/nautilus-list.page:110(item/p)
8856
msgid "Displays the SELinux Context of the file, if applicable."
8857
msgstr ""
8858
8859
#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15(page/title)
8860
msgid "File manager preferences"
8861
msgstr ""
8862
8863
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(info/desc)
8864
msgid "Control when thumbnails and previews are used for files."
8865
msgstr ""
8866
8867
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:22(page/title)
8868
msgid "File manager preview preferences"
8869
msgstr ""
8870
8871
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:24(page/p)
8872
msgid ""
8873
"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
8874
"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
8875
"control when previews are made. In any file manager window, click "
8876
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui> <gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
8877
"<gui>Preview</gui> tab."
8878
msgstr ""
8879
8880
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:30(page/p)
8881
msgid ""
8882
"By default, all previews are only done for local files on your computer or "
8883
"connected external drives. The file manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-"
8884
"connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network "
8885
"or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and "
8886
"the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set some or all of the "
8887
"preview options to <gui>Always</gui>."
8888
msgstr ""
8889
8890
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:39(title/gui)
8891
msgid "Text Files"
8892
msgstr ""
8893
8894
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:40(item/p)
8895
msgid ""
8896
"The icon for plain text files looks like a piece of paper with text inside. "
8897
"The file manager automatically extracts the first few lines of text from the "
8898
"file and shows it in the icon. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn "
8899
"it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
8900
msgstr ""
8901
8902
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47(title/gui)
8903
msgid "Other Previewable Files"
8904
msgstr ""
8905
8906
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48(item/p)
8907
msgid ""
8908
"The file manager can automatically create thumbnails for images, videos, PDF "
8909
"files, and various other file types. Applications with custom file types can "
8910
"even provide thumbnail support for files they create. You can turn this "
8911
"feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local "
8912
"external drives. You can also only allow thumbnails to be created for files "
8913
"below a certain file size."
8914
msgstr ""
8915
8916
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:57(item/p)
8917
msgid ""
8918
"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view "
8919
"columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon "
8920
"captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and "
8921
"folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for "
8922
"very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, "
8923
"or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
8924
msgstr ""
8925
8926
#: C/nautilus-views.page:8(info/desc)
8927
msgid ""
8928
"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
8929
msgstr ""
8930
8931
#: C/nautilus-views.page:25(page/title)
8932
msgid "File manager views preferences"
8933
msgstr ""
8934
8935
#: C/nautilus-views.page:26(page/p)
8936
msgid ""
8937
"You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
8938
"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
8939
"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager window, "
8940
"click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
8941
"<gui>Views</gui> tab."
8942
msgstr ""
8943
8944
#: C/nautilus-views.page:33(section/title)
8945
msgid "Default view"
8946
msgstr ""
8947
8948
#: C/nautilus-views.page:36(title/gui)
8949
msgid "View new folders using"
8950
msgstr ""
8951
8952
#: C/nautilus-views.page:37(item/p)
8953
msgid ""
8954
"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for "
8955
"each folder as you browse, and the file manager will remember which view you "
8956
"prefer for each folder. But if you often use the list or compact views, you "
8957
"can use these views by default."
8958
msgstr ""
8959
8960
#: C/nautilus-views.page:41(item/p)
8961
msgid ""
8962
"Change the view for an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu by "
8963
"clicking <gui>Icons</gui>, <gui>List</gui>, or <gui>Compact</gui>."
8964
msgstr ""
8965
8966
#: C/nautilus-views.page:45(title/gui)
8967
msgid "Arrange items"
8968
msgstr ""
8969
8970
#: C/nautilus-views.page:46(item/p)
8971
msgid ""
8972
"You can arrange the items in your folder by name, file size, file type, when "
8973
"they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when they were "
8974
"trashed. You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder using "
8975
"the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu, or by "
8976
"clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-"
8977
"sort\"/> for details. This menu only affects the current folder, and the "
8978
"file manager will remember your preferred sorting technique for each folder."
8979
msgstr ""
8980
8981
#: C/nautilus-views.page:53(item/p)
8982
msgid ""
8983
"Use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to change "
8984
"the default order used in new folders."
8985
msgstr ""
8986
8987
#: C/nautilus-views.page:57(title/gui)
8988
msgid "Sort folders before files"
8989
msgstr ""
8990
8991
#: C/nautilus-views.page:58(item/p)
8992
msgid ""
8993
"By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and "
8994
"files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If you "
8995
"would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with files "
8996
"according to the sort order, deselect this option."
8997
msgstr ""
8998
8999
#: C/nautilus-views.page:64(title/gui)
9000
msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
9001
msgstr ""
9002
9003
#: C/nautilus-views.page:65(item/p)
9004
msgid ""
9005
"The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See "
9006
"<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show "
9007
"hidden files in an individual window from the <gui>View</gui> menu. If you "
9008
"prefer to always show hidden files, or want to see hidden files in every "
9009
"open file manager window, select this option."
9010
msgstr ""
9011
9012
#: C/nautilus-views.page:76(section/title)
9013
msgid "Icon view defaults"
9014
msgstr ""
9015
9016
#: C/nautilus-views.page:79(title/gui)
9017
#: C/nautilus-views.page:102(title/gui)
9018
#: C/nautilus-views.page:124(title/gui)
9019
msgid "Default zoom level"
9020
msgstr ""
9021
9022
#: C/nautilus-views.page:80(item/p)
9023
msgid ""
9024
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do "
9025
"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
9026
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
9027
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
9028
msgstr ""
9029
9030
#: C/nautilus-views.page:84(item/p)
9031
msgid ""
9032
"In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See "
9033
"<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
9034
msgstr ""
9035
9036
#: C/nautilus-views.page:88(title/gui)
9037
msgid "Text beside icons"
9038
msgstr ""
9039
9040
#: C/nautilus-views.page:89(item/p)
9041
msgid ""
9042
"Selecting this option will place folder and file names to the right of "
9043
"icons, rather than below them. This is a more compact layout that allows you "
9044
"to see more information at once."
9045
msgstr ""
9046
9047
#: C/nautilus-views.page:98(section/title)
9048
msgid "Compact view defaults"
9049
msgstr ""
9050
9051
#: C/nautilus-views.page:103(item/p)
9052
msgid ""
9053
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in compact view. You can "
9054
"do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
9055
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
9056
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
9057
msgstr ""
9058
9059
#: C/nautilus-views.page:109(title/gui)
9060
msgid "All columns have the same width"
9061
msgstr ""
9062
9063
#: C/nautilus-views.page:110(item/p)
9064
msgid ""
9065
"By default, each column in compact view is as wide as it needs to be to fit "
9066
"the names of the items in that column. Selecting this option will make all "
9067
"the columns have the same width. This will make files and folders that have "
9068
"names longer than the column width be displayed with an ellipsis (…) at the "
9069
"end."
9070
msgstr ""
9071
9072
#: C/nautilus-views.page:121(section/title)
9073
msgid "List view defaults"
9074
msgstr ""
9075
9076
#: C/nautilus-views.page:125(item/p)
9077
msgid ""
9078
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do "
9079
"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
9080
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
9081
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
9082
msgstr ""
9083
9084
#: C/nautilus-views.page:135(section/title)
9085
msgid "Tree view defaults"
9086
msgstr ""
9087
9088
#: C/nautilus-views.page:136(section/p)
9089
msgid ""
9090
"You can show a full folder tree in your file manager sidebar by selecting "
9091
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq>. By "
9092
"default, the tree sidebar only shows folders. If you want to show files in "
9093
"the sidebar as well, turn <gui>Show only folders</gui> off."
9094
msgstr ""
9095
9096
#: C/net-antivirus.page:10(info/desc)
9097
msgid ""
9098
"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
9099
msgstr ""
9100
9101
#: C/net-antivirus.page:24(page/title)
9102
msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
9103
msgstr ""
9104
9105
#: C/net-antivirus.page:26(page/p)
9106
msgid ""
9107
"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
9108
"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
9109
"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
9110
"way onto your computer and cause problems."
9111
msgstr ""
9112
9113
#: C/net-antivirus.page:28(page/p)
9114
msgid ""
9115
"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
9116
"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
9117
"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
9118
"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
9119
"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
9120
msgstr ""
9121
9122
#: C/net-antivirus.page:30(page/p)
9123
msgid ""
9124
"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
9125
"worry about them at the moment."
9126
msgstr ""
9127
9128
#: C/net-antivirus.page:32(page/p)
9129
msgid ""
9130
"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
9131
"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
9132
"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the <app>Ubuntu Software "
9133
"Center</app> where a number of applications are available."
9134
msgstr ""
9135
9136
#: C/net-browser.page:10(info/desc)
9137
msgid ""
9138
"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
9139
"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
9140
"java-plugin\">install the java plugin</link>…"
9141
msgstr ""
9142
9143
#: C/net-browser.page:17(credit/name)
9144
#: C/net-chat.page:19(credit/name)
9145
#: C/net-email.page:15(credit/name)
9146
#: C/net-general.page:18(credit/name)
9147
#: C/net-problem.page:16(credit/name)
9148
#: C/net-security.page:16(credit/name)
9149
#: C/net-wired.page:16(credit/name)
9150
#: C/net-wireless.page:20(credit/name)
9151
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:18(credit/name)
9152
msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
9153
msgstr ""
9154
9155
#: C/net-browser.page:22(page/title)
9156
msgid "Web Browsers"
9157
msgstr ""
9158
9159
#: C/net-chat.page:11(info/desc)
9160
msgid ""
9161
"<link xref=\"net-chat-empathy\">Chat on any network using "
9162
"<app>Empathy</app></link>, <link xref=\"net-chat-video\">make video "
9163
"calls</link>, <link xref=\"net-chat-skype\">install skype</link>, <link "
9164
"xref=\"net-chat-social\">social networking apps</link>"
9165
msgstr ""
9166
9167
#: C/net-chat.page:24(page/title)
9168
msgid "Chat & Social Networking"
9169
msgstr ""
9170
9171
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:15(info/desc)
9172
msgid ""
9173
"With <app>Empathy</app> you can chat, call and video call with friends and "
9174
"colleagues on a variety of networks"
9175
msgstr ""
9176
9177
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:20(page/title)
9178
msgid "Instant messaging on Ubuntu"
9179
msgstr ""
9180
9181
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:22(page/p)
9182
msgid ""
9183
"With the <app>Empathy</app> application, you can chat with people online and "
9184
"with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many "
9185
"other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio "
9186
"or video calls."
9187
msgstr ""
9188
9189
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:29(page/p)
9190
msgid ""
9191
"Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start <app>Empathy Instant "
9192
"Messaging</app> from the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link>, the "
9193
"<link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">launcher</link> or choose "
9194
"<gui>Chat</gui> from the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Messaging "
9195
"menu</link>."
9196
msgstr ""
9197
9198
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:37(note/p)
9199
msgid ""
9200
"You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy etc) "
9201
"from the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Messaging menu</link>."
9202
msgstr ""
9203
9204
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:43(page/p)
9205
msgid ""
9206
"For help with using Empathy, read the <link href=\"help:empathy\">Empathy "
9207
"manual</link>."
9208
msgstr ""
9209
9210
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:14(info/desc)
9211
msgid ""
9212
"<app>Skype</app> is proprietary software and must be installed manually on "
9213
"Ubuntu"
9214
msgstr ""
9215
9216
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:19(page/title)
9217
msgid "How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?"
9218
msgstr ""
9219
9220
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:21(page/p)
9221
msgid ""
9222
"<app>Skype</app> is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over "
9223
"the Internet using your computer."
9224
msgstr ""
9225
9226
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:26(page/p)
9227
msgid ""
9228
"Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go "
9229
"through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users."
9230
msgstr ""
9231
9232
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:31(page/p)
9233
msgid ""
9234
"The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source "
9235
"code is proprietary and not available for modification."
9236
msgstr ""
9237
9238
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:36(page/p)
9239
msgid ""
9240
"Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. <link "
9241
"href=\"apt:skype\">Install the <em>skype</em> package</link> to use it."
9242
msgstr ""
9243
9244
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:41(note/p)
9245
msgid ""
9246
"You need to <link xref=\"addremove-sources#canonical-partner\">activate the "
9247
"Canonical Partner Repository</link> to install <app>Skype</app>"
9248
msgstr ""
9249
9250
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:55(list/title)
9251
msgid "Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>"
9252
msgstr ""
9253
9254
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:57(item/p)
9255
msgid ""
9256
"<link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SkypeRecordingHowto\"> How to "
9257
"record Skype conversations </link>"
9258
msgstr ""
9259
9260
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:63(item/p)
9261
msgid ""
9262
"<link href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/SkypeWebCams\"> A list of webcams which "
9263
"are compatible with Skype </link>"
9264
msgstr ""
9265
9266
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:69(item/p)
9267
msgid ""
9268
"<link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SkypeTroubleshooting\"> "
9269
"Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users </link>"
9270
msgstr ""
9271
9272
#: C/net-chat-social.page:13(info/desc)
9273
msgid ""
9274
"Post to <em>Twitter</em>, <em>Facebook</em> and other social networking "
9275
"sites directly from your desktop"
9276
msgstr ""
9277
9278
#: C/net-chat-social.page:18(page/title)
9279
msgid "Social networking from the desktop"
9280
msgstr ""
9281
9282
#: C/net-chat-social.page:20(page/p)
9283
msgid ""
9284
"With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your "
9285
"desktop. Ubuntu uses the <app>Gwibber</app> application to allow you to "
9286
"organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from "
9287
"the <gui>Me Menu</gui> without opening any website."
9288
msgstr ""
9289
9290
#: C/net-chat-social.page:27(page/p)
9291
msgid "To set up your social networking accounts:"
9292
msgstr ""
9293
9294
#: C/net-chat-social.page:32(item/p)
9295
msgid ""
9296
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Messaging menu</link> on the "
9297
"right hand side of the menu bar."
9298
msgstr ""
9299
9300
#: C/net-chat-social.page:36(item/p)
9301
msgid "Choose <gui>Set Up Broadcast Account...</gui>"
9302
msgstr ""
9303
9304
#: C/net-chat-social.page:40(item/p)
9305
msgid ""
9306
"Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click <gui>Add</gui>"
9307
msgstr ""
9308
9309
#: C/net-chat-social.page:44(item/p)
9310
msgid ""
9311
"Click <gui>Authorize</gui> and insert your account settings for that site, "
9312
"and follow the instructions"
9313
msgstr ""
9314
9315
#: C/net-chat-social.page:51(page/p)
9316
msgid ""
9317
"You can now view your social networking messages from the <link xref=\"unity-"
9318
"appmenu-intro\"> Messaging menu</link> on the right hand side of the menu "
9319
"bar, in the <gui>Broadcast</gui> section. Click on any of the items in that "
9320
"section to open <gui>Gwibber</gui> and to read or post messages to your "
9321
"social network."
9322
msgstr ""
9323
9324
#: C/net-chat-social.page:59(note/p)
9325
msgid ""
9326
"You can download a PDF guide to using <app>Gwibber</app> <link href=\" "
9327
"http://gwibber.com/docs/user-"
9328
"guide/current/master_social_networking_with_gwibber.pdf\"> from the Gwibber "
9329
"website</link>."
9330
msgstr ""
9331
9332
#: C/net-chat-video.page:13(info/desc)
9333
msgid "What applications can I use to make video calls?"
9334
msgstr ""
9335
9336
#: C/net-chat-video.page:17(page/title)
9337
msgid "Video calls"
9338
msgstr ""
9339
9340
#: C/net-chat-video.page:19(page/p)
9341
msgid ""
9342
"You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional "
9343
"software using <app>Empathy</app> - via the <em>Google Talk</em>, <em>MSN "
9344
"</em>, <em>Jabber </em>, and <em>SIP</em> networks. See <link "
9345
"href=\"help:empathy/audio-video\">the Empathy manual</link> for help on "
9346
"making video calls with <app>Empathy</app>."
9347
msgstr ""
9348
9349
#: C/net-chat-video.page:28(list/title)
9350
msgid "Other applications which support video calls include"
9351
msgstr ""
9352
9353
#: C/net-chat-video.page:30(item/p)
9354
msgid "<app><link href=\"apt:Skype\">Skype</link></app>"
9355
msgstr ""
9356
9357
#: C/net-chat-video.page:34(item/p)
9358
msgid "<app><link href=\"apt:ekiga\">Ekiga</link></app>"
9359
msgstr ""
9360
9361
#: C/net-default-browser.page:14(info/desc)
9362
msgid ""
9363
"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in the "
9364
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
9365
msgstr ""
9366
9367
#: C/net-default-browser.page:18(page/title)
9368
msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
9369
msgstr ""
9370
9371
#: C/net-default-browser.page:20(page/p)
9372
msgid ""
9373
"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
9374
"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
9375
"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
9376
"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
9377
msgstr ""
9378
9379
#: C/net-default-browser.page:28(item/p)
9380
#: C/net-default-email.page:28(item/p)
9381
msgid ""
9382
"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
9383
"list on the left side of the window."
9384
msgstr ""
9385
9386
#: C/net-default-browser.page:32(item/p)
9387
msgid ""
9388
"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
9389
"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
9390
msgstr ""
9391
9392
#: C/net-default-browser.page:36(page/p)
9393
msgid ""
9394
"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
9395
"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
9396
"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
9397
"browser again."
9398
msgstr ""
9399
9400
#: C/net-default-email.page:14(info/desc)
9401
msgid ""
9402
"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in the "
9403
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
9404
msgstr ""
9405
9406
#: C/net-default-email.page:18(page/title)
9407
msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
9408
msgstr ""
9409
9410
#: C/net-default-email.page:20(page/p)
9411
msgid ""
9412
"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
9413
"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
9414
"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
9415
"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
9416
"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
9417
msgstr ""
9418
9419
#: C/net-default-email.page:32(item/p)
9420
msgid ""
9421
"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
9422
"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
9423
msgstr ""
9424
9425
#: C/net-email.page:10(info/desc)
9426
msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
9427
msgstr ""
9428
9429
#: C/net-email.page:19(credit/name)
9430
#: C/net-general.page:22(credit/name)
9431
msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
9432
msgstr ""
9433
9434
#: C/net-email.page:23(page/title)
9435
msgid "Email & email software"
9436
msgstr ""
9437
9438
#: C/net-email-virus.page:16(info/desc)
9439
msgid ""
9440
"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
9441
"of people you email."
9442
msgstr ""
9443
9444
#: C/net-email-virus.page:20(page/title)
9445
msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
9446
msgstr ""
9447
9448
#: C/net-email-virus.page:22(page/p)
9449
msgid ""
9450
"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
9451
"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
9452
"through email messages."
9453
msgstr ""
9454
9455
#: C/net-email-virus.page:24(page/p)
9456
msgid ""
9457
"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
9458
"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
9459
"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
9460
"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
9461
"to scan your email for viruses."
9462
msgstr ""
9463
9464
#: C/net-email-virus.page:26(page/p)
9465
msgid ""
9466
"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
9467
"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
9468
"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
9469
"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
9470
"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
9471
"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
9472
"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
9473
"software of their own anyway."
9474
msgstr ""
9475
9476
#: C/net-findip.page:19(info/desc)
9477
msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
9478
msgstr ""
9479
9480
#: C/net-findip.page:23(page/title)
9481
msgid "Find your IP address"
9482
msgstr ""
9483
9484
#: C/net-findip.page:25(page/p)
9485
msgid ""
9486
"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
9487
"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have "
9488
"<em>two</em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal "
9489
"network and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
9490
msgstr ""
9491
9492
#: C/net-findip.page:28(steps/title)
9493
msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
9494
msgstr ""
9495
9496
#: C/net-findip.page:29(item/p)
9497
#: C/net-macaddress.page:30(item/p)
9498
msgid "Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar."
9499
msgstr ""
9500
9501
#: C/net-findip.page:30(item/p)
9502
msgid "Select <gui>Connection information</gui>."
9503
msgstr ""
9504
9505
#: C/net-findip.page:31(item/p)
9506
msgid ""
9507
"Your internal IP address will be displayed as the <gui>IP Address</gui>."
9508
msgstr ""
9509
9510
#: C/net-findip.page:34(page/p)
9511
msgid ""
9512
"Click <gui>Close</gui> to close the <gui>Connection Information</gui> window."
9513
msgstr ""
9514
9515
#: C/net-findip.page:37(steps/title)
9516
msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
9517
msgstr ""
9518
9519
#: C/net-findip.page:38(item/p)
9520
msgid ""
9521
"Visit <link "
9522
"href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
9523
msgstr ""
9524
9525
#: C/net-findip.page:39(item/p)
9526
msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
9527
msgstr ""
9528
9529
#: C/net-findip.page:42(page/p)
9530
msgid ""
9531
"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
9532
"be the same."
9533
msgstr ""
9534
9535
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
9536
msgid ""
9537
"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
9538
"your computer secure."
9539
msgstr ""
9540
9541
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:21(page/title)
9542
msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
9543
msgstr ""
9544
9545
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:23(page/p)
9546
msgid ""
9547
"Ubuntu comes equipped with the <app>Uncomplicated Firewall</app> "
9548
"(<app>ufw</app>) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu "
9549
"does not have any open network services (except for basic network "
9550
"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to "
9551
"block incoming attempted malicious connections."
9552
msgstr ""
9553
9554
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25(page/p)
9555
msgid ""
9556
"For more information about how to use ufw, see the <link "
9557
"href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UncomplicatedFirewall\">online "
9558
"documentation</link>."
9559
msgstr ""
9560
9561
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28(section/title)
9562
msgid "Turn the firewall on or off"
9563
msgstr ""
9564
9565
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:29(section/p)
9566
msgid ""
9567
"To turn on the firewall, enter <cmd>sudo ufw enable</cmd> in a terminal. To "
9568
"turn off ufw, enter <cmd>sudo ufw disable</cmd>."
9569
msgstr ""
9570
9571
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:33(section/title)
9572
msgid "Allow or block specific network activity"
9573
msgstr ""
9574
9575
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34(section/p)
9576
msgid ""
9577
"Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can "
9578
"share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which "
9579
"additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to "
9580
"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules "
9581
"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow <app>SSH</app> connections, "
9582
"enter <cmd>sudo ufw allow ssh</cmd> in a terminal. To block ssh, enter "
9583
"<cmd>sudo ufw block ssh</cmd>."
9584
msgstr ""
9585
9586
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35(section/p)
9587
msgid ""
9588
"Each program that provides services uses a specific <em>network port</em>. "
9589
"To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to "
9590
"its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter "
9591
"<cmd>sudo ufw allow 53</cmd> in a terminal. To block port 53, enter "
9592
"<cmd>sudo ufw block 53</cmd>."
9593
msgstr ""
9594
9595
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36(section/p)
9596
msgid ""
9597
"To check the current status of ufw, enter <cmd>sudo ufw status</cmd> in a "
9598
"terminal."
9599
msgstr ""
9600
9601
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:40(section/title)
9602
msgid "Use ufw without a terminal"
9603
msgstr ""
9604
9605
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41(section/p)
9606
msgid ""
9607
"You can also install <app>gufw</app> if you prefer to set up the firewall "
9608
"without using a terminal. To install, click <link href=\"apt:gufw\">this "
9609
"link</link>."
9610
msgstr ""
9611
9612
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42(section/p)
9613
msgid ""
9614
"You can launch this program by searching for <app>Firewall "
9615
"Configuration</app> in the <gui>Dash</gui>. The program does not need to be "
9616
"kept open for the firewall to work."
9617
msgstr ""
9618
9619
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10(info/desc)
9620
msgid ""
9621
"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
9622
"for a program with your firewall."
9623
msgstr ""
9624
9625
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(page/title)
9626
msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
9627
msgstr ""
9628
9629
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20(page/p)
9630
msgid ""
9631
"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
9632
"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
9633
"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
9634
"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
9635
"use, so this table isn't complete."
9636
msgstr ""
9637
9638
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26(td/p)
9639
msgid "Port"
9640
msgstr ""
9641
9642
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32(td/p)
9643
msgid "Description"
9644
msgstr ""
9645
9646
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39(td/p)
9647
msgid "5353/udp"
9648
msgstr ""
9649
9650
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42(td/p)
9651
msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
9652
msgstr ""
9653
9654
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45(td/p)
9655
msgid ""
9656
"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
9657
"without you having to specify the details manually."
9658
msgstr ""
9659
9660
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50(td/p)
9661
msgid "631/udp"
9662
msgstr ""
9663
9664
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53(td/p)
9665
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64(td/p)
9666
#: C/printing.page:27(page/title)
9667
msgid "Printing"
9668
msgstr ""
9669
9670
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56(td/p)
9671
msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
9672
msgstr ""
9673
9674
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61(td/p)
9675
msgid "631/tcp"
9676
msgstr ""
9677
9678
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67(td/p)
9679
msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
9680
msgstr ""
9681
9682
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72(td/p)
9683
msgid "5298/tcp"
9684
msgstr ""
9685
9686
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75(td/p)
9687
msgid "Presence"
9688
msgstr ""
9689
9690
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78(td/p)
9691
msgid ""
9692
"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
9693
"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
9694
msgstr ""
9695
9696
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83(td/p)
9697
msgid "5900/tcp"
9698
msgstr ""
9699
9700
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86(td/p)
9701
msgid "Remote desktop"
9702
msgstr ""
9703
9704
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89(td/p)
9705
msgid ""
9706
"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
9707
"remote assistance."
9708
msgstr ""
9709
9710
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94(td/p)
9711
msgid "3689/tcp"
9712
msgstr ""
9713
9714
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97(td/p)
9715
msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
9716
msgstr ""
9717
9718
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100(td/p)
9719
msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
9720
msgstr ""
9721
9722
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15(info/desc)
9723
msgid ""
9724
"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
9725
"services from your computer."
9726
msgstr ""
9727
9728
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19(page/title)
9729
msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
9730
msgstr ""
9731
9732
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21(page/p)
9733
msgid ""
9734
"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
9735
"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
9736
"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
9737
"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
9738
"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
9739
msgstr ""
9740
9741
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
9742
msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
9743
msgstr ""
9744
9745
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(item/p)
9746
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:29(item/p)
9747
msgid ""
9748
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and select <gui>Edit "
9749
"Connections</gui>."
9750
msgstr ""
9751
9752
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(item/p)
9753
msgid ""
9754
"Select the <gui>Wired connection</gui> on the <gui>Wired</gui> tab or your "
9755
"WiFi network on the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and click <gui>Edit</gui>."
9756
msgstr ""
9757
9758
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(item/p)
9759
msgid ""
9760
"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
9761
"to <em>Manual</em>."
9762
msgstr ""
9763
9764
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(item/p)
9765
msgid ""
9766
"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
9767
"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
9768
msgstr ""
9769
9770
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(item/p)
9771
msgid ""
9772
"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
9773
"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
9774
"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
9775
"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
9776
msgstr ""
9777
9778
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(item/p)
9779
msgid ""
9780
"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
9781
"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
9782
"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
9783
"servers."
9784
msgstr ""
9785
9786
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31(item/p)
9787
msgid ""
9788
"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
9789
"address."
9790
msgstr ""
9791
9792
#: C/net-general.page:10(info/desc)
9793
msgid ""
9794
"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9795
"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP & WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9796
"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
9797
msgstr ""
9798
9799
#: C/net-general.page:28(page/title)
9800
msgid "Networking terms & tips"
9801
msgstr ""
9802
9803
#: C/net-install-flash.page:14(info/desc)
9804
msgid ""
9805
"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
9806
"which display videos and interactive web pages."
9807
msgstr ""
9808
9809
#: C/net-install-flash.page:18(page/title)
9810
msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
9811
msgstr ""
9812
9813
#: C/net-install-flash.page:20(page/p)
9814
msgid ""
9815
"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
9816
"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
9817
"websites won't work without Flash."
9818
msgstr ""
9819
9820
#: C/net-install-flash.page:27(page/p)
9821
msgid ""
9822
"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
9823
"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
9824
"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers."
9825
msgstr ""
9826
9827
#: C/net-install-flash.page:30(steps/title)
9828
msgid "How to install Flash"
9829
msgstr ""
9830
9831
#: C/net-install-flash.page:32(item/p)
9832
msgid ""
9833
"Click <link href=\"apt:flashplugin-installer\">this link</link> to launch "
9834
"the <app>Software Center</app>."
9835
msgstr ""
9836
9837
#: C/net-install-flash.page:35(item/p)
9838
msgid ""
9839
"Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash."
9840
msgstr ""
9841
9842
#: C/net-install-flash.page:38(item/p)
9843
msgid ""
9844
"If you choose to install Flash, click <gui>Install</gui> from the Software "
9845
"Center window."
9846
msgstr ""
9847
9848
#: C/net-install-flash.page:41(item/p)
9849
msgid ""
9850
"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
9851
"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it "
9852
"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
9853
msgstr ""
9854
9855
#: C/net-install-flash.page:46(section/title)
9856
msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
9857
msgstr ""
9858
9859
#: C/net-install-flash.page:47(section/p)
9860
msgid ""
9861
"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
9862
"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
9863
"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
9864
"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
9865
msgstr ""
9866
9867
#: C/net-install-flash.page:48(section/p)
9868
msgid ""
9869
"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
9870
"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
9871
"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
9872
msgstr ""
9873
9874
#: C/net-install-flash.page:50(item/p)
9875
msgid "<link href=\"apt:browser-plugin-gnash\">Gnash</link>"
9876
msgstr ""
9877
9878
#: C/net-install-flash.page:51(item/p)
9879
msgid "<link href=\"apt:browser-plugin-lightspark\">LightSpark</link>"
9880
msgstr ""
9881
9882
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13(info/desc)
9883
msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java."
9884
msgstr ""
9885
9886
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17(page/title)
9887
msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in"
9888
msgstr ""
9889
9890
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18(page/p)
9891
msgid ""
9892
"Some websites use small <em>Java</em> programs, which require a Java plugin "
9893
"to be installed in order to run."
9894
msgstr ""
9895
9896
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20(page/p)
9897
msgid ""
9898
"<link href=\"apt:icedtea6-plugin\">Install the icedtea6-plugin "
9899
"package</link> to view Java programs in your browser."
9900
msgstr ""
9901
9902
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14(info/desc)
9903
msgid ""
9904
"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
9905
"lets you view these pages."
9906
msgstr ""
9907
9908
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18(page/title)
9909
msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
9910
msgstr ""
9911
9912
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25(page/p)
9913
msgid ""
9914
"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
9915
"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
9916
"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
9917
msgstr ""
9918
9919
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27(page/p)
9920
msgid ""
9921
"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
9922
"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
9923
"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
9924
"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
9925
msgstr ""
9926
9927
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29(page/p)
9928
msgid ""
9929
"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
9930
"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
9931
"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
9932
msgstr ""
9933
9934
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:32(page/p)
9935
msgid ""
9936
"Please see the <link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight "
9937
"website</link> for more information and installation instructions."
9938
msgstr ""
9939
9940
#: C/net-macaddress.page:18(info/desc)
9941
msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
9942
msgstr ""
9943
9944
#: C/net-macaddress.page:22(page/title)
9945
msgid "What is a MAC address?"
9946
msgstr ""
9947
9948
#: C/net-macaddress.page:24(page/p)
9949
msgid ""
9950
"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
9951
"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
9952
"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
9953
"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
9954
msgstr ""
9955
9956
#: C/net-macaddress.page:26(page/p)
9957
msgid ""
9958
"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
9959
"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
9960
msgstr ""
9961
9962
#: C/net-macaddress.page:28(page/p)
9963
msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
9964
msgstr ""
9965
9966
#: C/net-macaddress.page:31(item/p)
9967
msgid "Select <gui>Connection Information</gui>."
9968
msgstr ""
9969
9970
#: C/net-macaddress.page:32(item/p)
9971
msgid ""
9972
"Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
9973
msgstr ""
9974
9975
#: C/net-macaddress.page:35(page/p)
9976
msgid ""
9977
"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
9978
"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
9979
"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
9980
"network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
9981
"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
9982
msgstr ""
9983
9984
#: C/net-manual.page:15(info/desc)
9985
msgid ""
9986
"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
9987
"them yourself."
9988
msgstr ""
9989
9990
#: C/net-manual.page:19(page/title)
9991
msgid "Manually set network settings"
9992
msgstr ""
9993
9994
#: C/net-manual.page:21(page/p)
9995
msgid ""
9996
"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
9997
"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
9998
"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
9999
"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
10000
"router or network switch."
10001
msgstr ""
10002
10003
#: C/net-manual.page:24(steps/title)
10004
msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
10005
msgstr ""
10006
10007
#: C/net-manual.page:26(item/p)
10008
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33(item/p)
10009
#: C/net-othersedit.page:36(item/p)
10010
msgid ""
10011
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and click <gui>Edit "
10012
"Connections</gui>."
10013
msgstr ""
10014
10015
#: C/net-manual.page:30(item/p)
10016
msgid ""
10017
"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, "
10018
"if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the <gui>Wired</gui> tab."
10019
msgstr ""
10020
10021
#: C/net-manual.page:34(item/p)
10022
msgid ""
10023
"Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click "
10024
"<gui>Edit</gui>."
10025
msgstr ""
10026
10027
#: C/net-manual.page:38(item/p)
10028
msgid ""
10029
"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
10030
"<gui>Manual</gui>."
10031
msgstr ""
10032
10033
#: C/net-manual.page:42(item/p)
10034
msgid ""
10035
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
10036
"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
10037
"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
10038
"after typing each address."
10039
msgstr ""
10040
10041
#: C/net-manual.page:43(item/p)
10042
msgid ""
10043
"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
10044
"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
10045
msgstr ""
10046
10047
#: C/net-manual.page:47(item/p)
10048
msgid ""
10049
"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by "
10050
"commas."
10051
msgstr ""
10052
10053
#: C/net-manual.page:51(item/p)
10054
msgid ""
10055
"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
10056
"network icon on the menu bar and connect. Test the network settings by "
10057
"trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for "
10058
"example."
10059
msgstr ""
10060
10061
#: C/net-mobile.page:13(info/desc)
10062
msgid "Connect to the internet using mobile broadband"
10063
msgstr ""
10064
10065
#: C/net-mobile.page:17(page/title)
10066
msgid "Connect to mobile broadband"
10067
msgstr ""
10068
10069
#: C/net-mobile.page:19(page/p)
10070
msgid ""
10071
"<em>Mobile Broadband</em> refers to any kind of high speed Internet "
10072
"connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or "
10073
"mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have "
10074
"recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them."
10075
msgstr ""
10076
10077
#: C/net-mobile.page:26(page/p)
10078
msgid ""
10079
"Most mobile broadband devices should be recognised automatically when you "
10080
"connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the "
10081
"device."
10082
msgstr ""
10083
10084
#: C/net-mobile.page:33(item/p)
10085
msgid ""
10086
"The <gui>New Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard will open "
10087
"automatically when you connect the device."
10088
msgstr ""
10089
10090
#: C/net-mobile.page:39(item/p)
10091
msgid ""
10092
"Click <gui>Forward</gui> and enter your details, including the country where "
10093
"your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of "
10094
"connection (for example, <em>Contract</em> or <em>pre-pay</em>)."
10095
msgstr ""
10096
10097
#: C/net-mobile.page:47(item/p)
10098
msgid "Give your connection a name and click <gui>Apply</gui>."
10099
msgstr ""
10100
10101
#: C/net-mobile.page:52(item/p)
10102
msgid ""
10103
"Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the <gui>network "
10104
"menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select your new connection."
10105
msgstr ""
10106
10107
#: C/net-mobile.page:58(item/p)
10108
msgid ""
10109
"To disconnect, click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the menu bar and click "
10110
"<gui>Disconnect</gui>."
10111
msgstr ""
10112
10113
#: C/net-mobile.page:64(page/p)
10114
msgid ""
10115
"If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may "
10116
"still be recognised by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection "
10117
"manually."
10118
msgstr ""
10119
10120
#: C/net-mobile.page:71(item/p)
10121
msgid ""
10122
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">network menu</link> in the menu "
10123
"bar and select <gui>Edit Connections...</gui>"
10124
msgstr ""
10125
10126
#: C/net-mobile.page:77(item/p)
10127
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> tab."
10128
msgstr ""
10129
10130
#: C/net-mobile.page:82(item/p)
10131
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
10132
msgstr ""
10133
10134
#: C/net-mobile.page:87(item/p)
10135
msgid ""
10136
"This should open the <gui>New Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard. "
10137
"Enter your details as described above."
10138
msgstr ""
10139
10140
#: C/net-nonm.page:13(info/desc)
10141
msgid ""
10142
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>. Type <input>nm-"
10143
"applet</input>"
10144
msgstr ""
10145
10146
#: C/net-nonm.page:17(page/title)
10147
msgid "There's no network menu in the menu bar"
10148
msgstr ""
10149
10150
#: C/net-nonm.page:19(page/p)
10151
msgid ""
10152
"If the network menu has disappeared from the menu bar, your <app>Network "
10153
"Manager</app> may not be running. To start it up again:"
10154
msgstr ""
10155
10156
#: C/net-nonm.page:22(item/p)
10157
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
10158
msgstr ""
10159
10160
#: C/net-nonm.page:23(item/p)
10161
msgid "Type <input>nm-applet</input> and press <gui>Enter</gui>."
10162
msgstr ""
10163
10164
#: C/net-nonm.page:24(item/p)
10165
msgid ""
10166
"The <gui>Wireless Network Authentication</gui> box may pop up. Enter your "
10167
"password in the appropriate box and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
10168
msgstr ""
10169
10170
#: C/net-nonm.page:27(page/p)
10171
msgid ""
10172
"If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To "
10173
"see if this is the case, go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-"
10174
"intro\">dash</link> and open the Terminal. Type <cmd>nm-applet</cmd> and "
10175
"press <key>Enter</key> and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, "
10176
"you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell "
10177
"you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, "
10178
"ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages."
10179
msgstr ""
10180
10181
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15(info/desc)
10182
msgid ""
10183
"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
10184
"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
10185
msgstr ""
10186
10187
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19(page/title)
10188
msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
10189
msgstr ""
10190
10191
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:27(page/p)
10192
msgid ""
10193
"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
10194
"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
10195
"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
10196
"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
10197
msgstr ""
10198
10199
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:29(page/p)
10200
msgid ""
10201
"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
10202
"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
10203
"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
10204
"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
10205
msgstr ""
10206
10207
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37(item/p)
10208
msgid ""
10209
"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably "
10210
"need to switch to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab. Select the network name and "
10211
"then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
10212
msgstr ""
10213
10214
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41(item/p)
10215
msgid ""
10216
"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
10217
"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can "
10218
"do this."
10219
msgstr ""
10220
10221
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45(item/p)
10222
msgid ""
10223
"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
10224
"entering any further details."
10225
msgstr ""
10226
10227
#: C/net-othersedit.page:15(info/desc)
10228
msgid ""
10229
"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
10230
"network connection settings."
10231
msgstr ""
10232
10233
#: C/net-othersedit.page:19(page/title)
10234
msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
10235
msgstr ""
10236
10237
#: C/net-othersedit.page:27(page/p)
10238
msgid ""
10239
"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
10240
"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
10241
"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
10242
"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
10243
"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
10244
msgstr ""
10245
10246
#: C/net-othersedit.page:29(page/p)
10247
msgid ""
10248
"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
10249
"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
10250
"connection."
10251
msgstr ""
10252
10253
#: C/net-othersedit.page:31(page/p)
10254
msgid ""
10255
"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
10256
"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
10257
"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
10258
"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
10259
"the connection."
10260
msgstr ""
10261
10262
#: C/net-othersedit.page:34(steps/title)
10263
msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
10264
msgstr ""
10265
10266
#: C/net-othersedit.page:40(item/p)
10267
msgid ""
10268
"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. "
10269
"Click to select it and then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
10270
msgstr ""
10271
10272
#: C/net-othersedit.page:44(item/p)
10273
msgid ""
10274
"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
10275
"admin users can do this."
10276
msgstr ""
10277
10278
#: C/net-othersedit.page:48(item/p)
10279
msgid ""
10280
"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
10281
"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
10282
msgstr ""
10283
10284
#: C/net.page:16(info/desc)
10285
msgid ""
10286
"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
10287
"wired\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, "
10288
"<link xref=\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
10289
"email\">email accounts</link>, <link xref=\"net-chat\">instant "
10290
"messaging</link>…"
10291
msgstr ""
10292
10293
#: C/net.page:42(page/title)
10294
msgid "Networking, web, email & chat"
10295
msgstr ""
10296
10297
#: C/net-problem.page:10(info/desc)
10298
msgid ""
10299
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
10300
"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
10301
"network</link>…"
10302
msgstr ""
10303
10304
#: C/net-problem.page:21(page/title)
10305
msgid "Network problems"
10306
msgstr ""
10307
10308
#: C/net-proxy.page:14(credit/name)
10309
msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
10310
msgstr ""
10311
10312
#: C/net-proxy.page:18(info/desc)
10313
msgid ""
10314
"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
10315
"purposes."
10316
msgstr ""
10317
10318
#: C/net-proxy.page:22(page/title)
10319
msgid "Define proxy settings"
10320
msgstr ""
10321
10322
#: C/net-proxy.page:25(section/title)
10323
msgid "What is a proxy?"
10324
msgstr ""
10325
10326
#: C/net-proxy.page:27(section/p)
10327
msgid ""
10328
"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
10329
"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
10330
"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
10331
"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
10332
"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
10333
"to do security checks on websites."
10334
msgstr ""
10335
10336
#: C/net-proxy.page:36(section/title)
10337
msgid "Change proxy method"
10338
msgstr ""
10339
10340
#: C/net-proxy.page:48(item/p)
10341
msgid ""
10342
"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
10343
"the left side of the window."
10344
msgstr ""
10345
10346
#: C/net-proxy.page:51(item/p)
10347
msgid ""
10348
"Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
10349
msgstr ""
10350
10351
#: C/net-proxy.page:55(item/p)
10352
msgid ""
10353
"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
10354
"web."
10355
msgstr ""
10356
10357
#: C/net-proxy.page:58(item/title)
10358
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130(title/gui)
10359
msgid "Manual"
10360
msgstr ""
10361
10362
#: C/net-proxy.page:59(item/p)
10363
msgid ""
10364
"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
10365
"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, "
10366
"<gui>FTP</gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
10367
msgstr ""
10368
10369
#: C/net-proxy.page:63(item/title)
10370
msgid "Automatic"
10371
msgstr ""
10372
10373
#: C/net-proxy.page:64(item/p)
10374
msgid ""
10375
"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
10376
"for your system."
10377
msgstr ""
10378
10379
#: C/net-proxy.page:69(section/p)
10380
msgid ""
10381
"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
10382
"connection to use the chosen configuration."
10383
msgstr ""
10384
10385
#: C/net-security.page:10(info/desc)
10386
msgid ""
10387
"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
10388
"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
10389
msgstr ""
10390
10391
#: C/net-security.page:21(page/title)
10392
msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
10393
msgstr ""
10394
10395
#: C/net-security-tips.page:10(info/desc)
10396
msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
10397
msgstr ""
10398
10399
#: C/net-security-tips.page:15(credit/name)
10400
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:21(credit/name)
10401
#: C/printing-setup.page:29(credit/name)
10402
msgid "Steven Richards"
10403
msgstr ""
10404
10405
#: C/net-security-tips.page:21(page/title)
10406
msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
10407
msgstr ""
10408
10409
#: C/net-security-tips.page:23(page/p)
10410
msgid ""
10411
"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
10412
"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
10413
"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
10414
"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
10415
"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
10416
"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
10417
"with each distribution."
10418
msgstr ""
10419
10420
#: C/net-security-tips.page:30(page/p)
10421
msgid ""
10422
"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
10423
"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
10424
"you can still be susceptible to:"
10425
msgstr ""
10426
10427
#: C/net-security-tips.page:34(item/p)
10428
msgid ""
10429
"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
10430
"through deception)"
10431
msgstr ""
10432
10433
#: C/net-security-tips.page:35(item/p)
10434
msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
10435
msgstr ""
10436
10437
#: C/net-security-tips.page:36(item/p)
10438
msgid ""
10439
"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent "
10440
"(viruses)</link>"
10441
msgstr ""
10442
10443
#: C/net-security-tips.page:37(item/p)
10444
msgid ""
10445
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network "
10446
"access</link>"
10447
msgstr ""
10448
10449
#: C/net-security-tips.page:40(page/p)
10450
msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
10451
msgstr ""
10452
10453
#: C/net-security-tips.page:43(item/p)
10454
msgid ""
10455
"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
10456
"not know."
10457
msgstr ""
10458
10459
#: C/net-security-tips.page:44(item/p)
10460
msgid ""
10461
"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
10462
"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
10463
"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
10464
"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
10465
msgstr ""
10466
10467
#: C/net-security-tips.page:47(item/p)
10468
msgid ""
10469
"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
10470
"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
10471
"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
10472
"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
10473
msgstr ""
10474
10475
#: C/net-security-tips.page:50(item/p)
10476
msgid ""
10477
"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
10478
"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
10479
"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
10480
"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
10481
"intrusion."
10482
msgstr ""
10483
10484
#: C/net-slow.page:14(info/desc)
10485
msgid ""
10486
"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
10487
"could be a busy time of day."
10488
msgstr ""
10489
10490
#: C/net-slow.page:18(page/title)
10491
msgid "The internet seems slow"
10492
msgstr ""
10493
10494
#: C/net-slow.page:20(page/p)
10495
msgid ""
10496
"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
10497
"things that could be causing the slow down."
10498
msgstr ""
10499
10500
#: C/net-slow.page:22(page/p)
10501
msgid ""
10502
"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
10503
"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
10504
"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
10505
msgstr ""
10506
10507
#: C/net-slow.page:26(item/p)
10508
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
10509
msgstr ""
10510
10511
#: C/net-slow.page:27(item/p)
10512
msgid ""
10513
"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
10514
"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
10515
"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
10516
"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
10517
"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
10518
"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
10519
"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
10520
"evenings, for example)."
10521
msgstr ""
10522
10523
#: C/net-slow.page:31(item/p)
10524
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
10525
msgstr ""
10526
10527
#: C/net-slow.page:32(item/p)
10528
msgid ""
10529
"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
10530
"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
10531
"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
10532
msgstr ""
10533
10534
#: C/net-slow.page:36(item/p)
10535
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
10536
msgstr ""
10537
10538
#: C/net-slow.page:37(item/p)
10539
msgid ""
10540
"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
10541
"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
10542
"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
10543
msgstr ""
10544
10545
#: C/net-slow.page:41(item/p)
10546
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
10547
msgstr ""
10548
10549
#: C/net-slow.page:42(item/p)
10550
msgid ""
10551
"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
10552
"menu on the menu bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
10553
"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
10554
msgstr ""
10555
10556
#: C/net-slow.page:46(item/p)
10557
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
10558
msgstr ""
10559
10560
#: C/net-slow.page:47(item/p)
10561
msgid ""
10562
"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
10563
"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
10564
"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
10565
"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
10566
"like GPRS."
10567
msgstr ""
10568
10569
#: C/net-slow.page:51(item/p)
10570
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
10571
msgstr ""
10572
10573
#: C/net-slow.page:52(item/p)
10574
msgid ""
10575
"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
10576
"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
10577
"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
10578
"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
10579
"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
10580
msgstr ""
10581
10582
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15(info/desc)
10583
msgid ""
10584
"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
10585
"set up a VPN connection."
10586
msgstr ""
10587
10588
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19(page/title)
10589
msgid "Connect to a VPN"
10590
msgstr ""
10591
10592
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21(page/p)
10593
msgid ""
10594
"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
10595
"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
10596
"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
10597
"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
10598
"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
10599
"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
10600
"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
10601
"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
10602
"without logging in."
10603
msgstr ""
10604
10605
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23(page/p)
10606
msgid ""
10607
"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
10608
"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
10609
"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
10610
"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, open <app>Ubuntu Software "
10611
"Center</app> and search for the <app>network-manager</app> package which "
10612
"works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it. You will need to click "
10613
"the <gui>Show technical items</gui> link at the bottom of <app>Ubuntu "
10614
"Software Center</app>."
10615
msgstr ""
10616
10617
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26(note/p)
10618
msgid ""
10619
"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
10620
"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
10621
"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
10622
"different instructions to get that working."
10623
msgstr ""
10624
10625
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29(page/p)
10626
msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
10627
msgstr ""
10628
10629
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33(item/p)
10630
msgid ""
10631
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and, under <gui>VPN "
10632
"Connections</gui>, select <gui>Configure VPN</gui>."
10633
msgstr ""
10634
10635
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37(item/p)
10636
msgid ""
10637
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
10638
msgstr ""
10639
10640
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:41(item/p)
10641
msgid ""
10642
"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
10643
"details like your username and password as you go."
10644
msgstr ""
10645
10646
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:45(item/p)
10647
msgid ""
10648
"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the <gui>network menu</gui> "
10649
"on the menu bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the "
10650
"connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the "
10651
"network icon will change as it tries to connect."
10652
msgstr ""
10653
10654
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:49(item/p)
10655
msgid ""
10656
"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
10657
"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
10658
"network menu, selecting <gui>Edit Connections</gui> and going to the "
10659
"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
10660
msgstr ""
10661
10662
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:53(item/p)
10663
msgid ""
10664
"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select "
10665
"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
10666
msgstr ""
10667
10668
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14(info/desc)
10669
msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
10670
msgstr ""
10671
10672
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18(page/title)
10673
msgid "What is an IP address?"
10674
msgstr ""
10675
10676
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20(page/p)
10677
msgid ""
10678
"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
10679
"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
10680
msgstr ""
10681
10682
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
10683
msgid ""
10684
"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
10685
"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
10686
"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
10687
"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
10688
msgstr ""
10689
10690
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24(page/p)
10691
msgid ""
10692
"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
10693
"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
10694
msgstr ""
10695
10696
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26(note/p)
10697
msgid ""
10698
"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
10699
"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
10700
"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
10701
"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
10702
"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
10703
"administering a server."
10704
msgstr ""
10705
10706
#: C/net-wired.page:10(info/desc)
10707
msgid ""
10708
"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
10709
"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
10710
msgstr ""
10711
10712
#: C/net-wired.page:21(page/title)
10713
msgid "Wired Networking"
10714
msgstr ""
10715
10716
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14(info/desc)
10717
msgid ""
10718
"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
10719
"network cable."
10720
msgstr ""
10721
10722
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18(page/title)
10723
msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
10724
msgstr ""
10725
10726
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20(page/p)
10727
msgid ""
10728
"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
10729
"network cable. The network icon on the menu bar should pulse for a few "
10730
"seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
10731
msgstr ""
10732
10733
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22(page/p)
10734
msgid ""
10735
"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
10736
"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
10737
"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
10738
"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
10739
"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
10740
"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
10741
msgstr ""
10742
10743
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25(note/p)
10744
msgid ""
10745
"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
10746
"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
10747
"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
10748
msgstr ""
10749
10750
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28(page/p)
10751
msgid ""
10752
"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
10753
"(DHCP). In this case you'll have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
10754
"manually</link>."
10755
msgstr ""
10756
10757
#: C/net-wireless.page:12(info/desc)
10758
msgid ""
10759
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
10760
"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
10761
"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10762
"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
10763
msgstr ""
10764
10765
#: C/net-wireless.page:25(page/title)
10766
msgid "Wireless Networking"
10767
msgstr ""
10768
10769
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18(info/desc)
10770
msgid ""
10771
"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
10772
"its network connections."
10773
msgstr ""
10774
10775
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24(page/title)
10776
msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
10777
msgstr ""
10778
10779
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26(page/p)
10780
msgid ""
10781
"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
10782
"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
10783
"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
10784
"network or over the cellular network."
10785
msgstr ""
10786
10787
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43(item/p)
10788
msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
10789
msgstr ""
10790
10791
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44(item/p)
10792
msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
10793
msgstr ""
10794
10795
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45(item/p)
10796
msgid ""
10797
"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
10798
"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
10799
"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
10800
"to confirm."
10801
msgstr ""
10802
10803
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51(page/p)
10804
msgid ""
10805
"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
10806
"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
10807
"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
10808
msgstr ""
10809
10810
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19(info/desc)
10811
msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless."
10812
msgstr ""
10813
10814
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:23(page/title)
10815
msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
10816
msgstr ""
10817
10818
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:25(page/p)
10819
msgid ""
10820
"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
10821
"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
10822
"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
10823
"power, for example). To do this:"
10824
msgstr ""
10825
10826
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27(page/p)
10827
msgid ""
10828
"To do this, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and uncheck "
10829
"<gui>Enable Wireless</gui>. This will turn off your wireless connection "
10830
"until you switch it back on again."
10831
msgstr ""
10832
10833
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:29(page/p)
10834
msgid ""
10835
"To turn wireless back on, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar "
10836
"and select <gui>Enable Wireless</gui> so that it has a checkmark in front of "
10837
"it."
10838
msgstr ""
10839
10840
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31(note/p)
10841
msgid ""
10842
"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off <link "
10843
"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Bluetooth</link>."
10844
msgstr ""
10845
10846
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21(info/desc)
10847
msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
10848
msgstr ""
10849
10850
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:25(page/title)
10851
msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
10852
msgstr ""
10853
10854
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27(page/p)
10855
msgid ""
10856
"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
10857
"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
10858
"files on the network, and so on."
10859
msgstr ""
10860
10861
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31(item/p)
10862
msgid ""
10863
"If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it "
10864
"is turned on."
10865
msgstr ""
10866
10867
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34(item/p)
10868
msgid ""
10869
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui>, and click the "
10870
"name of the network you want to connect to."
10871
msgstr ""
10872
10873
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35(item/p)
10874
msgid ""
10875
"If the name of the network isn't in the list, select <gui>More "
10876
"Networks</gui> to see if the network is further down the list. If you still "
10877
"don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network <link "
10878
"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
10879
msgstr ""
10880
10881
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:37(item/p)
10882
msgid ""
10883
"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10884
"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
10885
"<gui>Connect</gui>."
10886
msgstr ""
10887
10888
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38(item/p)
10889
msgid ""
10890
"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
10891
"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
10892
"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
10893
msgstr ""
10894
10895
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:39(item/p)
10896
msgid ""
10897
"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
10898
"to the network."
10899
msgstr ""
10900
10901
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:41(item/p)
10902
msgid ""
10903
"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
10904
"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
10905
"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
10906
"reliable."
10907
msgstr ""
10908
10909
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:45(page/p)
10910
msgid ""
10911
"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
10912
"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
10913
"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
10914
"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
10915
"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
10916
"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
10917
"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
10918
msgstr ""
10919
10920
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:47(page/p)
10921
msgid ""
10922
"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
10923
"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
10924
"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
10925
"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
10926
"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
10927
"speeds."
10928
msgstr ""
10929
10930
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20(info/desc)
10931
msgid ""
10932
"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
10933
"properly."
10934
msgstr ""
10935
10936
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24(page/title)
10937
msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
10938
msgstr ""
10939
10940
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26(page/p)
10941
msgid ""
10942
"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
10943
"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
10944
"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
10945
"menu bar will pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, "
10946
"especially if you were using the internet at the time."
10947
msgstr ""
10948
10949
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29(section/title)
10950
msgid "Weak wireless signal"
10951
msgstr ""
10952
10953
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31(section/p)
10954
msgid ""
10955
"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
10956
"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
10957
"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
10958
"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
10959
"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
10960
msgstr ""
10961
10962
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33(section/p)
10963
msgid ""
10964
"The network icon on the menu bar displays how strong your wireless signal "
10965
"is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
10966
msgstr ""
10967
10968
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38(section/title)
10969
msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
10970
msgstr ""
10971
10972
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40(section/p)
10973
msgid ""
10974
"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
10975
"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
10976
"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
10977
"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
10978
"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
10979
"was disconnected."
10980
msgstr ""
10981
10982
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42(section/p)
10983
msgid ""
10984
"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
10985
"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
10986
"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
10987
msgstr ""
10988
10989
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47(section/title)
10990
msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
10991
msgstr ""
10992
10993
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49(section/p)
10994
msgid ""
10995
"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
10996
"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
10997
"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
10998
"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
10999
"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
11000
"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
11001
msgstr ""
11002
11003
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54(section/title)
11004
msgid "Busy wireless networks"
11005
msgstr ""
11006
11007
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56(section/p)
11008
msgid ""
11009
"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
11010
"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
11011
"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
11012
"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
11013
msgstr ""
11014
11015
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19(info/desc)
11016
msgid ""
11017
"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
11018
msgstr ""
11019
11020
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26(page/title)
11021
msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
11022
msgstr ""
11023
11024
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32(page/p)
11025
msgid ""
11026
"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
11027
"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the <gui>network "
11028
"menu</gui> in the menu bar and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
11029
msgstr ""
11030
11031
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37(note/p)
11032
msgid ""
11033
"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
11034
"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
11035
"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
11036
msgstr ""
11037
11038
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41(section/title)
11039
msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
11040
msgstr ""
11041
11042
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44(title/gui)
11043
msgid "Connect automatically"
11044
msgstr ""
11045
11046
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45(item/p)
11047
msgid ""
11048
"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
11049
"wireless network whenever it is in range."
11050
msgstr ""
11051
11052
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46(item/p)
11053
msgid ""
11054
"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
11055
"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
11056
"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
11057
"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
11058
msgstr ""
11059
11060
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50(title/gui)
11061
msgid "Available to all users"
11062
msgstr ""
11063
11064
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51(item/p)
11065
msgid ""
11066
"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
11067
"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
11068
"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
11069
"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
11070
"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
11071
"password themselves."
11072
msgstr ""
11073
11074
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52(item/p)
11075
msgid ""
11076
"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
11077
"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
11078
"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
11079
msgstr ""
11080
11081
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58(section/title)
11082
msgid "Wireless"
11083
msgstr ""
11084
11085
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61(title/gui)
11086
msgid "SSID"
11087
msgstr ""
11088
11089
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62(item/p)
11090
msgid ""
11091
"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
11092
"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
11093
"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
11094
"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
11095
msgstr ""
11096
11097
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66(title/gui)
11098
msgid "Mode"
11099
msgstr ""
11100
11101
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67(item/p)
11102
msgid ""
11103
"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an "
11104
"<gui>Infrastructure</gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to "
11105
"a central base station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where "
11106
"there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one "
11107
"another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link "
11108
"xref=\"net-adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
11109
msgstr ""
11110
11111
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68(item/p)
11112
msgid ""
11113
"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, "
11114
"<gui>Band</gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless "
11115
"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers "
11116
"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or "
11117
"only <gui>B/G</gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the "
11118
"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be "
11119
"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down "
11120
"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too."
11121
msgstr ""
11122
11123
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72(title/gui)
11124
msgid "BSSID"
11125
msgstr ""
11126
11127
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73(item/p)
11128
msgid ""
11129
"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
11130
"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
11131
"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
11132
"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link "
11133
"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an "
11134
"SSID but it will have a BSSID."
11135
msgstr ""
11136
11137
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77(title/gui)
11138
msgid "Device MAC address"
11139
msgstr ""
11140
11141
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78(item/p)
11142
msgid ""
11143
"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
11144
"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
11145
"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
11146
"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
11147
msgstr ""
11148
11149
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79(item/p)
11150
msgid ""
11151
"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
11152
msgstr ""
11153
11154
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83(title/gui)
11155
msgid "Cloned MAC address"
11156
msgstr ""
11157
11158
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84(item/p)
11159
msgid ""
11160
"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
11161
"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
11162
"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
11163
"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
11164
"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
11165
"address rather than its real one."
11166
msgstr ""
11167
11168
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88(title/gui)
11169
msgid "MTU"
11170
msgstr ""
11171
11172
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89(item/p)
11173
msgid ""
11174
"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
11175
"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
11176
"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
11177
"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
11178
"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
11179
"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
11180
msgstr ""
11181
11182
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96(section/title)
11183
msgid "Wireless Security"
11184
msgstr ""
11185
11186
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99(title/gui)
11187
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:44(section/title)
11188
msgid "Security"
11189
msgstr ""
11190
11191
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100(item/p)
11192
msgid ""
11193
"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
11194
"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
11195
"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
11196
"you're visiting and so on."
11197
msgstr ""
11198
11199
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101(item/p)
11200
msgid ""
11201
"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
11202
"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
11203
"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
11204
"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
11205
"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
11206
"encryption."
11207
msgstr ""
11208
11209
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107(section/title)
11210
msgid "IPv4 Settings"
11211
msgstr ""
11212
11213
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116(section/p)
11214
msgid ""
11215
"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
11216
"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
11217
"different ways of getting/setting that information."
11218
msgstr ""
11219
11220
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117(section/p)
11221
msgid "The following methods are available:"
11222
msgstr ""
11223
11224
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120(title/gui)
11225
msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
11226
msgstr ""
11227
11228
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121(item/p)
11229
msgid ""
11230
"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
11231
"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
11232
"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
11233
"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
11234
"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
11235
msgstr ""
11236
11237
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125(title/gui)
11238
msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
11239
msgstr ""
11240
11241
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126(item/p)
11242
msgid ""
11243
"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
11244
"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
11245
"DNS server to use)."
11246
msgstr ""
11247
11248
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131(item/p)
11249
msgid ""
11250
"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
11251
"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
11252
msgstr ""
11253
11254
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135(title/gui)
11255
msgid "Link-Local Only"
11256
msgstr ""
11257
11258
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136(item/p)
11259
msgid ""
11260
"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
11261
"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
11262
"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
11263
"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
11264
"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
11265
"so they communicate with each other."
11266
msgstr ""
11267
11268
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140(title/gui)
11269
msgid "Disabled"
11270
msgstr ""
11271
11272
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141(item/p)
11273
msgid ""
11274
"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
11275
"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
11276
"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
11277
"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
11278
msgstr ""
11279
11280
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148(section/title)
11281
msgid "IPv6 Settings"
11282
msgstr ""
11283
11284
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153(section/p)
11285
msgid ""
11286
"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
11287
"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
11288
"at the moment."
11289
msgstr ""
11290
11291
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16(info/desc)
11292
msgid ""
11293
"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
11294
"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
11295
msgstr ""
11296
11297
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20(page/title)
11298
msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
11299
msgstr ""
11300
11301
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22(page/p)
11302
msgid ""
11303
"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
11304
"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
11305
"icon on the menu bar."
11306
msgstr ""
11307
11308
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26(item/p)
11309
msgid ""
11310
"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
11311
"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
11312
"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
11313
msgstr ""
11314
11315
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30(item/p)
11316
msgid ""
11317
"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
11318
"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
11319
"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
11320
"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
11321
msgstr ""
11322
11323
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34(item/p)
11324
msgid ""
11325
"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
11326
"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
11327
msgstr ""
11328
11329
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38(item/p)
11330
msgid ""
11331
"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
11332
"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
11333
"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
11334
msgstr ""
11335
11336
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42(item/p)
11337
msgid ""
11338
"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
11339
"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
11340
msgstr ""
11341
11342
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(info/desc)
11343
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29(item/p)
11344
msgid ""
11345
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and select <gui>Connect to "
11346
"Hidden Wireless Network</gui>."
11347
msgstr ""
11348
11349
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:23(page/title)
11350
msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
11351
msgstr ""
11352
11353
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(page/p)
11354
msgid ""
11355
"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
11356
"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
11357
"click the network menu in the menu bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
11358
"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
11359
msgstr ""
11360
11361
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:32(item/p)
11362
msgid ""
11363
"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
11364
"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
11365
msgstr ""
11366
11367
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36(page/p)
11368
msgid ""
11369
"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
11370
"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
11371
"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: "
11372
"<gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
11373
msgstr ""
11374
11375
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38(page/p)
11376
msgid ""
11377
"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
11378
"for terms like WEP and WPA."
11379
msgstr ""
11380
11381
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:41(note/p)
11382
msgid ""
11383
"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
11384
"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
11385
"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
11386
"detectable."
11387
msgstr ""
11388
11389
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14(info/desc)
11390
msgid ""
11391
"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
11392
"turn the wireless card off and on again..."
11393
msgstr ""
11394
11395
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18(page/title)
11396
msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
11397
msgstr ""
11398
11399
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20(page/p)
11400
msgid ""
11401
"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
11402
"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
11403
"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
11404
msgstr ""
11405
11406
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24(item/p)
11407
msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
11408
msgstr ""
11409
11410
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25(item/p)
11411
msgid ""
11412
"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
11413
"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
11414
"wrong."
11415
msgstr ""
11416
11417
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29(item/p)
11418
msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
11419
msgstr ""
11420
11421
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30(item/p)
11422
msgid ""
11423
"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
11424
"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
11425
"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
11426
"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
11427
"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
11428
"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
11429
"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
11430
"connection)."
11431
msgstr ""
11432
11433
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34(item/p)
11434
msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
11435
msgstr ""
11436
11437
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35(item/p)
11438
msgid ""
11439
"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
11440
"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
11441
"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
11442
msgstr ""
11443
11444
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39(item/p)
11445
msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
11446
msgstr ""
11447
11448
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40(item/p)
11449
msgid ""
11450
"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
11451
"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
11452
"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
11453
"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
11454
"use trial and error to go through the different options."
11455
msgstr ""
11456
11457
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44(item/p)
11458
msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
11459
msgstr ""
11460
11461
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45(item/p)
11462
msgid ""
11463
"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
11464
"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
11465
"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
11466
"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
11467
"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
11468
"more information."
11469
msgstr ""
11470
11471
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11(credit/name)
11472
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9(credit/name)
11473
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10(credit/name)
11474
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10(credit/name)
11475
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10(credit/name)
11476
msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
11477
msgstr ""
11478
11479
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19(info/desc)
11480
msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
11481
msgstr ""
11482
11483
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23(page/title)
11484
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21(page/title)
11485
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22(page/title)
11486
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22(page/title)
11487
msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
11488
msgstr ""
11489
11490
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25(page/p)
11491
msgid ""
11492
"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
11493
"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
11494
"reason, try following the instructions here."
11495
msgstr ""
11496
11497
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27(page/p)
11498
msgid ""
11499
"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
11500
"to the internet:"
11501
msgstr ""
11502
11503
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29(item/p)
11504
msgid "Performing an initial check"
11505
msgstr ""
11506
11507
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30(item/p)
11508
msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
11509
msgstr ""
11510
11511
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31(item/p)
11512
msgid "Checking your hardware"
11513
msgstr ""
11514
11515
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32(item/p)
11516
msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
11517
msgstr ""
11518
11519
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33(item/p)
11520
msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
11521
msgstr ""
11522
11523
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35(page/p)
11524
msgid ""
11525
"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the "
11526
"page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
11527
"through each step in the guide."
11528
msgstr ""
11529
11530
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38(note/title)
11531
msgid "Using the command line"
11532
msgstr ""
11533
11534
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39(note/p)
11535
msgid ""
11536
"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
11537
"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
11538
"the <gui>dash</gui>."
11539
msgstr ""
11540
11541
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(note/p)
11542
msgid ""
11543
"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
11544
"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
11545
"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
11546
"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
11547
msgstr ""
11548
11549
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17(info/desc)
11550
msgid ""
11551
"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
11552
"you may need to find a better one."
11553
msgstr ""
11554
11555
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22(page/subtitle)
11556
msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
11557
msgstr ""
11558
11559
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26(page/p)
11560
msgid ""
11561
"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
11562
"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
11563
"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
11564
"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
11565
"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
11566
"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
11567
msgstr ""
11568
11569
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30(item/p)
11570
msgid ""
11571
"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
11572
msgstr ""
11573
11574
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31(item/p)
11575
msgid ""
11576
"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
11577
"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
11578
"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
11579
"distribution (for example, <link "
11580
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ub"
11581
"untu</link>, <link "
11582
"href=\"http://linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link "
11583
"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and "
11584
"see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to "
11585
"use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working."
11586
msgstr ""
11587
11588
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35(item/p)
11589
msgid "Look for additional open or proprietary drivers"
11590
msgstr ""
11591
11592
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36(item/p)
11593
msgid ""
11594
"Although Ubuntu includes support for a large amount of devices, some drivers "
11595
"need to be installed separately. Use the <gui>Additional Drivers</gui> tool "
11596
"to check for these extra open or <link xref=\"hardware-driver-"
11597
"proprietary\">proprietary</link> drivers."
11598
msgstr ""
11599
11600
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42(item/p)
11601
msgid ""
11602
"Click the button at the far right side of the menu bar and select "
11603
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
11604
msgstr ""
11605
11606
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:45(item/p)
11607
msgid "In the System section, click <gui>Software Sources</gui>."
11608
msgstr ""
11609
11610
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:48(item/p)
11611
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Additional Drivers</gui> tab."
11612
msgstr ""
11613
11614
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:56(item/p)
11615
msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
11616
msgstr ""
11617
11618
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:57(item/p)
11619
msgid ""
11620
"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
11621
"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
11622
"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
11623
"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
11624
"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
11625
"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
11626
"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
11627
"about how to use NDISwrapper <link "
11628
"href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main"
11629
"_Page\">here</link>. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through "
11630
"NDISwrapper."
11631
msgstr ""
11632
11633
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:58(item/p)
11634
msgid ""
11635
"Full information on ndiswrapper kept on <link "
11636
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/Driver/Ndiswrapper\">this "
11637
"page</link> including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper."
11638
msgstr ""
11639
11640
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18(info/desc)
11641
msgid ""
11642
"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
11643
"recognized properly by the computer."
11644
msgstr ""
11645
11646
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22(page/title)
11647
msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
11648
msgstr ""
11649
11650
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
11651
msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
11652
msgstr ""
11653
11654
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25(page/p)
11655
msgid ""
11656
"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
11657
"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
11658
"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
11659
msgstr ""
11660
11661
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29(item/p)
11662
msgid ""
11663
"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
11664
"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you can install the "
11665
"<app>lshw</app> program on your computer by typing <cmd>sudo apt-get install "
11666
"lshw</cmd> into the terminal."
11667
msgstr ""
11668
11669
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32(item/p)
11670
msgid ""
11671
"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
11672
"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
11673
"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
11674
msgstr ""
11675
11676
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33(item/code)
11677
#, no-wrap
11678
msgid ""
11679
"*-network\n"
11680
" description: Wireless interface\n"
11681
" product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
11682
" vendor: Intel Corporation"
11683
msgstr ""
11684
11685
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39(item/p)
11686
msgid ""
11687
"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
11688
"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
11689
msgstr ""
11690
11691
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40(item/p)
11692
msgid ""
11693
"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
11694
"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
11695
"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
11696
"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
11697
"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
11698
msgstr ""
11699
11700
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45(section/title)
11701
msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
11702
msgstr ""
11703
11704
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46(section/p)
11705
msgid ""
11706
"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
11707
"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
11708
"recognized:"
11709
msgstr ""
11710
11711
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48(item/p)
11712
msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
11713
msgstr ""
11714
11715
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50(item/p)
11716
msgid ""
11717
"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
11718
"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
11719
"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
11720
"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
11721
"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
11722
"entry might look like:"
11723
msgstr ""
11724
11725
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51(item/code)
11726
#, no-wrap
11727
msgid ""
11728
"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
11729
"Connection"
11730
msgstr ""
11731
11732
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53(item/p)
11733
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66(item/p)
11734
msgid ""
11735
"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link "
11736
"xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
11737
"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
11738
"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
11739
msgstr ""
11740
11741
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58(section/title)
11742
msgid "USB wireless adapter"
11743
msgstr ""
11744
11745
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(section/p)
11746
msgid ""
11747
"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less "
11748
"common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB "
11749
"cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) "
11750
"adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that "
11751
"it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was "
11752
"recognized:"
11753
msgstr ""
11754
11755
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61(item/p)
11756
msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
11757
msgstr ""
11758
11759
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63(item/p)
11760
msgid ""
11761
"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
11762
"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
11763
"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, "
11764
"<code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an "
11765
"example of what the entry might look like:"
11766
msgstr ""
11767
11768
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64(item/code)
11769
#, no-wrap
11770
msgid ""
11771
"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
11772
"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
11773
msgstr ""
11774
11775
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71(section/title)
11776
msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
11777
msgstr ""
11778
11779
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72(section/p)
11780
msgid ""
11781
"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
11782
"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
11783
"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
11784
msgstr ""
11785
11786
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74(item/p)
11787
msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
11788
msgstr ""
11789
11790
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76(item/p)
11791
msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
11792
msgstr ""
11793
11794
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77(item/code)
11795
#, no-wrap
11796
msgid "tail -f /var/log/dmesg"
11797
msgstr ""
11798
11799
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78(item/p)
11800
msgid ""
11801
"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
11802
"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
11803
msgstr ""
11804
11805
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80(item/p)
11806
msgid ""
11807
"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
11808
"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
11809
"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
11810
msgstr ""
11811
11812
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81(item/p)
11813
msgid ""
11814
"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press "
11815
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you "
11816
"can close the Terminal if you like."
11817
msgstr ""
11818
11819
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(item/p)
11820
msgid ""
11821
"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
11822
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
11823
"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
11824
"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
11825
msgstr ""
11826
11827
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87(section/title)
11828
msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
11829
msgstr ""
11830
11831
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(section/p)
11832
msgid ""
11833
"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
11834
"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it."
11835
msgstr ""
11836
11837
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89(section/p)
11838
msgid ""
11839
"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
11840
"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
11841
"about your wireless adapter, for example."
11842
msgstr ""
11843
11844
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18(info/desc)
11845
msgid ""
11846
"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
11847
"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
11848
msgstr ""
11849
11850
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23(page/subtitle)
11851
msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
11852
msgstr ""
11853
11854
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25(page/p)
11855
msgid ""
11856
"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
11857
"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
11858
"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
11859
"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
11860
"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
11861
"following items, if you still have them:"
11862
msgstr ""
11863
11864
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29(item/p)
11865
msgid ""
11866
"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
11867
"user guide for your router)"
11868
msgstr ""
11869
11870
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32(item/p)
11871
msgid ""
11872
"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
11873
"contains Windows drivers)"
11874
msgstr ""
11875
11876
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35(item/p)
11877
msgid ""
11878
"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
11879
"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
11880
"the device."
11881
msgstr ""
11882
11883
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38(item/p)
11884
msgid ""
11885
"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
11886
"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
11887
"carefully."
11888
msgstr ""
11889
11890
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41(item/p)
11891
msgid ""
11892
"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
11893
"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
11894
msgstr ""
11895
11896
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45(page/p)
11897
msgid ""
11898
"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
11899
"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
11900
"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
11901
"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
11902
msgstr ""
11903
11904
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47(page/p)
11905
msgid ""
11906
"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
11907
msgstr ""
11908
11909
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18(info/desc)
11910
msgid ""
11911
"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
11912
"few troubleshooting steps."
11913
msgstr ""
11914
11915
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
11916
msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
11917
msgstr ""
11918
11919
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25(page/p)
11920
msgid ""
11921
"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
11922
"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
11923
"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
11924
"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
11925
msgstr ""
11926
11927
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29(item/p)
11928
msgid ""
11929
"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
11930
"connection."
11931
msgstr ""
11932
11933
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32(item/p)
11934
msgid ""
11935
"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
11936
"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
11937
"the proper slot on your computer."
11938
msgstr ""
11939
11940
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35(item/p)
11941
msgid ""
11942
"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
11943
"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
11944
"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
11945
msgstr ""
11946
11947
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38(item/p)
11948
msgid ""
11949
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and make sure that the "
11950
"<gui>Enable Wireless</gui> setting is checked."
11951
msgstr ""
11952
11953
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41(item/p)
11954
msgid ""
11955
"Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
11956
msgstr ""
11957
11958
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42(item/p)
11959
msgid ""
11960
"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
11961
"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
11962
"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
11963
"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
11964
"connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
11965
"is working and connected to your wireless router."
11966
msgstr ""
11967
11968
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46(page/p)
11969
msgid ""
11970
"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
11971
"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
11972
"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
11973
"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
11974
"contact your ISP for support."
11975
msgstr ""
11976
11977
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48(page/p)
11978
msgid ""
11979
"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
11980
"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
11981
"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
11982
msgstr ""
11983
11984
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14(info/desc)
11985
msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
11986
msgstr ""
11987
11988
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18(page/title)
11989
msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
11990
msgstr ""
11991
11992
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20(page/p)
11993
msgid ""
11994
"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
11995
"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
11996
"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
11997
"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
11998
"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
11999
"the second version of the WPA standard."
12000
msgstr ""
12001
12002
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22(page/p)
12003
msgid ""
12004
"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
12005
"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
12006
"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
12007
"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
12008
"wireless network."
12009
msgstr ""
12010
12011
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:19(info/desc)
12012
msgid ""
12013
"Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option."
12014
msgstr ""
12015
12016
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:23(page/title)
12017
msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"
12018
msgstr ""
12019
12020
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:25(page/p)
12021
msgid ""
12022
"When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your "
12023
"computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you "
12024
"have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network "
12025
"each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the "
12026
"following:"
12027
msgstr ""
12028
12029
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33(item/p)
12030
msgid ""
12031
"Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and find the network that you "
12032
"<em>don't</em> want it to keep connecting to."
12033
msgstr ""
12034
12035
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:37(item/p)
12036
msgid ""
12037
"Click that network once to select it and click <gui>Delete</gui>. Your "
12038
"computer won't try to connect to that network any more."
12039
msgstr ""
12040
12041
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:42(page/p)
12042
msgid ""
12043
"If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select "
12044
"it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the "
12045
"network menu on the menu bar - just as you would connect to any other "
12046
"wireless network."
12047
msgstr ""
12048
12049
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:10(info/desc)
12050
msgid ""
12051
"Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old."
12052
msgstr ""
12053
12054
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:21(page/title)
12055
msgid "An error reports my battery has low capacity"
12056
msgstr ""
12057
12058
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:28(page/p)
12059
msgid "When you first log in, you might see a message that says:"
12060
msgstr ""
12061
12062
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:30(quote/p)
12063
msgid ""
12064
"<em>Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means "
12065
"that it may be old or broken.</em>"
12066
msgstr ""
12067
12068
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:33(page/p)
12069
msgid ""
12070
"This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not "
12071
"capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your "
12072
"battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry."
12073
msgstr ""
12074
12075
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:35(page/p)
12076
msgid ""
12077
"Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a "
12078
"while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a "
12079
"fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is "
12080
"shown when this happens."
12081
msgstr ""
12082
12083
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:37(page/p)
12084
msgid ""
12085
"If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of "
12086
"holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your "
12087
"battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement."
12088
msgstr ""
12089
12090
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10(info/desc)
12091
msgid ""
12092
"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
12093
"an estimate."
12094
msgstr ""
12095
12096
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28(page/title)
12097
msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
12098
msgstr ""
12099
12100
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30(page/p)
12101
msgid ""
12102
"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
12103
"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
12104
"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
12105
"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
12106
msgstr ""
12107
12108
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35(page/p)
12109
msgid ""
12110
"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
12111
"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
12112
"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
12113
"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
12114
"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for "
12115
"example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
12116
msgstr ""
12117
12118
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42(page/p)
12119
msgid ""
12120
"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
12121
"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
12122
"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
12123
msgstr ""
12124
12125
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46(page/p)
12126
msgid ""
12127
"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
12128
"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
12129
"will never be completely accurate, though."
12130
msgstr ""
12131
12132
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51(note/p)
12133
msgid ""
12134
"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
12135
"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
12136
"make a sensible estimate."
12137
msgstr ""
12138
12139
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54(note/p)
12140
msgid ""
12141
"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
12142
"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
12143
"data it needs."
12144
msgstr ""
12145
12146
#: C/power-batterylife.page:10(info/desc)
12147
msgid "Tips to reduce your computer's power consumption."
12148
msgstr ""
12149
12150
#: C/power-batterylife.page:28(page/title)
12151
msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
12152
msgstr ""
12153
12154
#: C/power-batterylife.page:30(page/p)
12155
msgid ""
12156
"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
12157
"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you "
12158
"have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run "
12159
"on battery power."
12160
msgstr ""
12161
12162
#: C/power-batterylife.page:35(section/title)
12163
msgid "General tips"
12164
msgstr ""
12165
12166
#: C/power-batterylife.page:38(item/p)
12167
msgid ""
12168
"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
12169
"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
12170
"can be woken up very quickly."
12171
msgstr ""
12172
12173
#: C/power-batterylife.page:43(item/p)
12174
msgid ""
12175
"Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some "
12176
"people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out "
12177
"faster, but this isn't the case."
12178
msgstr ""
12179
12180
#: C/power-batterylife.page:48(item/p)
12181
msgid ""
12182
"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>System Settings</app> to change "
12183
"your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save "
12184
"power: you can <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the "
12185
"display after a certain time; <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">reduce the "
12186
"display brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link "
12187
"xref=\"power-suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it "
12188
"for a certain period of time."
12189
msgstr ""
12190
12191
#: C/power-batterylife.page:57(item/p)
12192
msgid ""
12193
"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you're not "
12194
"using them."
12195
msgstr ""
12196
12197
#: C/power-batterylife.page:64(section/title)
12198
msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
12199
msgstr ""
12200
12201
#: C/power-batterylife.page:68(item/p)
12202
msgid ""
12203
"<link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">Reduce the screen brightness</link>; "
12204
"powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power "
12205
"consumption."
12206
msgstr ""
12207
12208
#: C/power-batterylife.page:71(item/p)
12209
msgid ""
12210
"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
12211
"can use to reduce the brightness."
12212
msgstr ""
12213
12214
#: C/power-batterylife.page:75(item/p)
12215
msgid ""
12216
"If you don't need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
12217
"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
12218
"which takes quite a bit of power."
12219
msgstr ""
12220
12221
#: C/power-batterylife.page:78(item/p)
12222
msgid ""
12223
"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
12224
"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
12225
"turn it on again when you need it."
12226
msgstr ""
12227
12228
#: C/power-batterylife.page:86(section/title)
12229
msgid "More advanced tips"
12230
msgstr ""
12231
12232
#: C/power-batterylife.page:90(item/p)
12233
msgid ""
12234
"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
12235
"more power when they have more work to do."
12236
msgstr ""
12237
12238
#: C/power-batterylife.page:92(item/p)
12239
msgid ""
12240
"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
12241
"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
12242
"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
12243
msgstr ""
12244
12245
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10(info/desc)
12246
msgid "Tips such as \"Don't let the battery charge get too low\""
12247
msgstr ""
12248
12249
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28(page/title)
12250
msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
12251
msgstr ""
12252
12253
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30(page/p)
12254
msgid ""
12255
"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
12256
"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
12257
"their useful lifetime, although you shouldn't expect a big difference."
12258
msgstr ""
12259
12260
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36(item/p)
12261
msgid ""
12262
"Don't let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
12263
"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
12264
"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
12265
"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
12266
"discharged is worse for the battery."
12267
msgstr ""
12268
12269
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43(item/p)
12270
msgid ""
12271
"Heat has a detrimental effect on the battery's charging efficiency. Don't "
12272
"let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
12273
msgstr ""
12274
12275
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47(item/p)
12276
msgid ""
12277
"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There's little advantage in "
12278
"buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
12279
"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
12280
msgstr ""
12281
12282
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54(note/p)
12283
msgid ""
12284
"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
12285
"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
12286
"treatment."
12287
msgstr ""
12288
12289
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(info/desc)
12290
msgid ""
12291
"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
12292
msgstr ""
12293
12294
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19(page/title)
12295
msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it's on battery?"
12296
msgstr ""
12297
12298
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21(page/p)
12299
msgid ""
12300
"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
12301
"order to conserve power. The laptop's processor (CPU) switches to a slower "
12302
"speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery "
12303
"should last longer."
12304
msgstr ""
12305
12306
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26(page/p)
12307
msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
12308
msgstr ""
12309
12310
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11(info/desc)
12311
msgid ""
12312
"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
12313
"cause of this problem."
12314
msgstr ""
12315
12316
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24(page/title)
12317
msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
12318
msgstr ""
12319
12320
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26(page/p)
12321
msgid ""
12322
"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
12323
"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
12324
"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
12325
"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
12326
"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
12327
"them in Linux is difficult."
12328
msgstr ""
12329
12330
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33(page/p)
12331
msgid ""
12332
"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
12333
"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
12334
"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
12335
"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
12336
"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
12337
msgstr ""
12338
12339
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39(page/p)
12340
msgid ""
12341
"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
12342
"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
12343
"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
12344
"different estimates."
12345
msgstr ""
12346
12347
#: C/power-closelid.page:11(info/desc)
12348
msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
12349
msgstr ""
12350
12351
#: C/power-closelid.page:24(page/title)
12352
msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
12353
msgstr ""
12354
12355
#: C/power-closelid.page:26(page/p)
12356
msgid ""
12357
"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
12358
"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
12359
"the computer isn't actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can "
12360
"resume it by opening the lid. If it doesn't resume, try clicking the mouse "
12361
"or pressing a key. If that still doesn't work, press the power button."
12362
msgstr ""
12363
12364
#: C/power-closelid.page:32(page/p)
12365
msgid ""
12366
"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
12367
"hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
12368
"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
12369
"unable to resume your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to "
12370
"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
12371
"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
12372
msgstr ""
12373
12374
#: C/power-closelid.page:40(section/title)
12375
msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
12376
msgstr ""
12377
12378
#: C/power-closelid.page:41(section/p)
12379
msgid ""
12380
"If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
12381
"change the settings for that behavior:"
12382
msgstr ""
12383
12384
#: C/power-closelid.page:43(note/p)
12385
msgid ""
12386
"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
12387
"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
12388
"confined place like a backpack."
12389
msgstr ""
12390
12391
#: C/power-closelid.page:50(item/p)
12392
msgid "In the <gui>Hardware</gui> section, click <gui>Power</gui>."
12393
msgstr ""
12394
12395
#: C/power-closelid.page:51(item/p)
12396
msgid ""
12397
"Set the drop-down menus next to <gui>When the lid is closed</gui> to <gui>Do "
12398
"nothing</gui>."
12399
msgstr ""
12400
12401
#: C/power-constantfan.page:9(info/desc)
12402
msgid ""
12403
"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
12404
"hot."
12405
msgstr ""
12406
12407
#: C/power-constantfan.page:19(page/title)
12408
msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
12409
msgstr ""
12410
12411
#: C/power-constantfan.page:21(page/p)
12412
msgid ""
12413
"If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the "
12414
"hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported "
12415
"in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans "
12416
"efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux "
12417
"at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time."
12418
msgstr ""
12419
12420
#: C/power-constantfan.page:27(page/p)
12421
msgid ""
12422
"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
12423
"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link "
12424
"href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to "
12425
"control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is "
12426
"quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of "
12427
"your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for "
12428
"your computer."
12429
msgstr ""
12430
12431
#: C/power-constantfan.page:35(page/p)
12432
msgid ""
12433
"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
12434
"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
12435
"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
12436
"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
12437
"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
12438
"laptop which may help."
12439
msgstr ""
12440
12441
#: C/power-hibernate.page:11(info/desc)
12442
msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported.."
12443
msgstr ""
12444
12445
#: C/power-hibernate.page:30(page/title)
12446
msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
12447
msgstr ""
12448
12449
#: C/power-hibernate.page:32(page/p)
12450
msgid ""
12451
"When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
12452
"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
12453
"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
12454
"you switch on the computer again."
12455
msgstr ""
12456
12457
#: C/power-hibernate.page:37(page/p)
12458
msgid ""
12459
"Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't "
12460
"work</link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect "
12461
"your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer "
12462
"back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
12463
msgstr ""
12464
12465
#: C/power-hibernate.page:43(section/title)
12466
msgid "Test if hibernate works"
12467
msgstr ""
12468
12469
#: C/power-hibernate.page:46(note/title)
12470
msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
12471
msgstr ""
12472
12473
#: C/power-hibernate.page:47(note/p)
12474
msgid ""
12475
"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
12476
"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
12477
"recovered when you switch on the computer again."
12478
msgstr ""
12479
12480
#: C/power-hibernate.page:52(section/p)
12481
msgid ""
12482
"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
12483
msgstr ""
12484
12485
#: C/power-hibernate.page:58(when/p)
12486
msgid ""
12487
"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
12488
"<key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for "
12489
"<input>terminal</input> in the <gui>dash</gui>."
12490
msgstr ""
12491
12492
#: C/power-hibernate.page:62(choose/p)
12493
msgid ""
12494
"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
12495
"<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
12496
msgstr ""
12497
12498
#: C/power-hibernate.page:67(item/p)
12499
msgid ""
12500
"Type <cmd>sudo pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
12501
"<key>Enter</key>."
12502
msgstr ""
12503
12504
#: C/power-hibernate.page:68(item/p)
12505
msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
12506
msgstr ""
12507
12508
#: C/power-hibernate.page:71(item/p)
12509
msgid ""
12510
"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
12511
"re-open?"
12512
msgstr ""
12513
12514
#: C/power-hibernate.page:73(item/p)
12515
msgid ""
12516
"If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
12517
"as your available RAM."
12518
msgstr ""
12519
12520
#: C/power-hibernate.page:81(section/title)
12521
msgid "Enable hibernate"
12522
msgstr ""
12523
12524
#: C/power-hibernate.page:83(section/p)
12525
msgid ""
12526
"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>sudo pm-"
12527
"hibernate</cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
12528
msgstr ""
12529
12530
#: C/power-hibernate.page:86(section/p)
12531
msgid ""
12532
"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
12533
"favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-"
12534
"local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the "
12535
"file and save:"
12536
msgstr ""
12537
12538
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10(info/desc)
12539
msgid ""
12540
"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
12541
"can be damaging."
12542
msgstr ""
12543
12544
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20(page/title)
12545
msgid "My computer gets really hot"
12546
msgstr ""
12547
12548
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22(page/p)
12549
msgid ""
12550
"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
12551
"normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, "
12552
"if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, "
12553
"which can potentially cause damage."
12554
msgstr ""
12555
12556
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27(page/p)
12557
msgid ""
12558
"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
12559
"It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
12560
"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
12561
"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
12562
"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
12563
"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
12564
"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
12565
"cooling."
12566
msgstr ""
12567
12568
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35(page/p)
12569
msgid ""
12570
"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
12571
"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
12572
"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
12573
"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
12574
"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
12575
"computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool "
12576
"air fast enough."
12577
msgstr ""
12578
12579
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48(page/p)
12580
msgid ""
12581
"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
12582
"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
12583
"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
12584
"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
12585
"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
12586
"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
12587
msgstr ""
12588
12589
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55(page/p)
12590
msgid ""
12591
"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
12592
"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
12593
"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
12594
"probably need to get it repaired."
12595
msgstr ""
12596
12597
#: C/power-lowpower.page:9(info/desc)
12598
msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
12599
msgstr ""
12600
12601
#: C/power-lowpower.page:22(page/title)
12602
msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?"
12603
msgstr ""
12604
12605
#: C/power-lowpower.page:24(page/p)
12606
msgid ""
12607
"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
12608
"automatically <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link>. It does this to "
12609
"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad "
12610
"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have "
12611
"time to shut down properly either."
12612
msgstr ""
12613
12614
#: C/power-lowpower.page:30(page/p)
12615
msgid ""
12616
"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by clicking "
12617
"the <gui>battery menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and selecting "
12618
"<gui>Power Settings</gui>. Look at the <gui>When power is critically "
12619
"low</gui> setting. You can choose for the computer to suspend, <link "
12620
"xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link> or shut down. If you choose shut "
12621
"down, your applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the "
12622
"computer turns off."
12623
msgstr ""
12624
12625
#: C/power-lowpower.page:36(page/p)
12626
msgid ""
12627
"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the "
12628
"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
12629
"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
12630
"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to <link "
12631
"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with suspend</link> though."
12632
msgstr ""
12633
12634
#: C/power-nowireless.page:13(info/desc)
12635
msgid ""
12636
"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
12637
"and doesn't resume properly."
12638
msgstr ""
12639
12640
#: C/power-nowireless.page:26(page/title)
12641
msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
12642
msgstr ""
12643
12644
#: C/power-nowireless.page:28(page/p)
12645
msgid ""
12646
"If you have suspended your computer, you may find that your wireless "
12647
"internet connection doesn't work when you wake it up again. This happens "
12648
"when the wireless device's <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> "
12649
"don't fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless "
12650
"connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed."
12651
msgstr ""
12652
12653
#: C/power-nowireless.page:34(page/p)
12654
msgid ""
12655
"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
12656
msgstr ""
12657
12658
#: C/power-nowireless.page:37(item/p)
12659
msgid ""
12660
"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
12661
"Settings</gui>"
12662
msgstr ""
12663
12664
#: C/power-nowireless.page:40(item/p)
12665
msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
12666
msgstr ""
12667
12668
#: C/power-nowireless.page:43(item/p)
12669
msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
12670
msgstr ""
12671
12672
#: C/power-nowireless.page:46(item/p)
12673
msgid ""
12674
"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
12675
"then switch it off again"
12676
msgstr ""
12677
12678
#: C/power-nowireless.page:50(page/p)
12679
msgid ""
12680
"If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work "
12681
"again."
12682
msgstr ""
12683
12684
#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(info/desc)
12685
msgid ""
12686
"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
12687
"travel adapter."
12688
msgstr ""
12689
12690
#: C/power-othercountry.page:23(page/title)
12691
msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
12692
msgstr ""
12693
12694
#: C/power-othercountry.page:25(page/p)
12695
msgid ""
12696
"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
12697
"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
12698
"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
12699
"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
12700
msgstr ""
12701
12702
#: C/power-othercountry.page:30(page/p)
12703
msgid ""
12704
"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
12705
"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
12706
"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
12707
"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
12708
msgstr ""
12709
12710
#: C/power-othercountry.page:35(page/p)
12711
msgid ""
12712
"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
12713
"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
12714
"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
12715
"computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
12716
"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
12717
"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
12718
"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
12719
msgstr ""
12720
12721
#: C/power-othercountry.page:44(note/p)
12722
msgid ""
12723
"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
12724
"everything off first if you can."
12725
msgstr ""
12726
12727
#: C/power.page:11(credit/name)
12728
msgid "Natalia Ruz"
12729
msgstr ""
12730
12731
#: C/power.page:16(info/desc)
12732
msgid ""
12733
"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-"
12734
"batterylife\">energy savings</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
12735
"dimming</link>…"
12736
msgstr ""
12737
12738
#: C/power.page:24(page/title)
12739
msgid "Power & battery"
12740
msgstr ""
12741
12742
#: C/power.page:32(section/title)
12743
msgid "Battery settings"
12744
msgstr ""
12745
12746
#: C/power.page:37(info/title)
12747
msgctxt "link"
12748
msgid "Power problems"
12749
msgstr ""
12750
12751
#: C/power.page:39(info/desc)
12752
msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
12753
msgstr ""
12754
12755
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10(info/desc)
12756
msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
12757
msgstr ""
12758
12759
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24(page/title)
12760
msgid "Why won't my computer turn back on after I suspended it?"
12761
msgstr ""
12762
12763
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26(page/p)
12764
msgid ""
12765
"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
12766
"hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
12767
"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
12768
"because suspend and hibernate aren't supported properly by your hardware."
12769
msgstr ""
12770
12771
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(section/title)
12772
msgid "My computer is suspended and isn't resuming"
12773
msgstr ""
12774
12775
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(section/p)
12776
msgid ""
12777
"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
12778
"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this "
12779
"doesn't happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold it in, just press "
12780
"it once)."
12781
msgstr ""
12782
12783
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38(section/p)
12784
msgid ""
12785
"If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
12786
"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
12787
msgstr ""
12788
12789
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40(section/p)
12790
msgid ""
12791
"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
12792
"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
12793
"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
12794
msgstr ""
12795
12796
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43(section/p)
12797
msgid ""
12798
"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
12799
"may not work with your hardware."
12800
msgstr ""
12801
12802
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46(note/p)
12803
msgid ""
12804
"If your computer loses power and doesn't have an alternative power supply "
12805
"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
12806
msgstr ""
12807
12808
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52(section/title)
12809
msgid ""
12810
"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
12811
msgstr ""
12812
12813
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54(section/p)
12814
msgid ""
12815
"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
12816
"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate "
12817
"properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the "
12818
"computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It "
12819
"might also happen because you had installed a software update which required "
12820
"the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down "
12821
"instead of hibernating."
12822
msgstr ""
12823
12824
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61(section/p)
12825
msgid ""
12826
"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
12827
"the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem "
12828
"with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by "
12829
"hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, it "
12830
"is probably a problem with your computer's drivers."
12831
msgstr ""
12832
12833
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69(section/title)
12834
msgid ""
12835
"My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my "
12836
"computer"
12837
msgstr ""
12838
12839
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71(section/p)
12840
msgid ""
12841
"If you suspend your computer and then resume it again, you may find that "
12842
"your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work properly. "
12843
"This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support suspend "
12844
"or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with the "
12845
"driver</link> and not the device itself."
12846
msgstr ""
12847
12848
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77(section/p)
12849
msgid ""
12850
"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
12851
"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
12852
"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
12853
"works."
12854
msgstr ""
12855
12856
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81(section/p)
12857
msgid ""
12858
"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
12859
"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
12860
msgstr ""
12861
12862
#: C/power-suspend.page:8(info/desc)
12863
msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
12864
msgstr ""
12865
12866
#: C/power-suspend.page:23(page/title)
12867
msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
12868
msgstr ""
12869
12870
#: C/power-suspend.page:31(page/p)
12871
msgid ""
12872
"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
12873
"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
12874
"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
12875
"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
12876
"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
12877
"pressing the power button."
12878
msgstr ""
12879
12880
#: C/power-suspend.page:38(page/p)
12881
msgid ""
12882
"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
12883
"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
12884
"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
12885
"if it does work before relying on it."
12886
msgstr ""
12887
12888
#: C/power-suspend.page:44(note/title)
12889
msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
12890
msgstr ""
12891
12892
#: C/power-suspend.page:45(note/p)
12893
msgid ""
12894
"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
12895
"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
12896
"recovered when you resume the computer again."
12897
msgstr ""
12898
12899
#: C/power-whydim.page:10(info/desc)
12900
msgid ""
12901
"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
12902
"computer is idle in order to save power."
12903
msgstr ""
12904
12905
#: C/power-whydim.page:19(page/title)
12906
msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
12907
msgstr ""
12908
12909
#: C/power-whydim.page:25(page/p)
12910
msgid ""
12911
"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
12912
"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
12913
"computer again, the screen will brighten."
12914
msgstr ""
12915
12916
#: C/power-whydim.page:27(page/p)
12917
msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
12918
msgstr ""
12919
12920
#: C/power-whydim.page:34(item/p)
12921
msgid ""
12922
"Open <gui>Brightness and Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
12923
"power</gui>."
12924
msgstr ""
12925
12926
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10(info/desc)
12927
msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
12928
msgstr ""
12929
12930
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19(page/title)
12931
msgid "My computer will not turn on"
12932
msgstr ""
12933
12934
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21(page/p)
12935
msgid ""
12936
"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
12937
"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
12938
msgstr ""
12939
12940
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(section/title)
12941
msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
12942
msgstr ""
12943
12944
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33(section/p)
12945
msgid ""
12946
"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
12947
"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
12948
"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
12949
"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
12950
"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it's "
12951
"removable."
12952
msgstr ""
12953
12954
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(section/title)
12955
msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
12956
msgstr ""
12957
12958
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43(section/p)
12959
msgid ""
12960
"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
12961
"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
12962
"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the "
12963
"memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
12964
msgstr ""
12965
12966
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50(section/title)
12967
msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
12968
msgstr ""
12969
12970
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51(section/p)
12971
msgid ""
12972
"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
12973
"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
12974
"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
12975
"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
12976
"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
12977
"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
12978
"for repairs."
12979
msgstr ""
12980
12981
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61(section/title)
12982
msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
12983
msgstr ""
12984
12985
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62(section/p)
12986
msgid ""
12987
"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
12988
msgstr ""
12989
12990
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64(section/p)
12991
msgid ""
12992
"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
12993
"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
12994
"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
12995
msgstr ""
12996
12997
#: C/prefs.page:7(info/title)
12998
msgctxt "link:trail"
12999
msgid "Settings"
13000
msgstr ""
13001
13002
#: C/prefs.page:14(info/desc)
13003
msgid ""
13004
"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
13005
"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
13006
"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user "
13007
"accounts</link>…"
13008
msgstr ""
13009
13010
#: C/prefs.page:24(page/title)
13011
msgid "User & system settings"
13012
msgstr ""
13013
13014
#: C/prefs-language.page:13(info/desc)
13015
msgid ""
13016
"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
13017
"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
13018
"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
13019
msgstr ""
13020
13021
#: C/prefs-display.page:13(info/desc)
13022
msgid ""
13023
"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
13024
"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-"
13025
"dimscreen\">brightness</link>…"
13026
msgstr ""
13027
13028
#: C/prefs-display.page:22(page/title)
13029
msgid "Display & screen"
13030
msgstr ""
13031
13032
#: C/printing.page:15(info/desc)
13033
msgid ""
13034
"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
13035
"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
13036
"and multi-page</link>…"
13037
msgstr ""
13038
13039
#: C/printing.page:36(info/title)
13040
msgctxt "link:trail"
13041
msgid "Setup"
13042
msgstr ""
13043
13044
#: C/printing.page:38(section/title)
13045
msgid "Set up a printer"
13046
msgstr ""
13047
13048
#: C/printing.page:43(info/title)
13049
msgctxt "link:trail"
13050
msgid "Sizes and layouts"
13051
msgstr ""
13052
13053
#: C/printing.page:45(section/title)
13054
msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
13055
msgstr ""
13056
13057
#: C/printing.page:51(info/desc)
13058
msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
13059
msgstr ""
13060
13061
#: C/printing.page:53(section/title)
13062
msgid "Printer problems"
13063
msgstr ""
13064
13065
#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(info/desc)
13066
msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
13067
msgstr ""
13068
13069
#: C/printing-2sided.page:23(page/title)
13070
msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
13071
msgstr ""
13072
13073
#: C/printing-2sided.page:25(page/p)
13074
msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
13075
msgstr ""
13076
13077
#: C/printing-2sided.page:29(item/p)
13078
#: C/printing-order.page:32(item/p)
13079
#: C/printing-order.page:50(item/p)
13080
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
13081
msgstr ""
13082
13083
#: C/printing-2sided.page:32(item/p)
13084
msgid ""
13085
"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
13086
"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
13087
"sided printing is not available for your printer."
13088
msgstr ""
13089
13090
#: C/printing-2sided.page:35(item/p)
13091
msgid ""
13092
"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
13093
"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
13094
msgstr ""
13095
13096
#: C/printing-2sided.page:39(item/p)
13097
msgid ""
13098
"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
13099
"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
13100
msgstr ""
13101
13102
#: C/printing-2sided.page:44(note/p)
13103
msgid ""
13104
"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
13105
"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
13106
"be available."
13107
msgstr ""
13108
13109
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:8(info/desc)
13110
msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
13111
msgstr ""
13112
13113
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23(page/title)
13114
msgid "Cancel a print job"
13115
msgstr ""
13116
13117
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25(page/p)
13118
msgid ""
13119
"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the "
13120
"print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon in "
13121
"the <gui>menu bar</gui>. In the <gui>Print Status</gui> window, select the "
13122
"print job you want to cancel and click the red <gui>Cancel</gui> button."
13123
msgstr ""
13124
13125
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(page/p)
13126
msgid ""
13127
"If this doesn't cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the "
13128
"<gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
13129
msgstr ""
13130
13131
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32(page/p)
13132
msgid ""
13133
"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
13134
"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
13135
"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
13136
"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
13137
"and then on again."
13138
msgstr ""
13139
13140
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:39(note/p)
13141
msgid ""
13142
"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
13143
"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
13144
"probably just leave it where it is."
13145
msgstr ""
13146
13147
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(info/desc)
13148
msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
13149
msgstr ""
13150
13151
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25(page/title)
13152
msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
13153
msgstr ""
13154
13155
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27(page/p)
13156
msgid ""
13157
"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
13158
"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
13159
"document."
13160
msgstr ""
13161
13162
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32(item/p)
13163
#: C/printing-select.page:24(item/p)
13164
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
13165
msgstr ""
13166
13167
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33(item/p)
13168
msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
13169
msgstr ""
13170
13171
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34(item/p)
13172
msgid ""
13173
"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
13174
"drop-down list."
13175
msgstr ""
13176
13177
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36(item/p)
13178
msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
13179
msgstr ""
13180
13181
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39(page/p)
13182
msgid ""
13183
"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
13184
"orientation:"
13185
msgstr ""
13186
13187
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43(p/gui)
13188
msgid "Portrait"
13189
msgstr ""
13190
13191
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44(p/gui)
13192
msgid "Landscape"
13193
msgstr ""
13194
13195
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45(p/gui)
13196
msgid "Reverse portrait"
13197
msgstr ""
13198
13199
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46(p/gui)
13200
msgid "Reverse landscape"
13201
msgstr ""
13202
13203
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(info/desc)
13204
msgid ""
13205
"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
13206
"the correct paper size."
13207
msgstr ""
13208
13209
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24(page/title)
13210
msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
13211
msgstr ""
13212
13213
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26(page/p)
13214
msgid ""
13215
"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
13216
"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
13217
"example."
13218
msgstr ""
13219
13220
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31(section/title)
13221
msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
13222
msgstr ""
13223
13224
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33(section/p)
13225
msgid ""
13226
"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an "
13227
"envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. "
13228
"After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the "
13229
"<gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as "
13230
"\"Envelope\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the "
13231
"<gui>Paper size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of "
13232
"envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
13233
msgstr ""
13234
13235
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41(section/p)
13236
msgid ""
13237
"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
13238
"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
13239
"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
13240
"which way is the right way up."
13241
msgstr ""
13242
13243
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47(note/p)
13244
msgid ""
13245
"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
13246
"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
13247
"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
13248
msgstr ""
13249
13250
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8(info/desc)
13251
msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
13252
msgstr ""
13253
13254
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19(page/title)
13255
msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
13256
msgstr ""
13257
13258
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21(page/p)
13259
msgid ""
13260
"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
13261
"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
13262
"installed on your computer."
13263
msgstr ""
13264
13265
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25(page/p)
13266
msgid ""
13267
"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
13268
"information."
13269
msgstr ""
13270
13271
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28(page/p)
13272
msgid ""
13273
"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
13274
"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
13275
"proprietary drivers with similar features."
13276
msgstr ""
13277
13278
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32(page/p)
13279
msgid ""
13280
"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
13281
"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
13282
"printers. See if your printer is on the <link "
13283
"href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported\">list of supported "
13284
"models</link>. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other "
13285
"printers is <app>mktink</app>."
13286
msgstr ""
13287
13288
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39(page/p)
13289
msgid ""
13290
"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
13291
"designed to report their ink levels."
13292
msgstr ""
13293
13294
#: C/printing-order.page:8(info/desc)
13295
msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
13296
msgstr ""
13297
13298
#: C/printing-order.page:23(page/title)
13299
msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
13300
msgstr ""
13301
13302
#: C/printing-order.page:26(section/title)
13303
msgid "Reverse"
13304
msgstr ""
13305
13306
#: C/printing-order.page:27(section/p)
13307
msgid ""
13308
"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
13309
"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
13310
"reverse this printing order."
13311
msgstr ""
13312
13313
#: C/printing-order.page:30(section/p)
13314
msgid "To reverse the order:"
13315
msgstr ""
13316
13317
#: C/printing-order.page:33(item/p)
13318
msgid ""
13319
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
13320
"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
13321
msgstr ""
13322
13323
#: C/printing-order.page:40(section/title)
13324
msgid "Collate"
13325
msgstr ""
13326
13327
#: C/printing-order.page:43(section/p)
13328
msgid ""
13329
"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
13330
"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
13331
"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
13332
"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
13333
"instead."
13334
msgstr ""
13335
13336
#: C/printing-order.page:48(section/p)
13337
msgid "To Collate:"
13338
msgstr ""
13339
13340
#: C/printing-order.page:51(item/p)
13341
msgid ""
13342
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
13343
"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
13344
msgstr ""
13345
13346
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8(info/desc)
13347
msgid ""
13348
"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
13349
"you have."
13350
msgstr ""
13351
13352
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20(page/title)
13353
msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
13354
msgstr ""
13355
13356
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(page/p)
13357
msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
13358
msgstr ""
13359
13360
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(page/p)
13361
msgid ""
13362
"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
13363
"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
13364
"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
13365
"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
13366
msgstr ""
13367
13368
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29(page/p)
13369
msgid ""
13370
"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
13371
"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
13372
"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
13373
"print job again."
13374
msgstr ""
13375
13376
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
13377
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
13378
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
13379
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
13380
#: C/printing-select.page:35(media)
13381
msgctxt "_"
13382
msgid ""
13383
"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
13384
"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
13385
msgstr ""
13386
13387
#: C/printing-select.page:7(info/desc)
13388
msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
13389
msgstr ""
13390
13391
#: C/printing-select.page:18(page/title)
13392
msgid "Print only certain pages"
13393
msgstr ""
13394
13395
#: C/printing-select.page:20(page/p)
13396
msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
13397
msgstr ""
13398
13399
#: C/printing-select.page:25(item/p)
13400
msgid ""
13401
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
13402
"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
13403
msgstr ""
13404
13405
#: C/printing-select.page:27(item/p)
13406
msgid ""
13407
"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
13408
"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
13409
msgstr ""
13410
13411
#: C/printing-select.page:32(note/p)
13412
msgid ""
13413
"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
13414
"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
13415
msgstr ""
13416
13417
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:8(info/desc)
13418
msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
13419
msgstr ""
13420
13421
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:27(page/title)
13422
msgid "Set the default printer"
13423
msgstr ""
13424
13425
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:28(page/p)
13426
msgid ""
13427
"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
13428
"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
13429
msgstr ""
13430
13431
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35(item/p)
13432
#: C/printing-setup.page:64(item/p)
13433
msgid "Open <gui>Printers</gui>."
13434
msgstr ""
13435
13436
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38(item/p)
13437
msgid ""
13438
"Right click your desired default printer from the list of available "
13439
"printers, and click <gui>Set as Default</gui>."
13440
msgstr ""
13441
13442
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:42(page/p)
13443
msgid ""
13444
"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
13445
"unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job."
13446
msgstr ""
13447
13448
#: C/printing-setup.page:8(info/desc)
13449
msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
13450
msgstr ""
13451
13452
#: C/printing-setup.page:35(page/title)
13453
msgid "Set up a local printer"
13454
msgstr ""
13455
13456
#: C/printing-setup.page:36(page/p)
13457
msgid ""
13458
"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
13459
"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
13460
"your computer."
13461
msgstr ""
13462
13463
#: C/printing-setup.page:46(item/p)
13464
msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
13465
msgstr ""
13466
13467
#: C/printing-setup.page:48(item/p)
13468
msgid ""
13469
"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
13470
"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
13471
"asked to authenticate to install them."
13472
msgstr ""
13473
13474
#: C/printing-setup.page:52(item/p)
13475
msgid ""
13476
"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
13477
"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or "
13478
"<gui>Configure</gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
13479
msgstr ""
13480
13481
#: C/printing-setup.page:58(page/p)
13482
msgid ""
13483
"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
13484
"settings."
13485
msgstr ""
13486
13487
#: C/printing-setup.page:65(item/p)
13488
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and select the printer from the Devices window."
13489
msgstr ""
13490
13491
#: C/printing-setup.page:66(item/p)
13492
msgid "Click <gui>Forward</gui> and wait while it searches for drivers."
13493
msgstr ""
13494
13495
#: C/printing-setup.page:67(item/p)
13496
msgid ""
13497
"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. "
13498
"When finished, click <gui>Apply</gui>."
13499
msgstr ""
13500
13501
#: C/printing-setup.page:69(item/p)
13502
msgid ""
13503
"You can now print a test page or click <gui>Cancel</gui> to skip that step."
13504
msgstr ""
13505
13506
#: C/printing-setup.page:73(note/p)
13507
msgid ""
13508
"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked "
13509
"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the "
13510
"make and model screens."
13511
msgstr ""
13512
13513
#: C/printing-setup.page:83(page/p)
13514
msgid ""
13515
"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
13516
"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
13517
msgstr ""
13518
13519
#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(info/desc)
13520
msgid ""
13521
"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
13522
"or clean the print head."
13523
msgstr ""
13524
13525
#: C/printing-streaks.page:21(page/title)
13526
msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
13527
msgstr ""
13528
13529
#: C/printing-streaks.page:29(page/p)
13530
msgid ""
13531
"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
13532
"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
13533
"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
13534
msgstr ""
13535
13536
#: C/printing-streaks.page:35(item/p)
13537
msgid "Fading text or images"
13538
msgstr ""
13539
13540
#: C/printing-streaks.page:36(item/p)
13541
msgid ""
13542
"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
13543
"a new cartridge if necessary."
13544
msgstr ""
13545
13546
#: C/printing-streaks.page:41(item/p)
13547
msgid "Streaks and lines"
13548
msgstr ""
13549
13550
#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(item/p)
13551
msgid ""
13552
"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
13553
"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
13554
"instructions)."
13555
msgstr ""
13556
13557
#: C/printing-streaks.page:48(item/p)
13558
msgid "Wrong colors"
13559
msgstr ""
13560
13561
#: C/printing-streaks.page:49(item/p)
13562
msgid ""
13563
"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your "
13564
"ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
13565
msgstr ""
13566
13567
#: C/printing-streaks.page:54(item/p)
13568
msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
13569
msgstr ""
13570
13571
#: C/printing-streaks.page:55(item/p)
13572
msgid ""
13573
"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
13574
"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
13575
"details on how to do this."
13576
msgstr ""
13577
13578
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:7(info/desc)
13579
msgid "How and where to report problems with Ubuntu."
13580
msgstr ""
13581
13582
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:17(page/title)
13583
msgid "Report a problem in Ubuntu"
13584
msgstr ""
13585
13586
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:19(page/p)
13587
msgid ""
13588
"If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a <em>bug report</em>."
13589
msgstr ""
13590
13591
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:23(item/p)
13592
msgid ""
13593
"Type <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type <input>ubuntu-bug "
13594
"nameofprogram</input>"
13595
msgstr ""
13596
13597
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:25(item/p)
13598
msgid ""
13599
"If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, "
13600
"just type <input>ubuntu-bug</input>"
13601
msgstr ""
13602
13603
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:29(item/p)
13604
msgid ""
13605
"After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information "
13606
"about the bug. This may take a few minutes. Review the collected information "
13607
"if you wish. Click <gui>Send</gui> to continue."
13608
msgstr ""
13609
13610
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:34(item/p)
13611
msgid ""
13612
"A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu "
13613
"uses the website <app>Launchpad</app> to manage its bug reports. If you do "
13614
"not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a "
13615
"bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking "
13616
"<gui>Create a new account</gui>."
13617
msgstr ""
13618
13619
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:41(item/p)
13620
msgid ""
13621
"After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the "
13622
"summary field."
13623
msgstr ""
13624
13625
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:44(item/p)
13626
msgid ""
13627
"After clicking <gui>Next</gui> Launchpad will search for similar bugs in "
13628
"case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has "
13629
"already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can "
13630
"also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with "
13631
"fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click <gui>No, I need "
13632
"to report a new bug</gui>."
13633
msgstr ""
13634
13635
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:50(item/p)
13636
msgid ""
13637
"Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's "
13638
"important that you specify three things:"
13639
msgstr ""
13640
13641
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:53(item/p)
13642
msgid "What you expected to happen"
13643
msgstr ""
13644
13645
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54(item/p)
13646
msgid "What actually happened"
13647
msgstr ""
13648
13649
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55(item/p)
13650
msgid ""
13651
"If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where "
13652
"step 1 is \"start the program\""
13653
msgstr ""
13654
13655
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:58(item/p)
13656
msgid ""
13657
"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
13658
"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!"
13659
msgstr ""
13660
13661
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:62(note/p)
13662
msgid ""
13663
"If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that "
13664
"the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official "
13665
"Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug "
13666
"reporting tool."
13667
msgstr ""
13668
13669
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:66(page/p)
13670
msgid ""
13671
"For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the "
13672
"extensive <link "
13673
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ReportingBugs\">online "
13674
"documentation</link>."
13675
msgstr ""
13676
13677
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:10(info/desc)
13678
msgid "Take a picture of what's happening on your screen."
13679
msgstr ""
13680
13681
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:16(credit/years)
13682
msgid "2011"
13683
msgstr ""
13684
13685
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:27(page/title)
13686
msgid "Screenshots"
13687
msgstr ""
13688
13689
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:29(page/p)
13690
msgid ""
13691
"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>). This is "
13692
"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
13693
"example. Screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them "
13694
"and share them on the web."
13695
msgstr ""
13696
13697
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32(section/title)
13698
msgid "Take a screenshot"
13699
msgstr ""
13700
13701
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:33(section/p)
13702
msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:"
13703
msgstr ""
13704
13705
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:35(item/p)
13706
msgid "Go to the <gui>dash</gui> and open the <app>Screenshot</app> tool."
13707
msgstr ""
13708
13709
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:38(item/p)
13710
msgid ""
13711
"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the entire "
13712
"desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need "
13713
"to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then "
13714
"choose any effects you want."
13715
msgstr ""
13716
13717
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:45(item/p)
13718
msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
13719
msgstr ""
13720
13721
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:46(item/p)
13722
msgid ""
13723
"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
13724
"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
13725
msgstr ""
13726
13727
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51(item/p)
13728
msgid ""
13729
"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
13730
"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
13731
msgstr ""
13732
13733
#: C/session-formats.page:17(info/desc)
13734
msgid ""
13735
"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
13736
msgstr ""
13737
13738
#: C/session-formats.page:23(page/title)
13739
msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
13740
msgstr ""
13741
13742
#: C/session-formats.page:25(page/p)
13743
msgid ""
13744
"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
13745
"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
13746
msgstr ""
13747
13748
#: C/session-formats.page:30(item/p)
13749
msgid ""
13750
"Open <gui>Language Support</gui> and select the <gui>Regional Formats</gui> "
13751
"tab."
13752
msgstr ""
13753
13754
#: C/session-formats.page:31(item/p)
13755
msgid ""
13756
"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
13757
"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
13758
"<gui>Language</gui> tab."
13759
msgstr ""
13760
13761
#: C/session-formats.page:34(item/p)
13762
msgid ""
13763
"You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the "
13764
"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log "
13765
"out."
13766
msgstr ""
13767
13768
#: C/session-formats.page:39(page/p)
13769
msgid ""
13770
"After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various "
13771
"examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the "
13772
"examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
13773
"calendars."
13774
msgstr ""
13775
13776
#: C/session-formats.page:49(section/title)
13777
msgid "Change the system formats"
13778
msgstr ""
13779
13780
#: C/session-formats.page:51(section/p)
13781
msgid ""
13782
"When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account "
13783
"after you log in. You can also change the <em>system formats</em>, the "
13784
"formats used in places like the login screen."
13785
msgstr ""
13786
13787
#: C/session-formats.page:56(item/p)
13788
msgid "Change your formats, as described above."
13789
msgstr ""
13790
13791
#: C/session-formats.page:57(item/p)
13792
#: C/session-language.page:69(item/p)
13793
msgid "Click <gui>Apply System-Wide</gui>."
13794
msgstr ""
13795
13796
#: C/session-formats.page:58(item/p)
13797
#: C/session-language.page:70(item/p)
13798
msgid ""
13799
"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
13800
"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
13801
"administrator account."
13802
msgstr ""
13803
13804
#: C/session-formats.page:63(note/p)
13805
#: C/session-language.page:75(note/p)
13806
msgid ""
13807
"You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in "
13808
"<link href=\"ghelp:language-selector\">Language Support Help</link>."
13809
msgstr ""
13810
13811
#: C/session-language.page:8(info/desc)
13812
msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
13813
msgstr ""
13814
13815
#: C/session-language.page:28(page/title)
13816
msgid "Change which language you use"
13817
msgstr ""
13818
13819
#: C/session-language.page:36(page/p)
13820
msgid ""
13821
"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
13822
"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
13823
msgstr ""
13824
13825
#: C/session-language.page:41(item/p)
13826
msgid "Click <gui>Language Support</gui>."
13827
msgstr ""
13828
13829
#: C/session-language.page:42(item/p)
13830
msgid ""
13831
"Select your desired language on the <gui>Language</gui> tab. Drag the "
13832
"language to the top of the list."
13833
msgstr ""
13834
13835
#: C/session-language.page:43(item/p)
13836
msgid ""
13837
"You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click "
13838
"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to "
13839
"log out."
13840
msgstr ""
13841
13842
#: C/session-language.page:49(note/p)
13843
msgid ""
13844
"Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not "
13845
"support your language at all."
13846
msgstr ""
13847
13848
#: C/session-language.page:53(page/p)
13849
msgid ""
13850
"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
13851
"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
13852
"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
13853
"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
13854
"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
13855
"update the folder names."
13856
msgstr ""
13857
13858
#: C/session-language.page:61(section/title)
13859
msgid "Change the system language"
13860
msgstr ""
13861
13862
#: C/session-language.page:63(section/p)
13863
msgid ""
13864
"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
13865
"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
13866
"in places like the login screen."
13867
msgstr ""
13868
13869
#: C/session-language.page:68(item/p)
13870
msgid "Change your language, as described above."
13871
msgstr ""
13872
13873
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10(info/desc)
13874
msgid ""
13875
"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Brightness and "
13876
"Lock</gui> settings."
13877
msgstr ""
13878
13879
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:20(page/title)
13880
msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
13881
msgstr ""
13882
13883
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:22(page/p)
13884
msgid ""
13885
"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
13886
"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
13887
"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
13888
"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
13889
"too quickly."
13890
msgstr ""
13891
13892
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:28(page/p)
13893
msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
13894
msgstr ""
13895
13896
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32(item/p)
13897
msgid "Click <gui>Brightness and Lock</gui>."
13898
msgstr ""
13899
13900
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:33(item/p)
13901
msgid "Change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after</gui> drop-down list."
13902
msgstr ""
13903
13904
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37(note/p)
13905
msgid ""
13906
"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
13907
"<gui>Lock</gui> off."
13908
msgstr ""
13909
13910
#: C/sharing.page:8(info/desc)
13911
msgid ""
13912
"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
13913
"remote-login\">remote login</link>"
13914
msgstr ""
13915
13916
#: C/sharing.page:21(page/title)
13917
msgid "Sharing"
13918
msgstr ""
13919
13920
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:14(info/desc)
13921
msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
13922
msgstr ""
13923
13924
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:18(page/title)
13925
msgid "Share your desktop"
13926
msgstr ""
13927
13928
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:20(page/p)
13929
msgid ""
13930
"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
13931
"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <app>Desktop Sharing</app> to "
13932
"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
13933
msgstr ""
13934
13935
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:26(item/p)
13936
msgid "In the <gui>dash</gui>, open <app>Desktop Sharing</app>."
13937
msgstr ""
13938
13939
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:29(item/p)
13940
msgid ""
13941
"To let others view your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to view your "
13942
"desktop</gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to "
13943
"connect to your computer and view what's on your screen."
13944
msgstr ""
13945
13946
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35(item/p)
13947
msgid ""
13948
"To let others interact with your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to "
13949
"control your desktop</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your "
13950
"mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the "
13951
"security settings which you are currently using."
13952
msgstr ""
13953
13954
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:46(section/p)
13955
msgid ""
13956
"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
13957
"option means before changing it."
13958
msgstr ""
13959
13960
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:50(item/title)
13961
msgid "Confirm access to your machine"
13962
msgstr ""
13963
13964
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:51(item/p)
13965
msgid ""
13966
"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
13967
"desktop, select <gui>You must confirm each access to this machine</gui>. If "
13968
"you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow "
13969
"someone to connect to your computer."
13970
msgstr ""
13971
13972
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:56(note/p)
13973
msgid "This option is enabled by default."
13974
msgstr ""
13975
13976
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60(item/title)
13977
msgid "Enable password"
13978
msgstr ""
13979
13980
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:61(item/p)
13981
msgid ""
13982
"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
13983
"select <gui>Require the user to enter this password</gui>. If you do not use "
13984
"this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
13985
msgstr ""
13986
13987
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:65(note/p)
13988
msgid ""
13989
"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
13990
"secure password."
13991
msgstr ""
13992
13993
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:70(item/title)
13994
msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet"
13995
msgstr ""
13996
13997
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:71(item/p)
13998
msgid ""
13999
"If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is "
14000
"enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to "
14001
"view your desktop. To allow this, select <gui>Automatically configure UPnP "
14002
"router to open and forward ports</gui>. Alternatively, you can configure "
14003
"your router manually."
14004
msgstr ""
14005
14006
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77(note/p)
14007
msgid "This option is disabled by default."
14008
msgstr ""
14009
14010
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:84(section/title)
14011
msgid "Show notification area icon"
14012
msgstr ""
14013
14014
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:85(section/p)
14015
msgid ""
14016
"To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to "
14017
"enable this option. If you select <gui>Always</gui>, this icon will be "
14018
"visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not."
14019
msgstr ""
14020
14021
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:89(note/p)
14022
msgid ""
14023
"If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your "
14024
"desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings."
14025
msgstr ""
14026
14027
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:13(info/desc)
14028
msgid "Log in to your remote desktops from the login screen."
14029
msgstr ""
14030
14031
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:17(page/title)
14032
msgid "What is remote login?"
14033
msgstr ""
14034
14035
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:19(page/p)
14036
msgid ""
14037
"You can use Ubuntu as a remote desktop client straight from the login screen "
14038
"using Ubuntu's <link xref=\"shell-guest-session\">guest session</link> "
14039
"feature. This means you don't need a local account on the client computer. "
14040
"The Remote Desktop Protocol is the only supported protocol so far."
14041
msgstr ""
14042
14043
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:25(page/p)
14044
msgid ""
14045
"The system is designed so that <app>Ubuntu One</app> securely stores your "
14046
"login information so that instead of needing to remember your credentials "
14047
"for multiple remote computers, you can just enter your Ubuntu One email and "
14048
"password to log in."
14049
msgstr ""
14050
14051
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:29(note/p)
14052
msgid ""
14053
"Ubuntu also includes the <app>Remmina</app> remote desktop client if you'd "
14054
"prefer to connect to remote computers while logged in as a regular user."
14055
msgstr ""
14056
14057
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:33(section/title)
14058
msgid "Turn off remote login"
14059
msgstr ""
14060
14061
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:35(section/p)
14062
msgid ""
14063
"If you don't want to use remote login from the login screen, you can easily "
14064
"remove the remote login service."
14065
msgstr ""
14066
14067
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:40(item/p)
14068
msgid ""
14069
"Click <link href=\"apt:remote-login-service\">this link</link> to open the "
14070
"Software Center."
14071
msgstr ""
14072
14073
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11(info/desc)
14074
msgid "Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the launcher."
14075
msgstr ""
14076
14077
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:27(page/title)
14078
msgid "Change which applications show in the launcher"
14079
msgstr ""
14080
14081
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:29(page/p)
14082
msgid ""
14083
"To add an application to the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-"
14084
"intro\">launcher</link> for easy access:"
14085
msgstr ""
14086
14087
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:31(item/p)
14088
msgid ""
14089
"Drag the application's icon from the <link xref=\"unity-dash-"
14090
"intro\">dash</link> onto the launcher."
14091
msgstr ""
14092
14093
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:33(item/p)
14094
msgid ""
14095
"Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the "
14096
"application icon and select <gui>Lock to Launcher</gui>."
14097
msgstr ""
14098
14099
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37(page/p)
14100
msgid ""
14101
"The launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the "
14102
"launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location."
14103
msgstr ""
14104
14105
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:39(page/p)
14106
msgid ""
14107
"To remove an application icon from the launcher, right click on the "
14108
"application icon and select <gui>Unlock from Launcher</gui>."
14109
msgstr ""
14110
14111
#: C/shell-exit.page:11(info/desc)
14112
msgid ""
14113
"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
14114
"so on."
14115
msgstr ""
14116
14117
#: C/shell-exit.page:29(page/title)
14118
msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
14119
msgstr ""
14120
14121
#: C/shell-exit.page:37(page/p)
14122
msgid ""
14123
"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
14124
"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
14125
msgstr ""
14126
14127
#: C/shell-exit.page:41(section/title)
14128
msgid "Log out or switch users"
14129
msgstr ""
14130
14131
#: C/shell-exit.page:42(section/p)
14132
msgid ""
14133
"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
14134
"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
14135
"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
14136
"when you log back in."
14137
msgstr ""
14138
14139
#: C/shell-exit.page:46(section/p)
14140
msgid ""
14141
"To log out or switch users, click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-"
14142
"intro\">system menu</link> at the very right of the menu bar and select the "
14143
"appropriate option."
14144
msgstr ""
14145
14146
#: C/shell-exit.page:54(section/title)
14147
msgid "Lock the screen"
14148
msgstr ""
14149
14150
#: C/shell-exit.page:55(section/p)
14151
msgid ""
14152
"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
14153
"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
14154
"applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If "
14155
"you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain "
14156
"amount of time."
14157
msgstr ""
14158
14159
#: C/shell-exit.page:61(section/p)
14160
msgid ""
14161
"To lock your screen, click the <gui>system menu</gui> in the menu bar and "
14162
"select <gui>Lock Screen</gui>."
14163
msgstr ""
14164
14165
#: C/shell-exit.page:64(section/p)
14166
msgid ""
14167
"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
14168
"clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back "
14169
"to your desktop when they are finished."
14170
msgstr ""
14171
14172
#: C/shell-exit.page:73(section/title)
14173
msgid "Suspend"
14174
msgstr ""
14175
14176
#: C/shell-exit.page:75(section/p)
14177
msgid ""
14178
"To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a "
14179
"laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
14180
"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
14181
"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
14182
"suspend."
14183
msgstr ""
14184
14185
#: C/shell-exit.page:81(section/p)
14186
msgid ""
14187
"To suspend your computer manually, click the <gui>system menu</gui> in the "
14188
"menu bar and select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
14189
msgstr ""
14190
14191
#: C/shell-exit.page:86(section/title)
14192
msgid "Power off or restart"
14193
msgstr ""
14194
14195
#: C/shell-exit.page:88(section/p)
14196
msgid ""
14197
"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
14198
"the <gui>system menu</gui> and select <gui>Shut Down</gui>."
14199
msgstr ""
14200
14201
#: C/shell-exit.page:92(section/p)
14202
msgid ""
14203
"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
14204
"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
14205
"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
14206
msgstr ""
14207
14208
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:9(info/desc)
14209
msgid "Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner."
14210
msgstr ""
14211
14212
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:12(credit/name)
14213
msgid "Gunnar Hjalmarsson"
14214
msgstr ""
14215
14216
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:18(page/title)
14217
msgid "Launch a restricted guest session"
14218
msgstr ""
14219
14220
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:21(section/title)
14221
msgid "Temporary session with restricted privileges"
14222
msgstr ""
14223
14224
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:23(section/p)
14225
msgid ""
14226
"Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow "
14227
"your computer. The Ubuntu <app>Guest Session</app> feature provides a "
14228
"convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to "
14229
"someone else. A guest session can be launched either from the login screen "
14230
"or from within a regular session. If you are currently logged in, click the "
14231
"icon at the far right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>Guest "
14232
"Session</gui>. This will lock the screen for your own session and start the "
14233
"guest session."
14234
msgstr ""
14235
14236
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:30(section/p)
14237
msgid ""
14238
"A guest cannot view the home folders of other users, and by default any "
14239
"saved data or changed settings will be removed/reset at logout. It means "
14240
"that each session starts with a fresh environment, unaffected by what "
14241
"previous guests did."
14242
msgstr ""
14243
14244
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:37(section/title)
14245
msgid "Customization"
14246
msgstr ""
14247
14248
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:39(section/p)
14249
msgid ""
14250
"The <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CustomizeGuestSession\"> "
14251
"Customize Guest Session</link> online tutorial explains how to customize the "
14252
"appearance and behavior."
14253
msgstr ""
14254
14255
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10(info/desc)
14256
msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
14257
msgstr ""
14258
14259
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:21(page/title)
14260
msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
14261
msgstr ""
14262
14263
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:23(page/p)
14264
msgid ""
14265
"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
14266
"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
14267
"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
14268
"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
14269
msgstr ""
14270
14271
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:29(table/title)
14272
msgid "Getting around the desktop"
14273
msgstr ""
14274
14275
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:35(td/p)
14276
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
14277
msgstr ""
14278
14279
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:35(td/p)
14280
msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
14281
msgstr ""
14282
14283
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39(td/p)
14284
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
14285
msgstr ""
14286
14287
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40(td/p)
14288
msgid ""
14289
"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between "
14290
"windows.</link> Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
14291
msgstr ""
14292
14293
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:45(td/p)
14294
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
14295
msgstr ""
14296
14297
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:46(td/p)
14298
msgid ""
14299
"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
14300
"application after <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
14301
msgstr ""
14302
14303
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48(td/p)
14304
msgid ""
14305
"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
14306
"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is "
14307
"<key>Alt</key> plus whatever key is above <key>Tab</key>."
14308
msgstr ""
14309
14310
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53(td/p)
14311
msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
14312
msgstr ""
14313
14314
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:54(td/p)
14315
msgid ""
14316
"Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all <link xref=\"shell-"
14317
"workspaces\">workspaces</link>."
14318
msgstr ""
14319
14320
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(td/p)
14321
msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>W</key></keyseq>"
14322
msgstr ""
14323
14324
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58(td/p)
14325
msgid "Activate \"Expo\" mode. Show all windows from current workspace."
14326
msgstr ""
14327
14328
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61(td/p)
14329
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Arrow keys</key></keyseq>"
14330
msgstr ""
14331
14332
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62(td/p)
14333
msgid ""
14334
"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces.</link>"
14335
msgstr ""
14336
14337
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:66(td/p)
14338
msgid ""
14339
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>Arrow "
14340
"keys</key></keyseq>"
14341
msgstr ""
14342
14343
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67(td/p)
14344
msgid ""
14345
"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
14346
"different workspace.</link>"
14347
msgstr ""
14348
14349
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:71(td/p)
14350
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
14351
msgstr ""
14352
14353
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:72(td/p)
14354
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out.</link>"
14355
msgstr ""
14356
14357
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:75(td/p)
14358
msgid ""
14359
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-"
14360
"key\">Super</key><key>D</key></keyseq>"
14361
msgstr ""
14362
14363
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76(td/p)
14364
msgid ""
14365
"Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your "
14366
"windows."
14367
msgstr ""
14368
14369
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:79(td/p)
14370
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
14371
msgstr ""
14372
14373
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80(td/p)
14374
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
14375
msgstr ""
14376
14377
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85(table/title)
14378
msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
14379
msgstr ""
14380
14381
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:87(td/p)
14382
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
14383
msgstr ""
14384
14385
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:88(td/p)
14386
msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
14387
msgstr ""
14388
14389
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:91(td/p)
14390
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
14391
msgstr ""
14392
14393
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92(td/p)
14394
msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
14395
msgstr ""
14396
14397
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:95(td/p)
14398
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
14399
msgstr ""
14400
14401
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96(td/p)
14402
msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
14403
msgstr ""
14404
14405
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:99(td/p)
14406
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
14407
msgstr ""
14408
14409
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100(td/p)
14410
msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
14411
msgstr ""
14412
14413
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103(td/p)
14414
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
14415
msgstr ""
14416
14417
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:104(td/p)
14418
msgid "Undo the last action."
14419
msgstr ""
14420
14421
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:109(table/title)
14422
msgid "Capturing from the screen"
14423
msgstr ""
14424
14425
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:111(td/p)
14426
msgid "<key>Print Screen</key>"
14427
msgstr ""
14428
14429
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:112(td/p)
14430
msgid ""
14431
"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
14432
msgstr ""
14433
14434
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115(td/p)
14435
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq>"
14436
msgstr ""
14437
14438
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116(td/p)
14439
msgid ""
14440
"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a "
14441
"window.</link>"
14442
msgstr ""
14443
14444
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120(td/p)
14445
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq>"
14446
msgstr ""
14447
14448
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121(td/p)
14449
msgid ""
14450
"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
14451
"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
14452
"select an area."
14453
msgstr ""
14454
14455
#: C/shell-overview.page:9(info/title)
14456
msgctxt "link:trail"
14457
msgid "Desktop"
14458
msgstr ""
14459
14460
#: C/shell-overview.page:11(info/desc)
14461
msgid ""
14462
"<link xref=\"unity-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
14463
"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
14464
"windows\">windows</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-install\">install "
14465
"additional software</link>…"
14466
msgstr ""
14467
14468
#: C/shell-overview.page:28(page/title)
14469
msgid "Desktop, apps & windows"
14470
msgstr ""
14471
14472
#: C/shell-overview.page:33(section/title)
14473
msgid "The Desktop"
14474
msgstr ""
14475
14476
#: C/shell-overview.page:37(section/title)
14477
msgid "Applications and windows"
14478
msgstr ""
14479
14480
#: C/shell-overview.page:41(section/title)
14481
msgid "Add and remove software"
14482
msgstr ""
14483
14484
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:10(info/desc)
14485
msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
14486
msgstr ""
14487
14488
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:22(page/title)
14489
msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
14490
msgstr ""
14491
14492
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24(page/p)
14493
msgid ""
14494
"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
14495
"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
14496
"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
14497
"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
14498
"for details."
14499
msgstr ""
14500
14501
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:30(page/p)
14502
msgid ""
14503
"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
14504
"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
14505
"keyboard, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and <key><link xref=\"windows-"
14506
"key\">Super</link></key> and press <key>↑</key>."
14507
msgstr ""
14508
14509
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:35(page/p)
14510
msgid ""
14511
"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
14512
"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
14513
"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the keyboard shortcut "
14514
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super</link></key> "
14515
"<key>↓</key></keyseq>."
14516
msgstr ""
14517
14518
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41(note/p)
14519
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:40(note/p)
14520
msgid ""
14521
"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
14522
msgstr ""
14523
14524
#: C/shell-windows.page:9(info/desc)
14525
msgid "Move and organize your windows."
14526
msgstr ""
14527
14528
#: C/shell-windows.page:21(page/title)
14529
msgid "Windows and workspaces"
14530
msgstr ""
14531
14532
#: C/shell-windows.page:23(page/p)
14533
msgid ""
14534
"Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running "
14535
"applications. Using both the <gui>dash</gui> and the <gui>launcher</gui>, "
14536
"you can launch new applications and control which window is active."
14537
msgstr ""
14538
14539
#: C/shell-windows.page:25(page/p)
14540
msgid ""
14541
"In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within "
14542
"workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn "
14543
"how to use these features."
14544
msgstr ""
14545
14546
#: C/shell-windows.page:49(info/title)
14547
msgctxt "link:trail"
14548
msgid "Windows"
14549
msgstr ""
14550
14551
#: C/shell-windows.page:51(section/title)
14552
msgid "Working with windows"
14553
msgstr ""
14554
14555
#: C/shell-windows.page:56(info/title)
14556
msgctxt "link:trail"
14557
msgid "Workspaces"
14558
msgstr ""
14559
14560
#: C/shell-windows.page:58(section/title)
14561
msgid "Working with workspaces"
14562
msgstr ""
14563
14564
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10(info/desc)
14565
msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide."
14566
msgstr ""
14567
14568
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23(page/title)
14569
msgid "Window operations"
14570
msgstr ""
14571
14572
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25(page/p)
14573
msgid "Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow."
14574
msgstr ""
14575
14576
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:29(section/title)
14577
msgid "Minimize, restore and close"
14578
msgstr ""
14579
14580
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:31(section/p)
14581
msgid "To minimize or hide a window:"
14582
msgstr ""
14583
14584
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34(item/p)
14585
msgid ""
14586
"Click the <gui>-</gui> in the top left hand corner of the application's "
14587
"<gui>menu bar</gui>. If the application is maximized (taking up your whole "
14588
"screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, "
14589
"the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window."
14590
msgstr ""
14591
14592
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:39(item/p)
14593
msgid ""
14594
"Or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the "
14595
"window menu. Then press <key>n</key>. The window 'disappears' into the "
14596
"launcher."
14597
msgstr ""
14598
14599
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:45(section/p)
14600
msgid "To restore the window:"
14601
msgstr ""
14602
14603
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:48(item/p)
14604
msgid ""
14605
"Click on it in the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">launcher</link> or "
14606
"retrieve it from the window switcher by pressing "
14607
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
14608
msgstr ""
14609
14610
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:54(section/p)
14611
msgid "To close the window:"
14612
msgstr ""
14613
14614
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:57(item/p)
14615
msgid "Click the <gui>x</gui> in the top left hand corner of the window, or"
14616
msgstr ""
14617
14618
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:60(item/p)
14619
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>, or"
14620
msgstr ""
14621
14622
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:63(item/p)
14623
msgid ""
14624
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window "
14625
"menu. Then press <key>c</key>."
14626
msgstr ""
14627
14628
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:71(section/title)
14629
msgid "Resize"
14630
msgstr ""
14631
14632
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:74(note/p)
14633
msgid "A window cannot be resized if it is <em>maximized</em>."
14634
msgstr ""
14635
14636
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76(section/p)
14637
msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:"
14638
msgstr ""
14639
14640
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79(item/p)
14641
msgid ""
14642
"Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a "
14643
"'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction."
14644
msgstr ""
14645
14646
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83(section/p)
14647
msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:"
14648
msgstr ""
14649
14650
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86(item/p)
14651
msgid ""
14652
"Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a "
14653
"'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally."
14654
msgstr ""
14655
14656
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90(section/p)
14657
msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:"
14658
msgstr ""
14659
14660
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93(item/p)
14661
msgid ""
14662
"Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes "
14663
"into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to "
14664
"resize the window vertically."
14665
msgstr ""
14666
14667
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103(section/title)
14668
msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace"
14669
msgstr ""
14670
14671
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105(section/p)
14672
msgid "To place two windows side by side:"
14673
msgstr ""
14674
14675
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108(item/p)
14676
msgid ""
14677
"Click on the <gui>title bar</gui> of a window and drag it toward the left "
14678
"edge of the screen. When the <gui>mouse pointer</gui> touches the edge, the "
14679
"left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and "
14680
"the window will fill the left half of the screen."
14681
msgstr ""
14682
14683
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112(item/p)
14684
msgid ""
14685
"Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is "
14686
"highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen."
14687
msgstr ""
14688
14689
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118(note/p)
14690
msgid ""
14691
"Pressing <key>Alt</key> + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move "
14692
"the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the <gui>title "
14693
"bar</gui> of an application."
14694
msgstr ""
14695
14696
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:11(info/desc)
14697
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
14698
msgstr ""
14699
14700
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:26(page/title)
14701
msgid "Switch between windows"
14702
msgstr ""
14703
14704
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:34(section/title)
14705
msgid "From the launcher"
14706
msgstr ""
14707
14708
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36(item/p)
14709
msgid ""
14710
"Show the <gui>launcher</gui> by moving your mouse to the top left corner of "
14711
"your screen."
14712
msgstr ""
14713
14714
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:39(item/p)
14715
msgid ""
14716
"Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. "
14717
"Click on a running application icon to switch to it."
14718
msgstr ""
14719
14720
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:43(item/p)
14721
msgid ""
14722
"If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple "
14723
"white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show "
14724
"all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to."
14725
msgstr ""
14726
14727
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52(section/title)
14728
msgid "From the keyboard"
14729
msgstr ""
14730
14731
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54(item/p)
14732
msgid ""
14733
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to bring up the "
14734
"<gui>window switcher</gui>."
14735
msgstr ""
14736
14737
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57(item/p)
14738
msgid ""
14739
"Release <key>Alt</key> to select the next (highlighted) window in the "
14740
"switcher."
14741
msgstr ""
14742
14743
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59(item/p)
14744
msgid ""
14745
"Otherwise, still holding down the <key>Alt</key> key, press <key>Tab</key> "
14746
"to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
14747
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
14748
msgstr ""
14749
14750
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64(note/p)
14751
msgid ""
14752
"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
14753
"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through."
14754
msgstr ""
14755
14756
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68(item/p)
14757
msgid ""
14758
"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
14759
"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
14760
"mouse."
14761
msgstr ""
14762
14763
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71(item/p)
14764
msgid ""
14765
"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
14766
"<key>↓</key> key."
14767
msgstr ""
14768
14769
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75(note/p)
14770
msgid ""
14771
"Only windows from the current <link xref=\"shell-"
14772
"workspaces\">workspace</link> will be shown. To show windows from all "
14773
"workspaces, hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Alt</key> keys and press "
14774
"<key>Tab</key> or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
14775
msgstr ""
14776
14777
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85(item/p)
14778
msgid ""
14779
"Press <keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-"
14780
"key\">Super</link></key><key>W</key></keyseq> to show all open windows "
14781
"zoomed out."
14782
msgstr ""
14783
14784
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89(item/p)
14785
msgid "Click the window you want to switch to."
14786
msgstr ""
14787
14788
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10(info/desc)
14789
msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
14790
msgstr ""
14791
14792
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23(page/title)
14793
msgid "Tile windows"
14794
msgstr ""
14795
14796
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25(page/p)
14797
msgid ""
14798
"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
14799
"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
14800
"them."
14801
msgstr ""
14802
14803
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29(page/p)
14804
msgid ""
14805
"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
14806
"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
14807
"the keyboard, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and <key><link xref=\"windows-"
14808
"key\">Super</link></key> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> "
14809
"key."
14810
msgstr ""
14811
14812
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11(info/desc)
14813
msgid ""
14814
"Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace."
14815
msgstr ""
14816
14817
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25(page/title)
14818
msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
14819
msgstr ""
14820
14821
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:27(page/p)
14822
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28(item/title)
14823
msgid "Using the mouse:"
14824
msgstr ""
14825
14826
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31(item/p)
14827
msgid ""
14828
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
14829
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> button near the bottom."
14830
msgstr ""
14831
14832
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35(item/p)
14833
msgid "Drag the window to the workspace you choose."
14834
msgstr ""
14835
14836
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:39(page/p)
14837
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:33(item/title)
14838
msgid "Using the keyboard:"
14839
msgstr ""
14840
14841
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:42(item/p)
14842
msgid "Select the window you want to move."
14843
msgstr ""
14844
14845
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:45(item/p)
14846
msgid ""
14847
"Press "
14848
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>→</key></keyseq> "
14849
"to move the window to a workspace which is to the right of the current "
14850
"workspace on the <gui>workspace switcher</gui>."
14851
msgstr ""
14852
14853
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:51(item/p)
14854
msgid ""
14855
"Press "
14856
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>←</key></keyseq> "
14857
"to move the window to a workspace which is to the left of the current "
14858
"workspace on the <gui>workspace switcher</gui>."
14859
msgstr ""
14860
14861
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:57(item/p)
14862
msgid ""
14863
"Press "
14864
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> "
14865
"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
14866
"the <gui>workspace switcher</gui>."
14867
msgstr ""
14868
14869
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:63(item/p)
14870
msgid ""
14871
"Press "
14872
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> "
14873
"to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on "
14874
"the <gui>workspace switcher</gui>."
14875
msgstr ""
14876
14877
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14878
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14879
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14880
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14881
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26(media)
14882
msgctxt "_"
14883
msgid ""
14884
"external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' "
14885
"md5='6000b012197429a0c6004a354d7e9e70'"
14886
msgstr ""
14887
14888
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10(info/desc)
14889
msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
14890
msgstr ""
14891
14892
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23(page/title)
14893
msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
14894
msgstr ""
14895
14896
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27(media/p)
14897
msgid "Workspace switcher button"
14898
msgstr ""
14899
14900
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30(page/p)
14901
msgid ""
14902
"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual "
14903
"desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to "
14904
"reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
14905
msgstr ""
14906
14907
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:33(page/p)
14908
msgid ""
14909
"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
14910
"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
14911
"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
14912
"manager could be on a third workspace."
14913
msgstr ""
14914
14915
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:38(page/p)
14916
msgid ""
14917
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
14918
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows "
14919
"4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of "
14920
"workspaces:"
14921
msgstr ""
14922
14923
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41(steps/title)
14924
msgid "Change the number of workspaces"
14925
msgstr ""
14926
14927
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42(item/p)
14928
msgid ""
14929
"Go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link> and open the "
14930
"<app>Terminal</app>."
14931
msgstr ""
14932
14933
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:43(item/p)
14934
msgid ""
14935
"To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final "
14936
"number to the number you wish. Press <key>Enter</key>."
14937
msgstr ""
14938
14939
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46(item/p)
14940
msgid ""
14941
"To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the "
14942
"final number to the number you wish. Press <key>Enter</key>."
14943
msgstr ""
14944
14945
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14946
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14947
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14948
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14949
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:56(media)
14950
msgctxt "_"
14951
msgid ""
14952
"external ref='figures/unity-windows.png' "
14953
"md5='f922a10342561062571b0480303fd64c'"
14954
msgstr ""
14955
14956
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11(info/desc)
14957
msgid "Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces."
14958
msgstr ""
14959
14960
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24(page/title)
14961
msgid "Switch between workspaces"
14962
msgstr ""
14963
14964
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29(item/p)
14965
msgid ""
14966
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
14967
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> button near the bottom. Double-click on any "
14968
"window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button "
14969
"again to return to your previous workspace."
14970
msgstr ""
14971
14972
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:37(item/p)
14973
msgid ""
14974
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to move to "
14975
"a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace."
14976
msgstr ""
14977
14978
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:40(item/p)
14979
msgid ""
14980
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to move to "
14981
"a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace."
14982
msgstr ""
14983
14984
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45(item/p)
14985
msgid ""
14986
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to "
14987
"a workspace which is below the current workspace."
14988
msgstr ""
14989
14990
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:48(item/p)
14991
msgid ""
14992
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to "
14993
"a workspace which is above the current workspace."
14994
msgstr ""
14995
14996
#: C/sound-alert.page:14(info/desc)
14997
msgid ""
14998
"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
14999
"alert sounds."
15000
msgstr ""
15001
15002
#: C/sound-alert.page:19(page/title)
15003
msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
15004
msgstr ""
15005
15006
#: C/sound-alert.page:21(page/p)
15007
msgid ""
15008
"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
15009
"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
15010
"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
15011
msgstr ""
15012
15013
#: C/sound-alert.page:27(item/p)
15014
#: C/sound-nosound.page:65(item/p)
15015
msgid ""
15016
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and click "
15017
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
15018
msgstr ""
15019
15020
#: C/sound-alert.page:28(item/p)
15021
msgid ""
15022
"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
15023
"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
15024
msgstr ""
15025
15026
#: C/sound-alert.page:32(page/p)
15027
msgid ""
15028
"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
15029
"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
15030
"other sound files."
15031
msgstr ""
15032
15033
#: C/sound-alert.page:36(page/p)
15034
msgid ""
15035
"To disable alert sounds entirely, just select <gui>Mute</gui> next to "
15036
"<gui>Alert volume</gui>."
15037
msgstr ""
15038
15039
#: C/sound-broken.page:10(info/desc)
15040
msgid ""
15041
"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
15042
msgstr ""
15043
15044
#: C/sound-broken.page:20(page/title)
15045
msgid "Sound problems"
15046
msgstr ""
15047
15048
#: C/sound-broken.page:27(page/p)
15049
msgid ""
15050
"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
15051
"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
15052
msgstr ""
15053
15054
#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(info/desc)
15055
msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
15056
msgstr ""
15057
15058
#: C/sound-crackle.page:20(page/title)
15059
msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
15060
msgstr ""
15061
15062
#: C/sound-crackle.page:22(page/p)
15063
msgid ""
15064
"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
15065
"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
15066
"with the drivers for the sound card."
15067
msgstr ""
15068
15069
#: C/sound-crackle.page:28(item/p)
15070
msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
15071
msgstr ""
15072
15073
#: C/sound-crackle.page:29(item/p)
15074
msgid ""
15075
"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
15076
"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
15077
msgstr ""
15078
15079
#: C/sound-crackle.page:34(item/p)
15080
msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
15081
msgstr ""
15082
15083
#: C/sound-crackle.page:35(item/p)
15084
msgid ""
15085
"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
15086
"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
15087
"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
15088
"need to replace the cable or headphones."
15089
msgstr ""
15090
15091
#: C/sound-crackle.page:42(item/p)
15092
msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
15093
msgstr ""
15094
15095
#: C/sound-crackle.page:43(item/p)
15096
msgid ""
15097
"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
15098
"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
15099
"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
15100
"\"Ubuntu\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
15101
msgstr ""
15102
15103
#: C/sound-crackle.page:47(item/p)
15104
msgid ""
15105
"You can run <cmd>sudo lspci -v</cmd> in the <app>Terminal</app> to get more "
15106
"information about your sound card."
15107
msgstr ""
15108
15109
#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(info/desc)
15110
msgid ""
15111
"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
15112
"sound card is detected."
15113
msgstr ""
15114
15115
#: C/sound-nosound.page:21(page/title)
15116
msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
15117
msgstr ""
15118
15119
#: C/sound-nosound.page:23(page/p)
15120
msgid ""
15121
"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
15122
"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
15123
"problem."
15124
msgstr ""
15125
15126
#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(section/title)
15127
msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
15128
msgstr ""
15129
15130
#: C/sound-nosound.page:28(section/p)
15131
msgid ""
15132
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the menu bar (it looks like a speaker) "
15133
"and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down."
15134
msgstr ""
15135
15136
#: C/sound-nosound.page:30(section/p)
15137
msgid ""
15138
"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
15139
"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
15140
msgstr ""
15141
15142
#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(section/p)
15143
msgid ""
15144
"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
15145
"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
15146
"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
15147
"that. Also, click the sound menu on the menu bar and choose <gui>Sound "
15148
"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
15149
"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
15150
msgstr ""
15151
15152
#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(section/title)
15153
msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
15154
msgstr ""
15155
15156
#: C/sound-nosound.page:42(section/p)
15157
msgid ""
15158
"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
15159
"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
15160
"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
15161
"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
15162
msgstr ""
15163
15164
#: C/sound-nosound.page:47(section/p)
15165
msgid ""
15166
"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
15167
"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
15168
"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
15169
"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
15170
"see if that works."
15171
msgstr ""
15172
15173
#: C/sound-nosound.page:53(section/p)
15174
msgid ""
15175
"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
15176
"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
15177
msgstr ""
15178
15179
#: C/sound-nosound.page:58(section/title)
15180
msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
15181
msgstr ""
15182
15183
#: C/sound-nosound.page:59(section/p)
15184
msgid ""
15185
"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
15186
"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
15187
"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
15188
"choose the right one."
15189
msgstr ""
15190
15191
#: C/sound-nosound.page:68(item/p)
15192
msgid ""
15193
"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, try selecting a different "
15194
"output from the <gui>Play sound through</gui> list."
15195
msgstr ""
15196
15197
#: C/sound-nosound.page:71(item/p)
15198
msgid ""
15199
"For the selected device, click <gui>Test Sound</gui>. In the pop-up window, "
15200
"click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only "
15201
"to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
15202
msgstr ""
15203
15204
#: C/sound-nosound.page:76(item/p)
15205
msgid ""
15206
"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
15207
"devices that are listed."
15208
msgstr ""
15209
15210
#: C/sound-nosound.page:83(section/title)
15211
msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
15212
msgstr ""
15213
15214
#: C/sound-nosound.page:84(section/p)
15215
msgid ""
15216
"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
15217
"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
15218
"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
15219
"are not installed."
15220
msgstr ""
15221
15222
#: C/sound-nosound.page:90(item/p)
15223
msgid ""
15224
"Go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link> and open the Terminal."
15225
msgstr ""
15226
15227
#: C/sound-nosound.page:93(item/p)
15228
msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
15229
msgstr ""
15230
15231
#: C/sound-nosound.page:96(item/p)
15232
msgid ""
15233
"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
15234
"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
15235
msgstr ""
15236
15237
#: C/sound-nosound.page:101(section/p)
15238
msgid ""
15239
"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
15240
"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
15241
msgstr ""
15242
15243
#: C/sound-nosound.page:104(section/p)
15244
msgid ""
15245
"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
15246
"in the <app>Terminal</app>. You can get more complete results if you run "
15247
"<cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; "
15248
"enter <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password. See if an <em>audio "
15249
"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
15250
"card's make and model number. <cmd>sudo lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with "
15251
"more detailed information."
15252
msgstr ""
15253
15254
#: C/sound-nosound.page:112(section/p)
15255
msgid ""
15256
"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the "
15257
"Internet. Otherwise, you can <link xref=\"ubuntu-report-bug\">file a "
15258
"bug</link>."
15259
msgstr ""
15260
15261
#: C/sound-nosound.page:114(section/p)
15262
msgid ""
15263
"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
15264
"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
15265
"computer and external USB sound cards."
15266
msgstr ""
15267
15268
#: C/sound-usemic.page:14(info/desc)
15269
msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
15270
msgstr ""
15271
15272
#: C/sound-usemic.page:18(page/title)
15273
msgid "Use a different microphone"
15274
msgstr ""
15275
15276
#: C/sound-usemic.page:20(page/p)
15277
msgid ""
15278
"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
15279
"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
15280
"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
15281
"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
15282
"quality."
15283
msgstr ""
15284
15285
#: C/sound-usemic.page:26(page/p)
15286
msgid ""
15287
"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
15288
"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
15289
"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
15290
"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
15291
"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
15292
"default input device."
15293
msgstr ""
15294
15295
#: C/sound-usemic.page:33(page/p)
15296
msgid ""
15297
"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
15298
"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
15299
"which microphone to use by default."
15300
msgstr ""
15301
15302
#: C/sound-usemic.page:38(steps/title)
15303
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:46(steps/title)
15304
msgid "Select a default audio input device"
15305
msgstr ""
15306
15307
#: C/sound-usemic.page:39(item/p)
15308
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47(item/p)
15309
msgid ""
15310
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
15311
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
15312
msgstr ""
15313
15314
#: C/sound-usemic.page:40(item/p)
15315
msgid ""
15316
"On the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices. The "
15317
"input level indicator should respond when you speak."
15318
msgstr ""
15319
15320
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:15(info/desc)
15321
msgid ""
15322
"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
15323
msgstr ""
15324
15325
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19(page/title)
15326
msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
15327
msgstr ""
15328
15329
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:21(page/p)
15330
msgid ""
15331
"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
15332
"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
15333
"plug or with USB."
15334
msgstr ""
15335
15336
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25(page/p)
15337
msgid ""
15338
"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
15339
"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
15340
"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
15341
"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
15342
"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
15343
"default device."
15344
msgstr ""
15345
15346
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:31(page/p)
15347
msgid ""
15348
"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
15349
"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
15350
"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
15351
"settings. Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>menu bar</gui> then "
15352
"click <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Select your speakers in the list of "
15353
"devices, then click <gui>Test Sound</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the "
15354
"button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the "
15355
"channel corresponding to that speaker."
15356
msgstr ""
15357
15358
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40(page/p)
15359
msgid ""
15360
"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
15361
"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
15362
"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
15363
msgstr ""
15364
15365
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:48(item/p)
15366
msgid ""
15367
"On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices."
15368
msgstr ""
15369
15370
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51(page/p)
15371
msgid ""
15372
"If you don't see your device on the <gui>Output</gui> tab, check the "
15373
"<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Select your device and try different profiles."
15374
msgstr ""
15375
15376
#: C/sound-volume.page:19(info/desc)
15377
msgid ""
15378
"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
15379
"application."
15380
msgstr ""
15381
15382
#: C/sound-volume.page:24(page/title)
15383
msgid "Change the sound volume"
15384
msgstr ""
15385
15386
#: C/sound-volume.page:26(page/p)
15387
msgid ""
15388
"To change the sound volume, click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>menu "
15389
"bar</gui> and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn "
15390
"off sound by checking <gui>Mute</gui>."
15391
msgstr ""
15392
15393
#: C/sound-volume.page:28(page/p)
15394
msgid ""
15395
"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
15396
"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
15397
"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
15398
"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
15399
msgstr ""
15400
15401
#: C/sound-volume.page:33(page/p)
15402
msgid ""
15403
"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
15404
"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
15405
"volume control too."
15406
msgstr ""
15407
15408
#: C/sound-volume.page:38(section/title)
15409
msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
15410
msgstr ""
15411
15412
#: C/sound-volume.page:39(section/p)
15413
msgid ""
15414
"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
15415
"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
15416
"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
15417
"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
15418
msgstr ""
15419
15420
#: C/sound-volume.page:43(section/p)
15421
msgid ""
15422
"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
15423
"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
15424
"click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>menu bar</gui> and click "
15425
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change "
15426
"the volume of the application there."
15427
msgstr ""
15428
15429
#: C/sound-volume.page:47(section/p)
15430
msgid ""
15431
"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
15432
"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
15433
"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
15434
"volume."
15435
msgstr ""
15436
15437
#: C/tips.page:12(info/desc)
15438
msgid ""
15439
"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link "
15440
"xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
15441
msgstr ""
15442
15443
#: C/tips.page:16(page/title)
15444
msgid "Tips & tricks"
15445
msgstr ""
15446
15447
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15(info/desc)
15448
msgid ""
15449
"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
15450
"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
15451
msgstr ""
15452
15453
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:20(page/title)
15454
msgid "Enter special characters"
15455
msgstr ""
15456
15457
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:29(page/p)
15458
msgid ""
15459
"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
15460
"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
15461
"different ways you can enter special characters."
15462
msgstr ""
15463
15464
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:34(links/title)
15465
msgid "Methods to enter characters"
15466
msgstr ""
15467
15468
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38(section/title)
15469
msgid "Character map"
15470
msgstr ""
15471
15472
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39(section/p)
15473
msgid ""
15474
"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
15475
"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
15476
"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
15477
msgstr ""
15478
15479
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42(section/p)
15480
msgid ""
15481
"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>dash</gui>. For more "
15482
"information on the character map, see the <link "
15483
"href=\"help:gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
15484
msgstr ""
15485
15486
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:48(section/title)
15487
msgid "Compose key"
15488
msgstr ""
15489
15490
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:49(section/p)
15491
msgid ""
15492
"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
15493
"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
15494
"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then "
15495
"<key>e</key>."
15496
msgstr ""
15497
15498
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53(section/p)
15499
msgid ""
15500
"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
15501
"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
15502
msgstr ""
15503
15504
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56(steps/title)
15505
msgid "Define a compose key"
15506
msgstr ""
15507
15508
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58(item/p)
15509
msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard Layout</gui>."
15510
msgstr ""
15511
15512
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59(item/p)
15513
msgid "Click <gui>Options</gui>."
15514
msgstr ""
15515
15516
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:61(item/p)
15517
msgid ""
15518
"Find the group called <gui>Compose key position</gui>. Select the key or "
15519
"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like "
15520
"<key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Alt</key> keys, or the menu key. "
15521
"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer "
15522
"work for their original purpose."
15523
msgstr ""
15524
15525
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68(section/p)
15526
msgid ""
15527
"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
15528
msgstr ""
15529
15530
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71(item/p)
15531
msgid ""
15532
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
15533
"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
15534
msgstr ""
15535
15536
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:73(item/p)
15537
msgid ""
15538
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
15539
"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
15540
msgstr ""
15541
15542
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:76(item/p)
15543
msgid ""
15544
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
15545
"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
15546
msgstr ""
15547
15548
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78(item/p)
15549
msgid ""
15550
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
15551
"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
15552
msgstr ""
15553
15554
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81(section/p)
15555
msgid ""
15556
"For more compose key sequences, see <link "
15557
"href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\""
15558
">the compose key page on Wikipedia</link>."
15559
msgstr ""
15560
15561
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87(section/title)
15562
msgid "Code points"
15563
msgstr ""
15564
15565
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:88(section/p)
15566
msgid ""
15567
"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
15568
"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
15569
"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
15570
"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
15571
"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
15572
"after <gui>U+</gui>."
15573
msgstr ""
15574
15575
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:94(section/p)
15576
msgid ""
15577
"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
15578
"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
15579
"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
15580
"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
15581
"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
15582
"them quickly."
15583
msgstr ""
15584
15585
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103(section/title)
15586
msgid "Keyboard layouts"
15587
msgstr ""
15588
15589
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:104(section/p)
15590
msgid ""
15591
"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
15592
"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
15593
"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the menu bar. To learn "
15594
"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
15595
msgstr ""
15596
15597
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111(section/title)
15598
msgid "Input methods"
15599
msgstr ""
15600
15601
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:112(section/p)
15602
msgid ""
15603
"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
15604
"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
15605
"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
15606
"characters using a Latin keyboard."
15607
msgstr ""
15608
15609
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:117(section/p)
15610
msgid ""
15611
"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
15612
"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
15613
"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
15614
"to see how to use them."
15615
msgstr ""
15616
15617
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:7(info/desc)
15618
msgid "Run, install, or uninstall apps."
15619
msgstr ""
15620
15621
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:18(page/title)
15622
msgid "Applications lens"
15623
msgstr ""
15624
15625
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:20(page/p)
15626
msgid ""
15627
"The applications lens is the first lens after the dash home in the <gui>lens "
15628
"bar</gui>. The applications lens gives you easy access to your apps or apps "
15629
"available for install."
15630
msgstr ""
15631
15632
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:24(page/p)
15633
msgid ""
15634
"You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq> to open the dash "
15635
"directly at the applications lens."
15636
msgstr ""
15637
15638
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:28(section/title)
15639
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:31(section/title)
15640
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:31(section/title)
15641
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:77(section/title)
15642
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:29(section/title)
15643
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:29(section/title)
15644
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:31(section/title)
15645
msgid "Previews"
15646
msgstr ""
15647
15648
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:30(section/p)
15649
msgid ""
15650
"Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui>. The preview "
15651
"shows a short description of the app, a screenshot, its <gui>Software "
15652
"Center</gui> rating, and what version is available."
15653
msgstr ""
15654
15655
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:34(section/p)
15656
msgid ""
15657
"For installed apps, you can see when the app was installed and either launch "
15658
"the app or uninstall it. Certain essential apps cannot be uninstalled from "
15659
"the preview."
15660
msgstr ""
15661
15662
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:38(section/p)
15663
msgid ""
15664
"For apps that haven't been installed, you can install them right from the "
15665
"preview."
15666
msgstr ""
15667
15668
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:43(section/title)
15669
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:41(section/title)
15670
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:39(section/title)
15671
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:67(section/title)
15672
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:40(section/title)
15673
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:39(section/title)
15674
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:39(section/title)
15675
msgid "Filters"
15676
msgstr ""
15677
15678
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:45(section/p)
15679
msgid ""
15680
"Click <gui>Filter results</gui> if you'd like to only see results for a "
15681
"certain type of application. You can also click "
15682
"<guiseq><gui>Sources</gui><gui>Local Apps</gui></guiseq> to only view "
15683
"installed apps or <guiseq><gui>Sources</gui><gui>Software "
15684
"Center</gui></guiseq> to only show apps available for install."
15685
msgstr ""
15686
15687
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:7(info/desc)
15688
msgid "Find files, folders, and downloads."
15689
msgstr ""
15690
15691
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:18(page/title)
15692
msgid "Files lens"
15693
msgstr ""
15694
15695
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:20(page/p)
15696
msgid ""
15697
"The files lens is the second lens after the dash home in the <gui>lens "
15698
"bar</gui> and is represented by a document. The files lens gives you easy "
15699
"access to recently used files, folders, or downloads."
15700
msgstr ""
15701
15702
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:24(page/p)
15703
msgid ""
15704
"You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F</key></keyseq> to open the dash "
15705
"directly at the files lens."
15706
msgstr ""
15707
15708
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:27(item/p)
15709
msgid ""
15710
"If you use Google Docs, be sure to add your Google credentials to <link "
15711
"xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link> to see search results from Google "
15712
"Docs."
15713
msgstr ""
15714
15715
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:33(section/p)
15716
msgid ""
15717
"Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui>. The preview "
15718
"shows the file format, file size, and when it was last saved."
15719
msgstr ""
15720
15721
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:36(section/p)
15722
msgid ""
15723
"You can open a file, email it, or open the folder that contains the file."
15724
msgstr ""
15725
15726
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:43(section/p)
15727
msgid ""
15728
"Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to filter by file type, file size, or the "
15729
"last time the file was saved."
15730
msgstr ""
15731
15732
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:7(info/desc)
15733
msgid "Browse messages from your online social media accounts."
15734
msgstr ""
15735
15736
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:18(page/title)
15737
msgid "Gwibber lens"
15738
msgstr ""
15739
15740
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:20(page/p)
15741
msgid ""
15742
"The Gwibber lens is the third lens after the dash home in the <gui>lens "
15743
"bar</gui> and is represented by a bird. The Gwibber lens gives you easy "
15744
"access to your online social media accounts."
15745
msgstr ""
15746
15747
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:24(page/p)
15748
msgid ""
15749
"You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>G</key></keyseq> to open the dash "
15750
"directly at the Gwibber lens."
15751
msgstr ""
15752
15753
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:27(item/p)
15754
msgid ""
15755
"The lens will be blank until you enter your credentials in <link "
15756
"xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
15757
msgstr ""
15758
15759
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:33(section/p)
15760
msgid ""
15761
"Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui>. The preview "
15762
"gives you more information and allows you to easily \"like\" or reshare "
15763
"posts."
15764
msgstr ""
15765
15766
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:41(section/p)
15767
msgid "Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to filter by account."
15768
msgstr ""
15769
15770
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
15771
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
15772
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
15773
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
15774
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:22(media)
15775
msgctxt "_"
15776
msgid ""
15777
"external ref='figures/unity-dash-sample.png' "
15778
"md5='9755337d19a76bdc5150f222a8bc5160'"
15779
msgstr ""
15780
15781
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:8(info/desc)
15782
msgid "The dash is the top button in the launcher."
15783
msgstr ""
15784
15785
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:19(page/title)
15786
msgid "Find apps, files, music, and more with the dash"
15787
msgstr ""
15788
15789
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:22(page/media)
15790
msgid "Unity Search"
15791
msgstr ""
15792
15793
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:25(page/p)
15794
msgid ""
15795
"The <gui>Dash</gui> allows you to search for applications, files, music, and "
15796
"videos, and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever "
15797
"worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, "
15798
"you will surely find this feature of the dash to be useful."
15799
msgstr ""
15800
15801
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:31(page/p)
15802
msgid ""
15803
"To start using the <gui>dash</gui>, click the top icon in the <link "
15804
"xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">launcher</link>. This icon has the Ubuntu logo "
15805
"on it. For faster access, you can just press the <key xref=\"windows-"
15806
"key\">Super</key> key."
15807
msgstr ""
15808
15809
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:35(page/p)
15810
msgid ""
15811
"To hide the <gui>dash</gui>, click the top icon again or press "
15812
"<key>Super</key> or <key>Esc</key>."
15813
msgstr ""
15814
15815
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:38(section/title)
15816
msgid "Search everything from the dash home"
15817
msgstr ""
15818
15819
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:40(section/p)
15820
msgid ""
15821
"The first thing you'll see when opening the dash is the Dash Home. Without "
15822
"typing or clicking anything, the dash home will show you apps and files "
15823
"you've used recently."
15824
msgstr ""
15825
15826
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:42(section/p)
15827
msgid ""
15828
"Only one row of results will show for each type. If there are more results, "
15829
"you can click <gui>See more results</gui> to view them."
15830
msgstr ""
15831
15832
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:45(section/p)
15833
msgid ""
15834
"To search, just start typing and related search results will automatically "
15835
"appear from the different installed lenses."
15836
msgstr ""
15837
15838
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:48(section/p)
15839
msgid ""
15840
"Click on a result to open it, or you can press <key>Enter</key> to open the "
15841
"first item in the list."
15842
msgstr ""
15843
15844
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:54(section/title)
15845
msgid "Lenses"
15846
msgstr ""
15847
15848
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:56(section/p)
15849
msgid ""
15850
"Lenses allow you to focus the dash results and exclude results from other "
15851
"lenses."
15852
msgstr ""
15853
15854
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:58(section/p)
15855
msgid ""
15856
"You can see the available lenses in the <gui>lens bar</gui>, the darker "
15857
"strip at the bottom of the dash."
15858
msgstr ""
15859
15860
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:61(section/p)
15861
msgid ""
15862
"To switch to a different lens, click the appropriate icon or press "
15863
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
15864
msgstr ""
15865
15866
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:69(section/p)
15867
msgid "Filters allow you to narrow down your search even further."
15868
msgstr ""
15869
15870
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:71(section/p)
15871
msgid ""
15872
"Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to choose filters. You may need to click a "
15873
"filter heading such as <gui>Sources</gui> to see the available choices."
15874
msgstr ""
15875
15876
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:79(section/p)
15877
msgid ""
15878
"If you right click on a search result, a <gui>preview</gui> will open with "
15879
"more information about the result."
15880
msgstr ""
15881
15882
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:82(section/p)
15883
msgid "To close the preview, click any empty space or press <key>Esc</key>."
15884
msgstr ""
15885
15886
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:7(info/desc)
15887
msgid "Find and play music from your computer or the internet."
15888
msgstr ""
15889
15890
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:18(page/title)
15891
msgid "Music lens"
15892
msgstr ""
15893
15894
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:20(page/p)
15895
msgid ""
15896
"The music lens is the fourth lens after the dash home in the <gui>lens "
15897
"bar</gui> and is represented by a music note. The music lens gives you easy "
15898
"access to your music or music available online."
15899
msgstr ""
15900
15901
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:24(page/p)
15902
msgid ""
15903
"You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> to open the dash "
15904
"directly at the music lens."
15905
msgstr ""
15906
15907
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:31(section/p)
15908
msgid ""
15909
"Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui>. The preview "
15910
"shows the cover art and the tracks."
15911
msgstr ""
15912
15913
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:34(section/p)
15914
msgid ""
15915
"Click the track number to play the song right from the preview. Click the "
15916
"track number again to pause the song."
15917
msgstr ""
15918
15919
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:42(section/p)
15920
msgid "Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to filter by decade or genre."
15921
msgstr ""
15922
15923
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:7(info/desc)
15924
msgid "View photos from your computer or your online social media accounts."
15925
msgstr ""
15926
15927
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:18(page/title)
15928
msgid "Photos lens"
15929
msgstr ""
15930
15931
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:20(page/p)
15932
msgid ""
15933
"The photos lens is the fifth lens after the dash home in the <gui>lens "
15934
"bar</gui> and is represented by a camera. The photos lens gives you easy "
15935
"access to photos on your computer or from <link xref=\"accounts\">Online "
15936
"Accounts</link> such as Facebook or Google Picasa."
15937
msgstr ""
15938
15939
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:25(page/p)
15940
msgid ""
15941
"You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>C</key></keyseq> to open the dash "
15942
"directly at the photos lens."
15943
msgstr ""
15944
15945
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:31(section/p)
15946
msgid ""
15947
"Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui> with more "
15948
"information about the photo and a larger thumbnail."
15949
msgstr ""
15950
15951
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:34(section/p)
15952
msgid ""
15953
"For photos stored on your computer, you can open, print, view, or email them."
15954
msgstr ""
15955
15956
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:41(section/p)
15957
msgid ""
15958
"Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to filter by date the photo was taken or the "
15959
"source."
15960
msgstr ""
15961
15962
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:7(info/desc)
15963
msgid "Find and play videos from your computer or the internet."
15964
msgstr ""
15965
15966
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:18(page/title)
15967
msgid "Video lens"
15968
msgstr ""
15969
15970
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:20(page/p)
15971
msgid ""
15972
"The video lens is the final lens in the <gui>lens bar</gui> and is "
15973
"represented by a film strip. The video lens gives you easy access to your "
15974
"videos or videos available online."
15975
msgstr ""
15976
15977
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:24(page/p)
15978
msgid "You can even buy or rent videos from the dash."
15979
msgstr ""
15980
15981
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:26(page/p)
15982
msgid ""
15983
"You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> to open the dash "
15984
"directly at the video lens."
15985
msgstr ""
15986
15987
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:33(section/p)
15988
msgid ""
15989
"Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui> with more "
15990
"information about the video."
15991
msgstr ""
15992
15993
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:41(section/p)
15994
msgid "Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to filter by video source."
15995
msgstr ""
15996
15997
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:9(info/desc)
15998
msgid "Use the HUD to search menus of the apps you use."
15999
msgstr ""
16000
16001
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:20(page/title)
16002
msgid "What is the HUD?"
16003
msgstr ""
16004
16005
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:22(page/p)
16006
msgid ""
16007
"The <gui>HUD</gui> or <gui>Heads Up Display</gui> is a search-based "
16008
"alternative to traditional menus and is a brand new feature in Ubuntu 12.04 "
16009
"LTS."
16010
msgstr ""
16011
16012
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:25(page/p)
16013
msgid ""
16014
"Some apps like <link href=\"apt:gimp\">Gimp</link> or <link "
16015
"href=\"apt:inkscape\">Inkscape</link> have hundreds of menu items. If you're "
16016
"using apps like these, you may remember the name of a menu option, but you "
16017
"might not remember how to find it in the menus."
16018
msgstr ""
16019
16020
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:29(page/p)
16021
msgid ""
16022
"Using a search box can be quite a bit easier and even faster than navigating "
16023
"complicated hierarchies of menus. The HUD also can be more accessible than "
16024
"normal menus as some people are unable to precisely control a mouse pointer."
16025
msgstr ""
16026
16027
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:34(section/title)
16028
msgid "Use the HUD"
16029
msgstr ""
16030
16031
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:36(section/p)
16032
msgid "It's easy to try the HUD:"
16033
msgstr ""
16034
16035
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:40(item/p)
16036
msgid "Tap <key>Alt</key> to open the HUD."
16037
msgstr ""
16038
16039
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:43(item/p)
16040
msgid "Start typing."
16041
msgstr ""
16042
16043
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:46(item/p)
16044
msgid ""
16045
"When you see a result that you want to run, use the up and down keys to "
16046
"select the result, then press <key>Enter</key>, or just click your desired "
16047
"search result."
16048
msgstr ""
16049
16050
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:50(item/p)
16051
msgid ""
16052
"If you change your mind and want to exit the HUD, simply tap <key>Alt</key> "
16053
"again or <key>Esc</key>. You can also click anywhere outside the HUD to "
16054
"close the HUD."
16055
msgstr ""
16056
16057
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:55(section/p)
16058
msgid ""
16059
"The HUD keeps track of your search history and adjusts the search results to "
16060
"be even more useful the more you use it."
16061
msgstr ""
16062
16063
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16064
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16065
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16066
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16067
#: C/unity-introduction.page:37(media)
16068
msgctxt "_"
16069
msgid ""
16070
"external ref='figures/unity-overview.png' "
16071
"md5='36a7fc4ad23759226918c98a955e162a'"
16072
msgstr ""
16073
16074
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16075
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16076
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16077
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16078
#: C/unity-introduction.page:45(media)
16079
msgctxt "_"
16080
msgid ""
16081
"external ref='figures/unity-launcher.png' "
16082
"md5='35c37c5aba52b135585d8a30fa2edeb6'"
16083
msgstr ""
16084
16085
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16086
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16087
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16088
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16089
#: C/unity-introduction.page:69(media)
16090
msgctxt "_"
16091
msgid ""
16092
"external ref='figures/unity-dash.png' md5='b4d6b23d583b17176d1fa369c2b09e18'"
16093
msgstr ""
16094
16095
#: C/unity-introduction.page:9(info/desc)
16096
msgid "A visual introduction to the Unity desktop."
16097
msgstr ""
16098
16099
#: C/unity-introduction.page:25(page/title)
16100
msgid "Welcome to Ubuntu"
16101
msgstr ""
16102
16103
#: C/unity-introduction.page:27(page/p)
16104
msgid ""
16105
"Ubuntu features <em>Unity</em>, a reimagined way to use your computer. Unity "
16106
"is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to work, and help "
16107
"you get things done."
16108
msgstr ""
16109
16110
#: C/unity-introduction.page:31(page/p)
16111
msgid ""
16112
"This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your "
16113
"Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some Unity's key "
16114
"features, and how you can use them."
16115
msgstr ""
16116
16117
#: C/unity-introduction.page:35(section/title)
16118
msgid "Getting started with Unity"
16119
msgstr ""
16120
16121
#: C/unity-introduction.page:38(media/p)
16122
msgid "The Unity desktop"
16123
msgstr ""
16124
16125
#: C/unity-introduction.page:42(section/title)
16126
#: C/unity-introduction.page:46(media/p)
16127
msgid "The Launcher"
16128
msgstr ""
16129
16130
#: C/unity-introduction.page:49(section/p)
16131
msgid ""
16132
"The <gui>Launcher</gui> appears automatically when you log in to your "
16133
"desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often."
16134
msgstr ""
16135
16136
#: C/unity-introduction.page:56(item/p)
16137
msgid ""
16138
"<link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Learn more about the launcher.</link>"
16139
msgstr ""
16140
16141
#: C/unity-introduction.page:62(section/title)
16142
msgid "The Dash"
16143
msgstr ""
16144
16145
#: C/unity-introduction.page:64(section/p)
16146
msgid ""
16147
"The <gui>Ubuntu Button</gui> sits near the top left corner of the screen and "
16148
"is always the top item in the launcher. If you click the <gui>Ubuntu "
16149
"Button</gui>, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the "
16150
"desktop, the <gui>Dash</gui>."
16151
msgstr ""
16152
16153
#: C/unity-introduction.page:70(media/p)
16154
msgid "The Unity Dash"
16155
msgstr ""
16156
16157
#: C/unity-introduction.page:73(section/p)
16158
msgid ""
16159
"The <em>Dash</em> is designed to make it easier to find, open, and use apps, "
16160
"files, music, and more. For example, if you type the word \"document\" into "
16161
"the <em>Search Bar</em>, the Dash will show you applications that help you "
16162
"write and edit documents. It will also show you relevant folders and "
16163
"documents that you have been working on recently."
16164
msgstr ""
16165
16166
#: C/unity-introduction.page:80(item/p)
16167
msgid "<link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">Learn more about the dash.</link>"
16168
msgstr ""
16169
16170
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:14(info/desc)
16171
msgid ""
16172
"Click <guiseq><gui>Appearance</gui><gui>Behavior</gui></guiseq> in "
16173
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
16174
msgstr ""
16175
16176
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:18(page/title)
16177
msgid "Auto-hide the launcher"
16178
msgstr ""
16179
16180
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:20(page/p)
16181
msgid ""
16182
"You can hide the <gui>launcher</gui> if you only want to see it when you "
16183
"move your mouse or touchpad pointer to the left side of the screen."
16184
msgstr ""
16185
16186
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25(item/p)
16187
msgid "In the Personal section, click <gui>Appearance</gui>."
16188
msgstr ""
16189
16190
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26(item/p)
16191
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
16192
msgstr ""
16193
16194
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27(item/p)
16195
msgid "Switch <gui>Auto-hide the Launcher</gui> on."
16196
msgstr ""
16197
16198
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30(page/p)
16199
msgid ""
16200
"To help prevent you from accidentally showing the launcher, Ubuntu requires "
16201
"you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make "
16202
"the launcher show. You can adjust the force needed by setting the "
16203
"<gui>Reveal sensitivity</gui> lower or higher."
16204
msgstr ""
16205
16206
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:13(info/desc)
16207
msgid "Make the icons in the launcher larger or smaller."
16208
msgstr ""
16209
16210
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:17(page/title)
16211
msgid "Change the size of icons in the launcher"
16212
msgstr ""
16213
16214
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:19(page/p)
16215
msgid ""
16216
"You can make the launcher icons smaller to allow more items to fit in the "
16217
"launcher. Or you might want to make the launcher icons larger so they are "
16218
"easier to click."
16219
msgstr ""
16220
16221
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28(item/p)
16222
msgid "Click <gui>Appearance</gui>."
16223
msgstr ""
16224
16225
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31(item/p)
16226
msgid ""
16227
"Move the <gui>Launcher icon size</gui> slider to increase or decrease the "
16228
"size of the <gui>Launcher</gui> icons."
16229
msgstr ""
16230
16231
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33(note/p)
16232
msgid "The default <gui>Launcher</gui> icon size is <em>48</em>."
16233
msgstr ""
16234
16235
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16236
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16237
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16238
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16239
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:22(media)
16240
msgctxt "_"
16241
msgid ""
16242
"external ref='figures/unity-launcher-apps.png' "
16243
"md5='0bf3ae9f5d260cd2b290e3062e0e5cd9'"
16244
msgstr ""
16245
16246
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:8(info/desc)
16247
msgid "The launcher is at the left of your screen."
16248
msgstr ""
16249
16250
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:19(page/title)
16251
msgid "Use the launcher to start applications"
16252
msgstr ""
16253
16254
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:23(media/p)
16255
msgid "Launcher icons"
16256
msgstr ""
16257
16258
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:26(page/p)
16259
msgid ""
16260
"The <gui>Launcher</gui> is one of the key components of the Unity desktop. "
16261
"When you log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of "
16262
"the screen. The launcher provides you with quick access to applications, "
16263
"workspaces, removable devices and the trash."
16264
msgstr ""
16265
16266
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:30(page/p)
16267
msgid ""
16268
"If an application that you want to start using is present in the launcher, "
16269
"you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for "
16270
"you to use."
16271
msgstr ""
16272
16273
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:33(page/p)
16274
msgid ""
16275
"To learn more about the launcher, explore any of the launcher help topics "
16276
"below."
16277
msgstr ""
16278
16279
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:36(section/title)
16280
msgid "Use the launcher"
16281
msgstr ""
16282
16283
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:50(section/title)
16284
msgid "Customize the launcher"
16285
msgstr ""
16286
16287
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:14(info/desc)
16288
msgid "The triangles show you your currently running apps."
16289
msgstr ""
16290
16291
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:18(page/title)
16292
msgid "What do the different shapes and colors in launcher icons mean?"
16293
msgstr ""
16294
16295
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:20(page/p)
16296
msgid ""
16297
"When you start an app, the launcher icon pulses to let you know that Ubuntu "
16298
"is starting your app. This is useful because while some apps start "
16299
"immediately, others may take a minute to load."
16300
msgstr ""
16301
16302
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:24(page/p)
16303
msgid ""
16304
"Once the app has finished starting, a small <em>white triangle</em> will "
16305
"show to the left of the launcher square. Two triangles means that you two "
16306
"windows of the same app open. If you have three or more windows of the same "
16307
"app open, three triangles will show."
16308
msgstr ""
16309
16310
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:29(note/p)
16311
msgid ""
16312
"Apps that aren't currently running have translucent launcher icon squares. "
16313
"When an app is running, the launcher icon square is full of color."
16314
msgstr ""
16315
16316
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:33(section/title)
16317
msgid "Notifications"
16318
msgstr ""
16319
16320
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:35(section/p)
16321
msgid ""
16322
"If an app wants your attention to notify you of something (like a finished "
16323
"download), the launcher icon will wiggle and glow and the white triangle "
16324
"will become <em>blue</em>. Click the launcher icon to dismiss the "
16325
"notification."
16326
msgstr ""
16327
16328
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:39(section/p)
16329
msgid ""
16330
"Apps can also show a <em>number</em> on their launcher icon. Messaging apps "
16331
"use the number to tell you how many unread messages you have. <gui>Software "
16332
"Updater</gui> uses it to tell you how many updates are available."
16333
msgstr ""
16334
16335
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:43(section/p)
16336
msgid ""
16337
"Finally, apps can use a <em>progress bar</em> to let you know how long a "
16338
"process is taking without you needing to keep the app window in view."
16339
msgstr ""
16340
16341
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16342
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16343
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16344
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16345
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:74(media)
16346
msgctxt "_"
16347
msgid ""
16348
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/indicator-"
16349
"messages.svg' md5='1b28bbd36c4ad0b8b1a468355cc1a3a7'"
16350
msgstr ""
16351
16352
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16353
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16354
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16355
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16356
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80(media)
16357
msgctxt "_"
16358
msgid ""
16359
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/battery-100.svg' "
16360
"md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'"
16361
msgstr ""
16362
16363
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16364
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16365
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16366
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16367
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:92(media)
16368
msgctxt "_"
16369
msgid ""
16370
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/network-"
16371
"offline.svg' md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'"
16372
msgstr ""
16373
16374
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16375
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16376
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16377
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16378
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:98(media)
16379
msgctxt "_"
16380
msgid ""
16381
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-"
16382
"panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'"
16383
msgstr ""
16384
16385
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16386
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16387
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16388
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16389
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:110(media)
16390
msgctxt "_"
16391
msgid ""
16392
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/system-devices-"
16393
"panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'"
16394
msgstr ""
16395
16396
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:9(info/desc)
16397
msgid "The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen."
16398
msgstr ""
16399
16400
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:18(page/title)
16401
msgid "Manage apps & settings with the menu bar"
16402
msgstr ""
16403
16404
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:24(page/p)
16405
msgid ""
16406
"The <gui>menu bar</gui> is the dark strip on the top of your screen. It "
16407
"contains the window management buttons, the app menus, and the status menus."
16408
msgstr ""
16409
16410
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:28(section/title)
16411
msgid "Window management buttons"
16412
msgstr ""
16413
16414
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:29(section/p)
16415
msgid ""
16416
"The <gui>window management buttons</gui> are on the top left corner of "
16417
"windows. When maximized, the buttons are in the top left of the screen. "
16418
"Click the buttons to close, minimize, maximize or restore windows."
16419
msgstr ""
16420
16421
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:35(section/title)
16422
msgid "App menus"
16423
msgstr ""
16424
16425
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:36(section/p)
16426
msgid ""
16427
"The <gui>app menus</gui> are located to the right of the window mangement "
16428
"buttons. Unity hides the app menus and the window management buttons unless "
16429
"you move your mouse pointer to the top left of the screen or press "
16430
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>. This feature enables you to "
16431
"see more of your content at once, which is especially vaulable on small "
16432
"screens like netbooks."
16433
msgstr ""
16434
16435
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:44(listing/title)
16436
msgid "Disable the app menu"
16437
msgstr ""
16438
16439
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:45(listing/p)
16440
msgid ""
16441
"It's possible to remove the app menu integration if you prefer to have your "
16442
"menus attached to the window instead of the menu bar."
16443
msgstr ""
16444
16445
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:47(note/p)
16446
msgid ""
16447
"Disabling the app menus will break the <link href=\"unity-hud-"
16448
"intro\">HUD</link>."
16449
msgstr ""
16450
16451
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50(item/p)
16452
msgid ""
16453
"Click <link href=\"apt:indicator-appmenu\">this link</link> to open the "
16454
"Software Center."
16455
msgstr ""
16456
16457
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54(item/p)
16458
#: C/unity-shopping.page:44(item/p)
16459
msgid ""
16460
"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link> and log back in for the change to "
16461
"take effect."
16462
msgstr ""
16463
16464
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:63(section/title)
16465
msgid "Status menus"
16466
msgstr ""
16467
16468
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:64(section/p)
16469
msgid ""
16470
"Ubuntu has several different <gui>status menus</gui> (sometimes referred to "
16471
"as <gui>indicators</gui>) on the right side of the menu bar. The status "
16472
"menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of "
16473
"your computer and applications."
16474
msgstr ""
16475
16476
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:71(list/title)
16477
msgid "List of status menus and what they do"
16478
msgstr ""
16479
16480
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:74(item/p)
16481
msgid ""
16482
"<em>Messaging menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
16483
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/indicator-"
16484
"messages.svg\">Message icon</media>"
16485
msgstr ""
16486
16487
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75(item/p)
16488
msgid ""
16489
"Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications "
16490
"including email, social networking, and Internet chat."
16491
msgstr ""
16492
16493
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80(item/p)
16494
msgid ""
16495
"<em>Battery menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
16496
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/battery-100.svg\">Battery "
16497
"icon</media>"
16498
msgstr ""
16499
16500
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81(item/p)
16501
msgid ""
16502
"Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a "
16503
"battery isn't detected."
16504
msgstr ""
16505
16506
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86(item/p)
16507
msgid ""
16508
"<em>Bluetooth menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
16509
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-"
16510
"active.svg\">Bluetooth icon</media>"
16511
msgstr ""
16512
16513
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:87(item/p)
16514
msgid ""
16515
"Send or receive files by <link xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>. This "
16516
"menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected."
16517
msgstr ""
16518
16519
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:92(item/p)
16520
msgid ""
16521
"<em>Network menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
16522
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/network-"
16523
"offline.svg\">Offline network icon</media>"
16524
msgstr ""
16525
16526
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:93(item/p)
16527
msgid ""
16528
"Connect to <link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
16529
"wireless-connect\">wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-mobile\">mobile</link>, "
16530
"and <link xref=\"net-vpn-connect\">VPN</link> networks."
16531
msgstr ""
16532
16533
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:98(item/p)
16534
msgid ""
16535
"<em>Sound menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
16536
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-"
16537
"panel.svg\">Volume icon</media>"
16538
msgstr ""
16539
16540
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:99(item/p)
16541
msgid ""
16542
"Set the <link xref=\"sound-volume\">volume</link>, configure sound <link "
16543
"xref=\"media\">settings</link>, and control media players like "
16544
"<app>Rhythmbox</app>."
16545
msgstr ""
16546
16547
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:104(item/p)
16548
msgid "<em>Clock</em>"
16549
msgstr ""
16550
16551
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:105(item/p)
16552
msgid ""
16553
"Access the current time and date. Appointments from your <link xref=\"clock-"
16554
"calendar\">Evolution calendar</link> can also display here."
16555
msgstr ""
16556
16557
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:110(item/p)
16558
msgid ""
16559
"<em>System menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
16560
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/system-devices-"
16561
"panel.svg\">Power cog icon</media>"
16562
msgstr ""
16563
16564
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:111(item/p)
16565
msgid ""
16566
"Access details about your computer, this help guide, and <link "
16567
"xref=\"prefs\">system settings</link>. Switch users, lock screen, log out, "
16568
"suspend, restart or shutdown your computer."
16569
msgstr ""
16570
16571
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113(note/p)
16572
msgid ""
16573
"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status "
16574
"of the application."
16575
msgstr ""
16576
16577
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114(item/p)
16578
msgid ""
16579
"Other programs such as <app>Tomboy</app> or <app>Transmission</app> can also "
16580
"add indicator menus to the panel."
16581
msgstr ""
16582
16583
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9(info/desc)
16584
msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents."
16585
msgstr ""
16586
16587
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:19(page/title)
16588
msgid "What are overlay scrollbars?"
16589
msgstr ""
16590
16591
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:27(page/p)
16592
msgid ""
16593
"Ubuntu includes <em>overlay scrollbars</em> which take up less screenspace "
16594
"than traditional scrollbars, giving you more room for your content. While "
16595
"inspired by mobile devices where traditional scrollbars aren't needed, "
16596
"Ubuntu's overlay scrollbars are designed to work just as well with a mouse."
16597
msgstr ""
16598
16599
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:32(page/p)
16600
msgid ""
16601
"Some apps like Firefox and LibreOffice don't support the new scrollbars yet."
16602
msgstr ""
16603
16604
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:35(section/title)
16605
msgid "Use the scrollbars"
16606
msgstr ""
16607
16608
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:37(section/p)
16609
msgid ""
16610
"The overlay scrollbar appears as a thin orange strip at the edge of a "
16611
"scrollable area. The position of the scrollbar corresponds with your "
16612
"screen's position in the scrollable content. The strip length corresponds "
16613
"with the content length; the shorter the strip, the longer the content."
16614
msgstr ""
16615
16616
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:41(section/p)
16617
msgid ""
16618
"Move your mouse pointer over any point on the scrollable edge of the content "
16619
"to reveal the <gui>thumb slider</gui>."
16620
msgstr ""
16621
16622
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:44(list/title)
16623
msgid "Ways to use the scrollbars:"
16624
msgstr ""
16625
16626
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:45(item/p)
16627
msgid ""
16628
"Click the top half of the <gui>thumb slider</gui> to scroll one page up. "
16629
"Click the bottom half to scroll one page down."
16630
msgstr ""
16631
16632
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:48(item/p)
16633
msgid ""
16634
"Drag the <gui>thumb slider</gui> up or down to move the screen's position "
16635
"exactly where you want it."
16636
msgstr ""
16637
16638
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:51(item/p)
16639
msgid ""
16640
"<link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\"/> on the <gui>thumb slider</gui> to move "
16641
"the screen's position without needing to drag or scroll page by page. This "
16642
"is especially useful in long documents."
16643
msgstr ""
16644
16645
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:59(section/title)
16646
msgid "Disable the scrollbars"
16647
msgstr ""
16648
16649
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:61(section/p)
16650
msgid ""
16651
"You can disable the new scrollbars if you prefer the traditional style:"
16652
msgstr ""
16653
16654
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:64(item/p)
16655
msgid ""
16656
"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing "
16657
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching "
16658
"for <input>terminal</input> in the <gui>dash</gui>."
16659
msgstr ""
16660
16661
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:67(item/p)
16662
msgid "Type the following command and press <key>Enter</key>:"
16663
msgstr ""
16664
16665
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:72(section/p)
16666
msgid ""
16667
"If you change your mind and want to re-enable the scrollbars, run this "
16668
"command:"
16669
msgstr ""
16670
16671
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:78(note/p)
16672
msgid ""
16673
"Setting your theme to <link xref=\"a11y-contrast\">High Contrast</link> will "
16674
"also disable the overlay scrollbars."
16675
msgstr ""
16676
16677
#: C/unity-shopping.page:8(info/desc)
16678
msgid ""
16679
"Online results make the dash more useful and help fund Ubuntu development."
16680
msgstr ""
16681
16682
#: C/unity-shopping.page:19(page/title)
16683
msgid "Why are there shopping links in the dash?"
16684
msgstr ""
16685
16686
#: C/unity-shopping.page:21(page/p)
16687
msgid ""
16688
"In addition to helping you find apps or files on your computer, the "
16689
"<gui>dash</gui> also shows you related online results for your searches. "
16690
"Online sources include Amazon.com and the Ubuntu One Music Store and more "
16691
"online sources will be added."
16692
msgstr ""
16693
16694
#: C/unity-shopping.page:25(page/p)
16695
msgid ""
16696
"When you purchase music or products from these sources, Canonical receives a "
16697
"small portion of the profits in exchange for directing more business to "
16698
"these stores. Canonical, the company that created and continues to support "
16699
"the Ubuntu project, then uses this money to make Ubuntu better."
16700
msgstr ""
16701
16702
#: C/unity-shopping.page:31(section/title)
16703
msgid "Turn off online search results"
16704
msgstr ""
16705
16706
#: C/unity-shopping.page:33(section/p)
16707
msgid ""
16708
"If you don't want to receive online search suggestions, you can easily "
16709
"disable this feature."
16710
msgstr ""
16711
16712
#: C/unity-shopping.page:40(item/p)
16713
msgid "Open <gui>Privacy</gui>."
16714
msgstr ""
16715
16716
#: C/unity-shopping.page:42(item/p)
16717
msgid "Switch off <gui>Include online search results</gui>."
16718
msgstr ""
16719
16720
#: C/user-accounts.page:7(info/title)
16721
msgctxt "link:trail"
16722
msgid "Users"
16723
msgstr ""
16724
16725
#: C/user-accounts.page:8(info/desc)
16726
msgid ""
16727
"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"shell-guest-"
16728
"session\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
16729
"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>..."
16730
msgstr ""
16731
16732
#: C/user-accounts.page:23(page/title)
16733
msgid "User accounts"
16734
msgstr ""
16735
16736
#: C/user-accounts.page:25(page/p)
16737
msgid ""
16738
"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
16739
"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
16740
"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
16741
"account if you know the password."
16742
msgstr ""
16743
16744
#: C/user-accounts.page:32(info/title)
16745
msgctxt "link:trail"
16746
msgid "Accounts"
16747
msgstr ""
16748
16749
#: C/user-accounts.page:34(section/title)
16750
msgid "Manage user accounts"
16751
msgstr ""
16752
16753
#: C/user-accounts.page:38(section/title)
16754
msgid "Passwords"
16755
msgstr ""
16756
16757
#: C/user-accounts.page:43(info/title)
16758
msgctxt "link:trail"
16759
msgid "Privileges"
16760
msgstr ""
16761
16762
#: C/user-accounts.page:45(section/title)
16763
msgid "User privileges"
16764
msgstr ""
16765
16766
#: C/user-add.page:8(info/desc)
16767
msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
16768
msgstr ""
16769
16770
#: C/user-add.page:23(page/title)
16771
msgid "Add a new user account"
16772
msgstr ""
16773
16774
#: C/user-add.page:39(page/p)
16775
msgid ""
16776
"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
16777
"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
16778
"folder, documents, and settings."
16779
msgstr ""
16780
16781
#: C/user-add.page:45(item/p)
16782
#: C/user-admin-change.page:35(item/p)
16783
#: C/user-changepassword.page:53(item/p)
16784
#: C/user-changepicture.page:31(item/p)
16785
#: C/user-delete.page:33(item/p)
16786
msgid "Open <gui>User Accounts</gui>."
16787
msgstr ""
16788
16789
#: C/user-add.page:47(item/p)
16790
msgid ""
16791
"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
16792
"to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
16793
"type your password."
16794
msgstr ""
16795
16796
#: C/user-add.page:51(item/p)
16797
msgid ""
16798
"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a "
16799
"new user account."
16800
msgstr ""
16801
16802
#: C/user-add.page:54(item/p)
16803
msgid ""
16804
"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
16805
"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
16806
"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
16807
"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
16808
"and time."
16809
msgstr ""
16810
16811
#: C/user-add.page:60(item/p)
16812
msgid ""
16813
"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
16814
"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
16815
"you like."
16816
msgstr ""
16817
16818
#: C/user-add.page:64(item/p)
16819
msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui>."
16820
msgstr ""
16821
16822
#: C/user-add.page:66(item/p)
16823
msgid ""
16824
"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
16825
"user's password. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account "
16826
"disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. Select <gui>Set a password "
16827
"now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, and have the user type "
16828
"their password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm "
16829
"password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
16830
msgstr ""
16831
16832
#: C/user-add.page:72(item/p)
16833
#: C/user-changepassword.page:59(item/p)
16834
msgid ""
16835
"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
16836
"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
16837
"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
16838
msgstr ""
16839
16840
#: C/user-add.page:76(item/p)
16841
#: C/user-changepassword.page:63(item/p)
16842
msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
16843
msgstr ""
16844
16845
#: C/user-add.page:79(note/p)
16846
msgid ""
16847
"In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
16848
"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
16849
"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or "
16850
"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
16851
msgstr ""
16852
16853
#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(info/desc)
16854
msgid ""
16855
"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
16856
"giving them administrative privileges."
16857
msgstr ""
16858
16859
#: C/user-admin-change.page:23(page/title)
16860
msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
16861
msgstr ""
16862
16863
#: C/user-admin-change.page:25(page/p)
16864
msgid ""
16865
"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
16866
"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
16867
"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
16868
"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
16869
msgstr ""
16870
16871
#: C/user-admin-change.page:39(item/p)
16872
msgid ""
16873
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
16874
"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
16875
"yourself.)"
16876
msgstr ""
16877
16878
#: C/user-admin-change.page:45(item/p)
16879
msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
16880
msgstr ""
16881
16882
#: C/user-admin-change.page:48(item/p)
16883
msgid ""
16884
"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
16885
"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
16886
msgstr ""
16887
16888
#: C/user-admin-change.page:54(item/p)
16889
msgid ""
16890
"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
16891
"they next log in."
16892
msgstr ""
16893
16894
#: C/user-admin-change.page:60(note/p)
16895
msgid ""
16896
"The first user account on the system has admin privileges. This is the user "
16897
"account that was created when you first installed the system."
16898
msgstr ""
16899
16900
#: C/user-admin-change.page:63(note/p)
16901
msgid ""
16902
"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
16903
"on one system."
16904
msgstr ""
16905
16906
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(info/desc)
16907
msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
16908
msgstr ""
16909
16910
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20(page/title)
16911
msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
16912
msgstr ""
16913
16914
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22(page/p)
16915
msgid ""
16916
"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
16917
"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
16918
"important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
16919
"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
16920
"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
16921
"also protected."
16922
msgstr ""
16923
16924
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29(page/p)
16925
msgid ""
16926
"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
16927
"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
16928
"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
16929
"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
16930
msgstr ""
16931
16932
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34(page/p)
16933
msgid ""
16934
"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
16935
"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
16936
"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
16937
"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
16938
"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
16939
"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will "
16940
"be taken away again."
16941
msgstr ""
16942
16943
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42(page/p)
16944
msgid ""
16945
"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
16946
"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
16947
"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
16948
"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
16949
"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change "
16950
"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for "
16951
"example)."
16952
msgstr ""
16953
16954
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49(page/p)
16955
msgid ""
16956
"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
16957
"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
16958
msgstr ""
16959
16960
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53(note/title)
16961
msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
16962
msgstr ""
16963
16964
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54(note/p)
16965
msgid ""
16966
"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
16967
"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
16968
"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
16969
"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
16970
msgstr ""
16971
16972
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61(section/title)
16973
msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
16974
msgstr ""
16975
16976
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62(section/p)
16977
msgid ""
16978
"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
16979
"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
16980
"intentionally or unintentionally."
16981
msgstr ""
16982
16983
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65(section/p)
16984
msgid ""
16985
"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
16986
"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
16987
"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
16988
"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
16989
msgstr ""
16990
16991
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69(section/p)
16992
msgid ""
16993
"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
16994
"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
16995
"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
16996
"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
16997
"standpoint."
16998
msgstr ""
16999
17000
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(info/desc)
17001
msgid ""
17002
"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
17003
"privileges."
17004
msgstr ""
17005
17006
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20(page/title)
17007
msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
17008
msgstr ""
17009
17010
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22(page/p)
17011
msgid ""
17012
"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
17013
"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
17014
"privileges in order to work, such as:"
17015
msgstr ""
17016
17017
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28(item/p)
17018
msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
17019
msgstr ""
17020
17021
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31(item/p)
17022
msgid ""
17023
"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
17024
"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
17025
msgstr ""
17026
17027
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35(item/p)
17028
msgid "Installing new applications"
17029
msgstr ""
17030
17031
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39(page/p)
17032
msgid ""
17033
"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin "
17034
"privileges</link>."
17035
msgstr ""
17036
17037
#: C/user-changepassword.page:9(info/desc)
17038
msgid ""
17039
"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
17040
"settings."
17041
msgstr ""
17042
17043
#: C/user-changepassword.page:22(page/title)
17044
msgid "Change your password"
17045
msgstr ""
17046
17047
#: C/user-changepassword.page:49(page/p)
17048
msgid ""
17049
"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
17050
"you think someone else knows what your password is."
17051
msgstr ""
17052
17053
#: C/user-changepassword.page:54(item/p)
17054
msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
17055
msgstr ""
17056
17057
#: C/user-changepassword.page:55(note/p)
17058
msgid ""
17059
"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
17060
"password set."
17061
msgstr ""
17062
17063
#: C/user-changepassword.page:57(item/p)
17064
msgid ""
17065
"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
17066
"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
17067
msgstr ""
17068
17069
#: C/user-changepassword.page:66(page/p)
17070
msgid ""
17071
"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good "
17072
"password</link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
17073
msgstr ""
17074
17075
#: C/user-changepassword.page:70(section/title)
17076
msgid "Change the keyring password"
17077
msgstr ""
17078
17079
#: C/user-changepassword.page:72(section/p)
17080
msgid ""
17081
"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
17082
"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
17083
"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
17084
"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
17085
"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the "
17086
"keyring password (to match your login password):"
17087
msgstr ""
17088
17089
#: C/user-changepassword.page:82(item/p)
17090
msgid ""
17091
"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>dash</gui>."
17092
msgstr ""
17093
17094
#: C/user-changepassword.page:84(item/p)
17095
msgid "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked."
17096
msgstr ""
17097
17098
#: C/user-changepassword.page:86(item/p)
17099
msgid ""
17100
"In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
17101
"keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
17102
msgstr ""
17103
17104
#: C/user-changepassword.page:88(item/p)
17105
msgid ""
17106
"Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new "
17107
"<gui>Password</gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it "
17108
"again."
17109
msgstr ""
17110
17111
#: C/user-changepassword.page:91(item/p)
17112
msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
17113
msgstr ""
17114
17115
#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(info/desc)
17116
msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
17117
msgstr ""
17118
17119
#: C/user-changepicture.page:22(page/title)
17120
msgid "Change your login screen photo"
17121
msgstr ""
17122
17123
#: C/user-changepicture.page:24(page/p)
17124
msgid ""
17125
"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
17126
"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
17127
"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
17128
msgstr ""
17129
17130
#: C/user-changepicture.page:32(item/p)
17131
msgid ""
17132
"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
17133
"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
17134
"yourself."
17135
msgstr ""
17136
17137
#: C/user-changepicture.page:35(item/p)
17138
msgid ""
17139
"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
17140
"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
17141
msgstr ""
17142
17143
#: C/user-delete.page:7(info/desc)
17144
msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
17145
msgstr ""
17146
17147
#: C/user-delete.page:25(page/title)
17148
msgid "Delete a user account"
17149
msgstr ""
17150
17151
#: C/user-delete.page:27(page/p)
17152
msgid ""
17153
"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
17154
"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
17155
"delete that user's account."
17156
msgstr ""
17157
17158
#: C/user-delete.page:34(item/p)
17159
msgid ""
17160
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
17161
"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
17162
msgstr ""
17163
17164
#: C/user-delete.page:37(item/p)
17165
msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
17166
msgstr ""
17167
17168
#: C/user-delete.page:38(item/p)
17169
msgid ""
17170
"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
17171
"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete "
17172
"Files</gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free "
17173
"up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. "
17174
"You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting "
17175
"them."
17176
msgstr ""
17177
17178
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:7(info/desc)
17179
msgid "Advanced techniques for resetting your password"
17180
msgstr ""
17181
17182
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:17(page/title)
17183
msgid "I forgot my password!"
17184
msgstr ""
17185
17186
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:29(page/p)
17187
msgid ""
17188
"It is important to choose not only <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">a good "
17189
"and secure password</link>, but also one that you can remember. If you have "
17190
"forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow "
17191
"the following steps to reset it."
17192
msgstr ""
17193
17194
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:36(note/p)
17195
msgid ""
17196
"If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a "
17197
"forgotten password."
17198
msgstr ""
17199
17200
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:41(page/p)
17201
msgid ""
17202
"If you simply want to change your password, see <link xref=\"user-"
17203
"changepassword\"/>."
17204
msgstr ""
17205
17206
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:47(section/title)
17207
msgid "Reset password using Grub"
17208
msgstr ""
17209
17210
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:50(item/p)
17211
msgid ""
17212
"Restart your computer, and hold down <key>Shift</key> during bootup to get "
17213
"into the Grub menu."
17214
msgstr ""
17215
17216
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:55(note/p)
17217
msgid ""
17218
"If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating "
17219
"system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold "
17220
"down <key>Shift</key>."
17221
msgstr ""
17222
17223
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:62(note/p)
17224
msgid ""
17225
"If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot "
17226
"choose to boot into recovery mode, you can <link xref=\"user-"
17227
"forgottenpassword#live-cd\">use a live CD to reset your user password</link>."
17228
msgstr ""
17229
17230
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:67(item/p)
17231
msgid ""
17232
"Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with "
17233
"the words 'recovery mode', then press <key>Enter</key>."
17234
msgstr ""
17235
17236
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:73(item/p)
17237
msgid ""
17238
"Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a "
17239
"<gui>Recovery Menu</gui> will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight "
17240
"<gui>root</gui> and press <key>Enter</key>."
17241
msgstr ""
17242
17243
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:79(item/p)
17244
msgid "At the <cmd>#</cmd> symbol, type:"
17245
msgstr ""
17246
17247
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:82(item/p)
17248
msgid ""
17249
"<cmd>passwd <var>username</var></cmd>, where <var>username</var> is the "
17250
"username of the account you're changing the password for."
17251
msgstr ""
17252
17253
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:87(item/p)
17254
msgid ""
17255
"You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new "
17256
"password."
17257
msgstr ""
17258
17259
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:92(item/p)
17260
msgid "Then type:"
17261
msgstr ""
17262
17263
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:95(item/p)
17264
msgid "# <cmd>reboot</cmd>"
17265
msgstr ""
17266
17267
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:100(section/p)
17268
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:203(section/p)
17269
msgid ""
17270
"After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring "
17271
"(since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved "
17272
"passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be "
17273
"accessible. You will need to <link xref=\"#delete-keyring\">delete the old "
17274
"keyring</link> and start a new one."
17275
msgstr ""
17276
17277
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:108(section/title)
17278
msgid "Reset password using a Live CD or USB"
17279
msgstr ""
17280
17281
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:111(item/p)
17282
msgid "Boot the Live CD or USB."
17283
msgstr ""
17284
17285
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:116(item/p)
17286
msgid "Mount your drive."
17287
msgstr ""
17288
17289
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:121(item/p)
17290
msgid ""
17291
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> to get the <gui>Run "
17292
"Application</gui> window."
17293
msgstr ""
17294
17295
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:127(item/p)
17296
msgid ""
17297
"Type <cmd>gksu nautilus</cmd> to launch the file manager with system-wide "
17298
"privileges."
17299
msgstr ""
17300
17301
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:132(note/p)
17302
msgid ""
17303
"Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive "
17304
"by clicking <gui> home </gui> and then your username."
17305
msgstr ""
17306
17307
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:139(item/p)
17308
msgid ""
17309
"Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the "
17310
"<gui>etc</gui> directory."
17311
msgstr ""
17312
17313
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:142(item/p)
17314
msgid "Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:"
17315
msgstr ""
17316
17317
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:147(item/p)
17318
msgid "Right-click on the shadow file and select <gui>copy</gui>."
17319
msgstr ""
17320
17321
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:150(item/p)
17322
msgid "Then right-click in the empty space and select <gui>paste</gui>."
17323
msgstr ""
17324
17325
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:154(item/p)
17326
msgid "<link xref=\"files-rename\">Rename</link> the backup \"shadow.bak\"."
17327
msgstr ""
17328
17329
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:162(item/p)
17330
msgid "Edit the original \"shadow\" file with a text editor."
17331
msgstr ""
17332
17333
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:168(item/p)
17334
msgid ""
17335
"Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look "
17336
"something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):"
17337
msgstr ""
17338
17339
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:172(item/p)
17340
msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E or"
17341
msgstr ""
17342
17343
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:175(item/p)
17344
msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::"
17345
msgstr ""
17346
17347
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:180(item/p)
17348
msgid ""
17349
"Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. "
17350
"This will remove the password for the account."
17351
msgstr ""
17352
17353
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:184(item/p)
17354
msgid ""
17355
"Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the "
17356
"live CD or USB."
17357
msgstr ""
17358
17359
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:190(item/p)
17360
msgid ""
17361
"When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the menu bar. "
17362
"Open <gui>My Account</gui> and reset your password."
17363
msgstr ""
17364
17365
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:195(item/p)
17366
msgid ""
17367
"For <gui>Current password</gui> do not enter anything, as your current "
17368
"password is blank. Just click <gui>Authenticate</gui> and enter a new "
17369
"password."
17370
msgstr ""
17371
17372
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:214(section/title)
17373
msgid "Get rid of the keyring"
17374
msgstr ""
17375
17376
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:216(note/p)
17377
msgid ""
17378
"This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant "
17379
"messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you "
17380
"used for your keyring."
17381
msgstr ""
17382
17383
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:221(item/p)
17384
msgid "Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the <gui>dash</gui>."
17385
msgstr ""
17386
17387
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:224(item/p)
17388
msgid ""
17389
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>h</key></keyseq> (or click "
17390
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>.)"
17391
msgstr ""
17392
17393
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:228(item/p)
17394
msgid "Double click on the folder .gnome2"
17395
msgstr ""
17396
17397
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:231(item/p)
17398
msgid "Double click on the folder called keyrings."
17399
msgstr ""
17400
17401
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:234(item/p)
17402
msgid "Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder."
17403
msgstr ""
17404
17405
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:237(item/p)
17406
msgid "Restart the computer."
17407
msgstr ""
17408
17409
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:241(section/p)
17410
msgid ""
17411
"After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless "
17412
"networks password."
17413
msgstr ""
17414
17415
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(info/desc)
17416
msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
17417
msgstr ""
17418
17419
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31(page/title)
17420
msgid "Choose a secure password"
17421
msgstr ""
17422
17423
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34(note/p)
17424
msgid ""
17425
"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
17426
"others (including computer programs) to guess."
17427
msgstr ""
17428
17429
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39(page/p)
17430
msgid ""
17431
"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
17432
"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
17433
"personal information."
17434
msgstr ""
17435
17436
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42(page/p)
17437
msgid ""
17438
"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
17439
"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
17440
"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
17441
"choosing a good password:"
17442
msgstr ""
17443
17444
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49(item/p)
17445
msgid ""
17446
"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
17447
"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
17448
"more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords that someone would "
17449
"have to check when trying to guess yours."
17450
msgstr ""
17451
17452
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54(note/p)
17453
msgid ""
17454
"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
17455
"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
17456
"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
17457
"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
17458
msgstr ""
17459
17460
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61(item/p)
17461
msgid ""
17462
"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
17463
"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
17464
msgstr ""
17465
17466
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65(item/p)
17467
msgid ""
17468
"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
17469
"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
17470
"\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
17471
msgstr ""
17472
17473
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70(item/p)
17474
msgid ""
17475
"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
17476
"any family member's name."
17477
msgstr ""
17478
17479
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74(item/p)
17480
msgid "Do not use any nouns."
17481
msgstr ""
17482
17483
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77(item/p)
17484
msgid ""
17485
"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
17486
"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
17487
"watching you."
17488
msgstr ""
17489
17490
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81(note/p)
17491
msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
17492
msgstr ""
17493
17494
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85(item/p)
17495
msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
17496
msgstr ""
17497
17498
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89(item/p)
17499
msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
17500
msgstr ""
17501
17502
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90(item/p)
17503
msgid ""
17504
"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
17505
"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
17506
msgstr ""
17507
17508
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92(item/p)
17509
msgid ""
17510
"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
17511
"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
17512
"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
17513
"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
17514
msgstr ""
17515
17516
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99(item/p)
17517
msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
17518
msgstr ""
17519
17520
#: C/video-dvd.page:8(info/desc)
17521
msgid ""
17522
"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
17523
"region."
17524
msgstr ""
17525
17526
#: C/video-dvd.page:21(page/title)
17527
msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
17528
msgstr ""
17529
17530
#: C/video-dvd.page:23(page/p)
17531
msgid ""
17532
"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
17533
"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
17534
"different <em>region</em>."
17535
msgstr ""
17536
17537
#: C/video-dvd.page:28(section/title)
17538
msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
17539
msgstr ""
17540
17541
#: C/video-dvd.page:29(section/p)
17542
msgid ""
17543
"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
17544
"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
17545
"audio format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs "
17546
"installed, the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install "
17547
"them for you."
17548
msgstr ""
17549
17550
#: C/video-dvd.page:34(section/p)
17551
msgid ""
17552
"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
17553
"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
17554
"unless you have <link xref=\"video-dvd-restricted\">extra software</link> to "
17555
"handle the copy protection."
17556
msgstr ""
17557
17558
#: C/video-dvd.page:40(section/title)
17559
msgid "Checking the DVD region"
17560
msgstr ""
17561
17562
#: C/video-dvd.page:41(section/p)
17563
msgid ""
17564
"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
17565
"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
17566
"player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't "
17567
"be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you "
17568
"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
17569
msgstr ""
17570
17571
#: C/video-dvd.page:47(section/p)
17572
msgid ""
17573
"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
17574
"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
17575
"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link "
17576
"href=\"apt:regionset\">regionset</link>."
17577
msgstr ""
17578
17579
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:9(info/desc)
17580
msgid ""
17581
"Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption "
17582
"software."
17583
msgstr ""
17584
17585
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:20(page/title)
17586
msgid "How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?"
17587
msgstr ""
17588
17589
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:22(page/p)
17590
msgid ""
17591
"DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and "
17592
"technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require "
17593
"the use of decryption software in order to play them."
17594
msgstr ""
17595
17596
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:25(section/title)
17597
msgid "Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs"
17598
msgstr ""
17599
17600
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:26(section/p)
17601
msgid ""
17602
"You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from "
17603
"<link href=\"apt:fluendo-dvd\">Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and "
17604
"should be legal to use in all countries."
17605
msgstr ""
17606
17607
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:30(section/title)
17608
msgid "Use alternative decryption software"
17609
msgstr ""
17610
17611
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:32(note/p)
17612
msgid ""
17613
"In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is "
17614
"not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it."
17615
msgstr ""
17616
17617
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:35(item/p)
17618
msgid ""
17619
"Install <link href=\"apt:libdvdnav4\">libdvdnav4</link>, <link "
17620
"href=\"apt:libdvdread4\">libdvdread4</link>, <link href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-"
17621
"plugins-bad\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad</link>, and <link "
17622
"href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</link>."
17623
msgstr ""
17624
17625
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:38(item/p)
17626
msgid ""
17627
"If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open "
17628
"the Dash and launch a <app>Terminal</app>."
17629
msgstr ""
17630
17631
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:40(item/p)
17632
msgid ""
17633
"Type the following into the screen which appears, then press "
17634
"<key>Enter</key>:"
17635
msgstr ""
17636
17637
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:41(item/p)
17638
msgid "<code>sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh</code>"
17639
msgstr ""
17640
17641
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:42(item/p)
17642
msgid "Enter your password to complete the installation."
17643
msgstr ""
17644
17645
#: C/video-sending.page:7(info/desc)
17646
msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
17647
msgstr ""
17648
17649
#: C/video-sending.page:18(page/title)
17650
msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
17651
msgstr ""
17652
17653
#: C/video-sending.page:20(page/p)
17654
msgid ""
17655
"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
17656
"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
17657
msgstr ""
17658
17659
#: C/video-sending.page:23(page/p)
17660
msgid ""
17661
"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
17662
"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
17663
"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
17664
"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
17665
"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
17666
msgstr ""
17667
17668
#: C/video-sending.page:30(item/p)
17669
msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
17670
msgstr ""
17671
17672
#: C/video-sending.page:31(item/p)
17673
msgid ""
17674
"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
17675
"listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
17676
msgstr ""
17677
17678
#: C/video-sending.page:35(page/p)
17679
msgid ""
17680
"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
17681
"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
17682
"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
17683
"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
17684
"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
17685
"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
17686
"it's not installed."
17687
msgstr ""
17688
17689
#: C/video-sending.page:42(page/p)
17690
msgid ""
17691
"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link "
17692
"href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on "
17693
"Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video "
17694
"formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most "
17695
"video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications "
17696
"are available. Check the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> to see what's "
17697
"available."
17698
msgstr ""
17699
17700
#: C/video-sending.page:50(note/p)
17701
msgid ""
17702
"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
17703
"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
17704
"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
17705
"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
17706
"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
17707
msgstr ""
17708
17709
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15(info/desc)
17710
msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
17711
msgstr ""
17712
17713
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18(page/title)
17714
msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
17715
msgstr ""
17716
17717
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20(page/p)
17718
msgid ""
17719
"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
17720
"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
17721
"orientation to left-handed:"
17722
msgstr ""
17723
17724
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27(item/p)
17725
#: C/wacom-mode.page:25(item/p)
17726
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:29(item/p)
17727
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29(item/p)
17728
msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Graphics Tablet</gui>."
17729
msgstr ""
17730
17731
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28(note/p)
17732
#: C/wacom-mode.page:26(note/p)
17733
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30(note/p)
17734
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30(note/p)
17735
msgid ""
17736
"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
17737
"your Wacom tablet</gui>."
17738
msgstr ""
17739
17740
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31(item/p)
17741
msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
17742
msgstr ""
17743
17744
#: C/wacom-mode.page:15(info/desc)
17745
msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
17746
msgstr ""
17747
17748
#: C/wacom-mode.page:18(page/title)
17749
msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
17750
msgstr ""
17751
17752
#: C/wacom-mode.page:20(page/p)
17753
msgid ""
17754
"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
17755
msgstr ""
17756
17757
#: C/wacom-mode.page:29(item/p)
17758
msgid ""
17759
"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
17760
"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
17761
msgstr ""
17762
17763
#: C/wacom-mode.page:33(note/p)
17764
msgid ""
17765
"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
17766
"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
17767
"to the same point on the tablet."
17768
msgstr ""
17769
17770
#: C/wacom-mode.page:36(note/p)
17771
msgid ""
17772
"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
17773
"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
17774
"the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with "
17775
"less hand movement."
17776
msgstr ""
17777
17778
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:15(info/desc)
17779
msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
17780
msgstr ""
17781
17782
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:18(page/title)
17783
msgid "Choose a monitor"
17784
msgstr ""
17785
17786
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:33(item/p)
17787
msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
17788
msgstr ""
17789
17790
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34(item/p)
17791
msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
17792
msgstr ""
17793
17794
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35(item/p)
17795
msgid ""
17796
"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
17797
"your graphics tablet."
17798
msgstr ""
17799
17800
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:37(note/p)
17801
msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
17802
msgstr ""
17803
17804
#: C/wacom.page:6(info/desc)
17805
msgid "Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet."
17806
msgstr ""
17807
17808
#: C/wacom.page:18(page/title)
17809
msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
17810
msgstr ""
17811
17812
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15(info/desc)
17813
msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
17814
msgstr ""
17815
17816
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18(page/title)
17817
msgid "Configure the stylus"
17818
msgstr ""
17819
17820
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33(item/p)
17821
msgid ""
17822
"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
17823
"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
17824
"These settings can be adjusted:"
17825
msgstr ""
17826
17827
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37(item/p)
17828
msgid ""
17829
"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
17830
"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
17831
"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
17832
msgstr ""
17833
17834
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40(item/p)
17835
msgid ""
17836
"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
17837
"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
17838
"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
17839
"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
17840
"Forward."
17841
msgstr ""
17842
17843
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45(item/p)
17844
msgid ""
17845
"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
17846
"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
17847
msgstr ""
17848
17849
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51(note/p)
17850
msgid ""
17851
"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
17852
"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
17853
"the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
17854
msgstr ""
17855
17856
#: C/whats-new.page:9(info/desc)
17857
msgid "Improvements in the latest version of Ubuntu."
17858
msgstr ""
17859
17860
#: C/whats-new.page:20(page/title)
17861
msgid "What's new in Ubuntu 12.10?"
17862
msgstr ""
17863
17864
#: C/whats-new.page:22(page/p)
17865
msgid ""
17866
"Ubuntu 12.10 continues the evolution of the <em>Unity</em> interface. Here "
17867
"are highlights of what you can do with the latest version of Ubuntu:"
17868
msgstr ""
17869
17870
#: C/whats-new.page:26(section/title)
17871
msgid "New and improved features"
17872
msgstr ""
17873
17874
#: C/whats-new.page:30(item/p)
17875
msgid ""
17876
"Search Amazon or the Ubuntu One Music Store directly from the "
17877
"<gui>dash</gui> or <gui>launcher</gui>."
17878
msgstr ""
17879
17880
#: C/whats-new.page:33(item/p)
17881
msgid ""
17882
"Use the new <link xref=\"unity-dash-photos\">photos lens</link> to view "
17883
"photos from your computer or from your social networks."
17884
msgstr ""
17885
17886
#: C/whats-new.page:36(item/p)
17887
msgid ""
17888
"Browse messages from your social networks with the <link xref=\"unity-dash-"
17889
"gwibber\">Gwibber lens</link>."
17890
msgstr ""
17891
17892
#: C/whats-new.page:39(item/p)
17893
msgid ""
17894
"Right click on items in the dash to see full-screen <gui>Previews</gui> with "
17895
"more information."
17896
msgstr ""
17897
17898
#: C/whats-new.page:41(item/p)
17899
msgid ""
17900
"Enter your credentials in <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link> to "
17901
"easily set up online integration for the dash, Gwibber, Empathy, and more."
17902
msgstr ""
17903
17904
#: C/whats-new.page:44(item/p)
17905
msgid ""
17906
"Keep track of contact information for your friends and colleagues with <link "
17907
"xref=\"contacts\">Contacts</link>, your personal address book."
17908
msgstr ""
17909
17910
#: C/whats-new.page:47(item/p)
17911
msgid ""
17912
"Get work done in style with LibreOffice 3.6, now with new, modern "
17913
"presentation templates and built-in support for Ubuntu's integrated <link "
17914
"xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro#app-menus\">menu bar</link>."
17915
msgstr ""
17916
17917
#: C/whats-new.page:50(item/p)
17918
msgid ""
17919
"<link xref=\"sharing-remote-login\">Log in to remote servers</link> from the "
17920
"login screen."
17921
msgstr ""
17922
17923
#: C/windows-key.page:6(info/desc)
17924
msgid ""
17925
"The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. You can usually "
17926
"find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
17927
msgstr ""
17928
17929
#: C/windows-key.page:18(page/title)
17930
msgid "What is the \"Super\" key?"
17931
msgstr ""
17932
17933
#: C/windows-key.page:20(page/p)
17934
msgid ""
17935
"This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to "
17936
"the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is "
17937
"sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key."
17938
msgstr ""
17939
17940
#: C/windows-key.page:25(note/p)
17941
msgid ""
17942
"If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your "
17943
"keyboard. The <key>⌘</key> (Command) key can be used instead."
17944
msgstr ""
17945
17946
#: C/windows-key.page:29(page/p)
17947
msgid ""
17948
"The Super key serves a special function in <em>Unity</em>. If you press the "
17949
"Super key, the Dash is displayed. If you press <em>and hold</em> the Super "
17950
"key, an overlay showing many of Unity's keyboard shortcuts appears until you "
17951
"release the Super key."
17952
msgstr ""
17953
17954
#: C/windows-key.page:33(page/p)
17955
msgid ""
17956
"The Super key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about "
17957
"more uses for the <em>Super</em> key, see the <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-"
17958
"shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link> page."
17959
msgstr ""
Loggerhead is a web-based interface for Breezy
Version: 2.0.1